COLOR STS Sf DYERS - Forgotten Books

THE YEAR-BOOK

COLOR STS Sf DYERS

PRES ENTING A REVIEW OF THE YEAR'SADVANCES IN THE BLEACHING, DYEING.

PRINTING. AND FINISHING OF TEXTILES

BY

HERMAN A.

NEW YORK

| 906

PREFACE

9“

o

I n this, the ninth volume of the Y ear Book for Color

ists and Dyers , the Author trusts that those interested

will find some useful information .

H E RMAN A . ME TZ

HUD SON S12 , N EW YORK C I TY , MARCH 1907 .

«W

CONTENTS

in in

REFERENCE

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Reference Tables

THE METRIC SYSTEM , W ITH EQUIVALENTS .

The entire metr i c system of weights and mea sures i s basedupon a fundamenta l un i t ca l led a .mete r , which i s the ten-mi llionth part of the d istance from the equator to the pole, and i sthe pr inc ipa l un i t of l inea r measure .The ARE , or un i t of square measur e, i s a square whose s idei s 10 mete rs .The STERE , or un i t of cubi c measure, i s a cube whose edga meter.The LITER, or un it of a l l mea sures of capac ity, i s a cubewhose edge i s the tenth of a meter .The GRAM or uni t of weight

,i s the weight of a cube of pure

wa ter at i ts greatest dens i ty , the edge of whi ch i s the hundredthpart of a mete r .

Eleme nts of the System .

Lengt h . Surface . Capac ity. We ight. Notation .

Hectometer.Decamete r.

Linear , or Long Measure .

Meters In ch es Feet Yards Miles

w as: 0 0328 0 0109

1 39-37 .00062

1093 611 0 6213

inches is the 1m m equi val ent of the me te r in the

Uni te d St a tes. The exa ct equi valent is 393 7079 inche s .

S quare S quareMeters In ches

Oenfiare, or squar e meter .

Ar e , or square deeameier

A squar e cen timeter equal s squ are inches , a square deci ’met er 15-5 square inches , and a squa re ki lomete r square

Cubi c Measure .

10

R eference Tables

Measure of Capaci ty.

L iters . Quarts .

M i l l i l iter, or cub ic centim eter

C enti l iterDec i l iterL iter, or cub ic dec ime

tcr

Deca l iter . .

Hecto l iterKi lol iterMyria l iter

Ga l lons . Bushe ls .

A l i ter of water at i ts max imum dens i ty weighs a k i logram .

Wei ght.

G rams. Gra ins .

Mi l l igram 01543

Centigram .15432Dec igram

15 43236Decagra in

HectogramKi logramMyriagmmQuinta!M i l l ier

,or tonneau .

OuncesAvon'

dupoi s .

.0035

.O3S3

3 527

Poun dsAvoirdupois.

Tons of2240

Pounds .

.0009840 09842

.09842

.9842

COMPARISON OF METRIC SYSTEM W ITHUNITED STATES METHOD OF WEIGHTSMEASURES .

( Arranged in Alphabetica l Order . )Are ( 100 square meters ): square yards .Bushel 2 2 1504 2 cubi c i nches

,l i ters .

Centa re ( 1 square meter ):1550 square i nches .Cent igram gram ): gra in .

l l

Year-Book for Colorists and Dyers

D ehul i ta ( 10 l ite rs }: 9-08 quar ts ( dry ) , 2 -64 18 gal l ons .

Gi ll : 0 118295 ii ter , or 14 2 cubi c centim eter

ki logram s .

12

R eference Tables

Mil e k i l omete rs .Mi le 5280 feet, or meters .Mi ll ier or tonneau : 2204 .6 pounds .Mi l l igram grain .

Mi l l imeter meter ): i nch .

Myr iagram pounds .Myriameter meters ): 6 .2137 mi les .Ounce ( Avo irdupo i s ): grams .Ounce ( fluid ): cubi c centimete rs .Ounce ( Troy or Apothecar ies ): grams .Peck l i ters .Pin t ( l iqu i d ): l i te r .Pound ( Avo i rdupoi s ): grams .Pound ( E nglish ): k i logram .

Pound ( h oy ): grams .Quart ( l iqu id ): l i ter .Qu in ta] pounds .Scm ple (Troy ): grams .Ton 20 hun dredweigh t 2240 pounds ( Avoi rdupo i s )ki l ograms .

Yard mete r .

TABLE OF MULTIPLES .

Centimeters X inches .Centimete rs X feet .Centimeters , cubi c , X apothecar ies’ flu id ounces .Diameter of a ci rcl e X c i rcumference .Gal lons X l i te rs .Gal l on s X imperia l gal l ons .Gal l on s

,imperi al , X U . S . gal l on s .

Gal l ons X pounds of water .Gal lons , imperi al , X 10 pounds of wa te r .Gal l ons , imper ia l , X l i ters .Gra ins X grams .Inches X mete rs .

13

[n ah-35 X mi ll in —stere.

14

R eference Tables

In E ngland , wool i s sol d by the sack , or bol l , of 22 stones ,which , at 14 pounds to the stone, i s 308 pounds .A pack of woo l i s 17 stones and 2 pounds , wh i ch i s ra ted a s apack load for a horse . I t i s 240 pounds .Sack of flour 280 pounds .A tod of woo l i s 2 s tones of 14 pounds .A wey of

‘

woo l i s 61} tods . Two weys , a sack .

A clove of wool i s hal f a stone .

15

THERMOMETRY .

Fah r. Cent .13

14‘

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35


123

124

125

126

16

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Year-Book for C olorists and Dyers

266

A method to tran sform Fahr enhei t to Cen tigrade, or vice verse ,

i s the formul a:

32 equa l s Fahrenh ei t .

F—32 X 43equ als Centigrade .Compar i son Between the Scal es of Fahr enh ei t, Reaumur , an d the

Cent igrade .

(Zero Fahr enheit corr esponds wi th mi nus Cent i grade and

18

R eference Tables

Year-Book for Colorists and D yers

20

R eference Tables

AREOMETRY OR HYDROMETRY .

COMPARI S ON BETWEEN TH E S PEC I FI C GRAV I TY OF BEAUME AN D

TWADDLE .

Tw. B . Sp . Gr. B . Sp . Gr. Tw. B . Sp . Gr'

Tw. | B . Sp . Gr.

21


TO CHANGE FROM TWADDLE SCALE TO SPE

C I FI C GRAVITY , OR FROM GRAVITY TO TWAD

D L E SCALE .

In order to change degrees Twaddle into spec ific grav i ty,mul

tip ly by 5, add 1000, and d ivi de by 1000. E xample:Change 168°Twaddle into spec i fi c grav ity .

Grav .

To change specifi c grav i ty into degrees Twaddle,mult iply by

1000, subtract 1000, and d iv ide by 5 . E xample: Changespec ific gravity into degrees Twaddle .

The degrees of Twaddle’s hydrometer are eas i ly turned intospec ific grav ity numbers— a qual i ty wh ich makes it

_preferable toany other hydrometer i n use . The rule i s to mul ti ply the irid icated degree by 5, and add 1000 to the product ; for exampl e, 9degrees Twaddle equal s spec ifi c gravi ty 1045 25

.

degrees Twaddl eequal s spec ific gravi ty 1125 ; 100 degrees Twaddle equal s spec ificgravi ty 1500 ; and so on . To br ing specific grav ity numbers todegrees of Twaddle

,subtract 1000, and d iv ide the remainder by

5 ; for example:specifi c grav i ty 1000 degrees equal s 20 degreesW addle.

22

R eference Tables

I f the sample i s too v i scous to determ ine the dens i ty di rectly,

a weighed portion of i t ca n be fi rs t d i luted w i th a weighed quanti ty of wate r, or a weighed portion can be di sso lved and d i lutedto a known volum e w i th water . I n the fir st instance the percent. of tota l sol ids i s to be ca l culate d by the fo l lowing formula

W8Per cent. of sol ids in the undi luted mater ia l

S pe r cent. of so l ids in the d i luted mater ia l .W weight of the di luted mater ia l .w:weight of the sample taken for d i luti on .

I f the d i lution was made to a defin i te volume, the fol lowingformula i s to be used:

Per cent . of sol ids i n the undi lute d mater ial

V volum e of the d i luted solut ion .

D specifi c gravi ty of the di luted solut ion .

S per cen t . of sol ids i n the d i luted solut ion .

w:weight of the sample taken for d i lution .

To reduce a l iqui d to a des i red spec ific grav i tyLet v equal the volume of the fi rst l iqui d .Le t B equa l the Beaume of the fi rst l iqu id .Let b equa l the Beaume of the second or reducingLet a equal the Beaume requi red .

Le t 2 equa l the volume of the reduc ing l iqu id .

av— vB

SULPHURIC ACID .

The Manufactur ing Chemi sts’ Associ ation have adopted thefol l ow ing figures as representing the per cent . of H ,SO. i n an oi lof vi tri ol . Since co lor i s ts rarely or never need to l ook up an ac id

23


below 80 per cent . oil of vi tr i ol,the tabl e only goes to that

degree .

SPECIFI C GRAVITY OF ACETIC ACID SOLUTIONS15

° C .

S pec i fi cPer cent. G rav i ty .

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17


NOTE — The speci fi c gravi ty may indi cate ei ther of twoso lut ions of di fferen t str engt hs . To determin e Whe the r an aci d i ss tronger than 78 per cen t . ( the ma ximum spec ific gravi ty ) somewater is added ; if the spec ific gravi ty r i ses i t i s stronger, if itfal l s i t is weaker than 78 per cent . ac id.

SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF HYDROCHLORIC ACIDSOLUTIONS .

R eference Tables

S pec i fic DegreesG rav ity . Beaume.

FORMALDEHYDE— SPECIFICSOLUTIONS .

S pec i fic G rav i ty Per cent . by Per cent . byat 15 6 °C . We ight . V o lume.

Th i s tabl e i s by W . A . Davi s , i n the Journa l o f Society ofChemi ca l Industry , 1897 , 502 .

27

Per cent.HC l.

GRAVITY OF

BLEACH ING POWDER ( CALCIUM HYPOCH LO

RITE ) SOLUTION S— STRENGTH AN D SPECIFI CGRAVITY AT 15

° C .

S pec i fi cG rav i ty .

CALCIUM ACETATE SOLUTION S— SPECIFI CGRAVITY AT 1 5

° C .

N ITRI C ACID—SPECIFIC GRAVITY AN D STRENGTHOF SOLUT ION S AT 0

°

0 .

S peci fic Per cent . Per cent.HNO

,

R eference Tables

Per cent.


ALUM IN IUM ACETATE SOLUTIONS STRENGTHAND SPECIFI C GRAVITY AT 17

° C .

R eference Tables

ALUM IN IUM N ITRO -ACETATE SOLUTIONS— SPEC I FI C GRAVITY AND STRENGTH AT 1 7

° C .

ALUM IN IUM SULPHATE SOLUTIONS STRENGTHAND SPECIFIC GRAVITY AT 15

° C .

Per cent . S pec i ficG rav ity .

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

13

31

Year-Book for Coloris ts and Dyers

ALUM IN IUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS—STRENGTHAN D SPECIFI C GRAVITY AT 15

°

C .

Per cent. S peci fic14 1

,0 1

trG rav i ty .

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

SOLUTION S— SPECIFIC GRAVITY AT 15° C .

Degree Per cent . by We ight.Be. Na

,co

,N a

,cO

310H

,O.

l

2

3

4 i

5

32

1-0601

COMMON SALT SOLUTIONS— SPE CIF I C GRAVI TYAT 15

° C .

34

R eference Tables

SODIUM B ISULPH ITE SOLUTIONSGRAVITY AND STRENGTH AT

S pec i fic Degrees PerG ravny. Bé.

L 008 1

LO22 3

L038 5

LO52 7

L O6S 9

L O84 11

L 100 13

15

17

19

2 1

L 190 23

L 2 10 25

L 230 27

L 252 29

31

L 298 3 3

L 32 1 35

L 345 37

SOD IUM ACETATE SO LUTION S SPECIFICGRAVITY AT 0 .

Per cent. P er cent .NaC

,H

,02

. NaC‘

2H80,

31 0 15 5

10

35


SULPHUROUS ACID SPECIFIC GRAVITY

S pec i ficG rav i ty .

Per cent.S O

S pec i ficG ravi ty .

CHLORIDE SOLUTION S— STRENGTHSPECIFIC GRAVITY AT 15

°

c.

Per cent.Sn C 12

‘ZH ZO .

2

03

03

68

S pec i ficG rav i ty .

Per cent .S nC l

,5E

20 .

10

12

14

16

Per cent.NaC

,H,O,

31120 .

15

20

25

30

R eference Tables

S pec i fic

SOLUTIONS SPECIFIC GRAVITY AT 1 5° C .

S pec i ficPer cent. G rav ity .

‘

LOO7G

L 2 LOOSO‘

L 3 L 0084

P er cent.

ACID GRAVITYSOLUTIONS— SPECIFICAT 15

° C .

S pec i ficPer cent. Gravi ty .

1

R eference Tables

Saturated .

TIN CRYSTALS ( STANNOUS CHLORIDE) SOLUTION—STRENGTH AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY AT15

° C .

30

Year -Book for Colorists and Dyers

TARTAR EMETIC SOLUTION S— STRENGTH AND

SPECIFIC GRAV ITY AT C .

Per cent.S bOKQH ‘

O‘

+175 H 2

0 .

WATER ANALYSIS .

An alyse s of water are sometimes repor ted as pa rts per mil l ion ,and sometimes grai ns per imper ia l gallon

,and sometimes gra ins

per Uni ted Sta tes gall on . The fol l owing table gives a l l threevalues

G rai ns G rainsG ra ins

40


Grai ns G rai nsG ra ins

SYMBOLS AND ATOM IC WE IGHTS OF THEELEMENTS .

Nam e. S ym bo l .

R eference Tables

Name. Symbo l .

Fluor ineGadol in iumGal l iumGerman iumGlucinum( Beryl l ium )GoldHel iumHydrogenInd iumIod ineIr id iumIronKryptonLanthanumLeadL i th iumMagnes iumManganeseMercuryMolybdenumNeodym iumNeonNi ckel Ni .Nitrogen N .

Osmium Os .

Oxygen O .

Pa l lad ium Pd .

Phosphorus P .

Plati num Pt .

Pota ss ium K .

Praseodymium . P r

Radium Ra .

43

Y ear-Book for Co lorists and Dy ers

Nam e. Symbol.

H L

Rh

Yb . 11 1 l

Zr


l ifetime wi th an oi l por tra i t of himself, the port rai t to becomethe property of the nat i on at h i s dea th, that a mar bl e b ust of him

should be executed and placed in the rooms of the Cha nical

Soc iety, and that a Perkin Research Fun d for the p romoti on ofchemi ca l research shoul d be est abli shed, to be admin i steredthrough the Chem i cal Socie ty.

At the meeting of the Royal I nst i tuti on there was a very largeattendance, whi ch in cluded many l adi es . Telegrams of congratul at ion were received from a large number of scienti fi c soci eti es anddi st in gui sh ed ch em ists in di fferent parts of the world. Prof essorMel dola, who pres ided, opened the proceedings by offer i ng theirhearty congratul at ion to the founder of the coa l-tar industry onhavi ng li ved to see the consumm at i on of hi s l abors whi ch theywere witness ing on that fift ieth an n iver sary . In offering himtheir best congratulat ions they were glad to be able to add theh earty wi sh that he mi ght yet be spared for very many ye arsto continue those b ri lli ant research es wi th whi ch hi s nam e hadbecome associ ated during the l ate r peri od of hi s li fe. I t wa sa l so a matter of congratulat i on that they were able to refer tothe recent mark of di s tin ction whi ch S ir Wi lliam Perkin h ad

received from the hands of the King. No more appropri at emeeting-p lace coul d poss ib ly be foun d anywhere in the Bri tishIslands than that hall

,the cl assi cal home in whi ch Mi chae l

Faraday fir st di scovered the hydrocarbon benzene, and there onthe table was the or igina l specimen of benzen e di scove red byMichael Faraday in 1825 .

Geheimrath Professor , Dr . Ph nil Fi scher, then made the fir st of

number of presen tations from sci entific bodi es in difierent partsof the worl d . He ofiered to S ir Wi ll i am Perkin for his accep tan ce the Hofmann medal , whi ch has been awarded to him bythe Deutsche Chemi sche Ge sell schaft . Speaki ng in German, hesa id that for the two decades the Deutsche Chemi sche Gesellsch aft had been proud to have in scr ibed upon i ts l ist of honora rym embers the name of Perki n . As the presen t Presi dent of thesocietv he rejoi ced to give exp ressi on to the hea rtfel t sympa thy

48

Coal-Tar D yestufl'

Jubilee

which was enterta ined for S i r Wi l l iam Perk in i n the wide c ircl eof Ge rman chemis ts , and to say how h igh ly they pr ized ‘hi sach i evements in advancing thei r science, and in crea t ing a newbranch of chemica l industry . I t was indeed a bol d undertak ing ,hal f a century ago

,for the eighteen -year -old youth to develop

into a manufacture a happy scient ific observation of the pract i ca lva lue of wh ich he had correctly gauged the true importance, andthereby to create a new and spec ia l trade , the flour i sh ing chi l drenof wh i ch should soon awaken both the surpr i se and the de l ight ofa l l who took an interes t i n col or . But h i s fel l ow-workers had asti l l grea ter cause for as toni shment when , after twenty years o fea rnest and success fu l techni ca l work , Sir Wi l l iam Perkin hadre turned to pure sc ience

,and presente d them wi th those fru itfu l

methods wh ich have the ir root in wha t was wel l known to everyorgani c chemi st as Perk in’s React ion . S i r Wi l l iam Perkin hada l so turned h i s a ttent ion to the l i ttl e explored boundary betweenchemistry and phy s ics , and given to the wor ld a new and va luabl emeans of ass i s tance for the sol ution of the problems of chemica lst ructure . For al l those d i st ingu i shed ach ievements i n the fieldof organ ic chemistry the commi ttee of the i r socie ty had resol vedto award h im the h ighest mark of d i stincti on in i ts power tooffer , and he was entrusted wi th the duty of hand ing h im theHofmann medal , whi ch commemorated the founder of the society .

Professor Fi scher added in English z—My Dear Dr . Perkin , Iam proud to have the honor to br ing y ou from Germany th i ss ign of our esteem and adm iration , and hope that th e medal wi l lg ive you some pl ea sure , because i t bears the venerabl e featuresof your late fri end and tea cher , August Wi lhelm von Hofmann .

Si r Wi l l iam Perk in expres sed h i s indebtedness to the GermanChemica l Socie ty for the honor wh i ch had been conferred uponh im .

Professor A . Hal l er presen ted the Lavoi s i er meda l to S ir

Wil l iam H . Perkin , together wi th an address from La S oc ieteCh im ique de Pa r i s . Speak ing in French ,

he sa id he regrettedthat the pres ident of the soc iety was not abl e h imsel f to br ing

4 49


those tr ibutes of respect, but he had cha rged him wi th the agreeab le mi ss ion of presenting them . The Lavoi s ier meda l was

offered i n recogni tion of the fine work wh i ch for hal f a centuryS i r Wi l l i am H . Perki n had done bo th in pure and app l i ed chemi stry, and in witness of the fact tha t he was one of the fi rstand most i l l ustr ious of those who had app li ed chemi stry to

i ndustry in modern times .S ir Wi l l iam H . Perkin , i n reply, sa id that hi s chemi ca l educa t ion was to some extent influenced by French chemi sts , amongwhom were Professor Cabour s

,Profes sor St . Cla i r Dev i l le . Pas

tea r, Berthelot, and Professor A . Wur tz .Dr . Leo Baekeland presented a congratulatory address fromAm er i can chemi st s, Professor Dr . Paul Fr iedl aender one on beha lfof the scient ifi c and techn i ca l chem i st s of Austria

,Profe ssor P .

van Romburgh one from the chem ist s of Hol l and, and Profes sorDr . H . Rupe one from the chemi sts of Swi tzer land .

Professor Dr . C . Dui sberg and Geheim rath Profes sor Dr . MaxD elbrueck presente d a congra tula tory addres s from the VereinDeutscher Chemi ker . Dr . D u i sberg, in present ing the address ,sa id that , a s manager of one of the l argest German color works ,he was persona ll y pa rti cul arly pleased to p resent the good wi shesof the Verein , seeing that he and his Ge rman col l eagues werenow the gardeners in the la rge and extens ive garden la i d out byWi l l iam H . Perkin fifty years ago

, and as i t was thei r lot to ass istin cult ivat ing the y oung plant pl anted bv h im when he inventedthe fi rst ani l ine dve, mauve ; and furthermore becaus e they inGe rmany were now gathering the fru its from the l arge orchard .

fu l l of strong and mi ghty trees, wh i ch had grown up to fu l lmatur ity with in the past five deca des from the then smal l anddel i cate p lant . As the heir s to the inventive and te chn i ca l experiment s made bv Si r “fi lliam Perk in in the y ea r 1856. they . theGe rman col or manufactur ing chemi sts

,rega rded i t as thei r sacred

duty to be personal l y present in the E ngl i sh metropol i s mostcordial l y to shake th e hand of th e esteemed and honored forerunner in that pa rt i cular scienti fi c and techn ica l branch , and to

50

Coal-Tar Dyestuff Jubilee

express to h im thei r heartiest thanks for h i s great fundamenta la ch ievement . H e presented a copy bound in mauve -dyed leatherof a lecture del ivered l ast June at the genera l meeting of theVere in held i n Nuremberg by the d istingu ished doyen of Ge rmanscien ti fi c chem istry

,Adol f von Baeyer

,on “ Ani l ine Dyestuff s .”

Adol f von Baeyer concl uded h i s l ecture w ith these words,

‘

The

key to the knowledge of the nature of an i l ine col ors l ies in - thcbasi c prope rties of the carbon atom . The an i l ine col ors wh ichdel igh t the eye have atta ined much more importance to sc ience .The i r rays a re the torch wh ich enl igh tens the path of the expl ore rin the dark regions of the in ter ior of the mol ecul e, and the man

who l i t the torch wa s Wi l l i am Henry Perk in .

’ Professor Dui sbe rg added tha t about German chemi sts

,the members o f

thei r Vere in , were present that day in sp i r i t cel ebrating w i ththem that un ique fest iva l . They s incerely wi shed the whol e coa lta r col or industry

,and . especially the E ngl i sh organ i c chem i ca l

i ndustry , prosper i ty and succes s .Professor Hal ler then presented , on behal f of La Soc iété Indus

trielle de Mulhouse , a meda l and an address , stati ng at the samet ime tha t the Society had elected S i r Wi l l i am H . Perk in a n

honora ry correspond ing member .S i r Wi l l iam H . Perkin , i n thank ing Professor Hal l er , i ncident

a lly mentioned that the first medal he had received was from th esame Soc iety .

Hofrath Dr. Caro , on behal f of the Society of German Chemi ca lManufacturers: Professor Gustav Schultz , on behal f of the

Munich Chem i ca l Society,and Professor Mel dola , on behal f o f the

(‘hemi ca l Societv of London , al so presented addresses o f congratul ation .

Si r Wi l l iam Perk in repl ied to each and in reference to theaddress of the Chemica l Society of London

,sa id that the proposa l

o f pla cing h is bust , executed by the em inent scul ptor , Mr . F . WPomery , i n the rooms of the Chemi ca l Soc i ety was an honorwh ich touched h im deeply

,as he had always taken keen in teres t

i n tha t Society,of wh i ch he had been a Fel l ow for fi fty vears .

61

Dr. E dwar d Di ver s, an old schoolfell ow of S ir Will iam H.

Perkin , p resen te d a congra tula tory address from the Soci ety of

S ir D mmas War dl e, Pre s ident of the Society of Dye rs and

Co l ori st s, who was supporte d by Dr . Ch. Dreyfus, Mr. IL mm .

Professor E . Kne ch t, Ma srs . J . C. Oxley , Ch. Raw-

son, ThorpWhitaker, and J . B . H

'

i lkinson. th en presented an addre ss onbehalf of the Society .

works of Mr . Ed. R ip ley, in Bra-di nrd. he succeeded, however, in

ver s i ty of Leed s, and Mr . J . W . Hel p s one from th e'

I nst itu te of

Professor Dr . Schul tz presm ted“

S ir Wi lliam H. Perkin wi ththe doctor 's diplema of th e Te chni s che Hochs ehule at. Muni ch .

Dr . A. Bernthsen . di re cto r of the Badi sche Ani l in and mi xFabrik , an d by Gehe imrath Profes sor Dr . C . L i ebe rmann.

were being del ivered . I was a sch oolboy of four teen then . an d

my old schoolmaste r at the Ci ty of London Scho ol . Mr . ThomasGall . to whom I owe ve ry much . who was inte rested in me on

a ccoun t of my great l ikin g for science . induced me to wr i te tothat grea t and good man . Micha el Famdav . who was about to

52

Coal-Tar D yestufi'

Jubilee

s ent me an orde r— wri tten in h is own hand— adm i tt ing me to t hecourse . I l i ttl e though t then that in four years’ t ime I shouldbe the fortuna te d iscoverer of the mauve dye

,a product wh ich,

in an ind i rect way , i s related to Faraday’s scient ific work , for i twas in 1825 that Faraday d iscovered benzene

,whi ch as i s wel l

known , has been the in i t ia l product for the production of an i l inefrom the commencemen t of the coa l - ta r industry , and, of cour se,for the mauve . Th i s fact a lso connects the i ndustry wi th theRoya l Ins titut ion , because i t was in th i s bui l ding that Faradayby h i s resea rche s d i s covered benzene . And further, I l i ttlethought that in a few years’ tim eh —May, 1866— Faraday himse lfwould come to the Chemica l Soc iety , as he d id, to hea r me givea lecture on Color ing Matter Der ived from Coal -tar ,’ and thenencourage me by h is remarks . These were a l l th ings that natura l ly never entered the mind . How much less coul d I havedreamed tha t fi fty years a fter I had obta in ed the mauve I shou l dbe here at a golden j ubi l ee celebration of the di s covery of th isdye!And , moreover , who coul d have fo rmed any idea of thewonderfu l development of the coal - ta r color industry that ex iststo day

,sta rted from such smal l beginn ings , but wh ich through

the researches of an army of sc ientific men i s now of suchcol ossa l magni tude . When th i s yea r opened I rece ived a NewYear’s ca rd from my old fr iend , Hofrath Dr . Caro , whom I amdel ighted to see here tod ay

,in wh i ch he referred to th i s year

a s being the golden j ubi l ee of th i s indus try , and I thought i t veryk ind indeed of him to have remembered i t ; but I l it tl e thoughtthat I should hear any more about the matter , and not unt i l ashort t ime before the meet ing wh ich took place at the Mans ionHouse was I pr iva tely to l d tha t something was going to be done ,and tod ay i s the consummation of th i s someth ing .

’

I feel th e ve ry great honor wh ich i s be ing done me ; but whatI apprec iate most deeply i s that th i s j ubi l ee ce l ebrat ion i s aninte rnationa l one

,i n whi ch nat ions on both s ides of the globe

are taking part , I do indeed feel grea tly honored by the gi fts Ihave rece ived and hy

'

the very numerous addres ses from the

53

is tory spw zhe-s tha t have be en dai vexed by so many and suchemi nent men, and I do no t know how to eg ress mys elf adequa te ly,

more fri lly . But. ladi es and gendfl nen,I feel t ha t I can not take

ig bnt m no longer wi th us I refer t o my late ia ther m d

took to chemisuy as he wished me to be an a rchi tect, but never

he had s im ula ted by a l i fe of gm t indust rv in bui l ding an d

to wha t amgm t e xtent the w llaborat ion of my fathe r and brother

I li ee l tha t much of the hono r s o lavi shl y gi ven me tod ay should

Profes so r Meldola . one who has had s o much pra cti ca l exp er ien ce

54


Hi s goodness to me,and as cr ibe to Him a l l the pra i se and

honor .” (Abstract ed from Journa l S ocie ty of Dyers and

Colo'

r is ts .

AMER ICAN CELEBRAT IONS .

N EW YORK.

On Saturday, October 6, a banquet was given to S ir Win. H .

Perk in at Delmonico’s . Dr . Chas . F . Chandl er .occup ied the cha i r,and some four hundred guests were present ; The chai rman sta tedthat a fu nd was be ing sol i c ited for a. chemi cal l ibrary whi chwoul d be insta l led at - the Chemi sts’ Club, to be known as thePerki n L ibrary . I t is in tended to be a referen ce and ci rcula tingl ibra ry, cover ing the ent ir e field of theoret ical and app l ied chemistry, and i s to conta in dup l i ca te sets , one of them to be us ed forc i rcul at ion among Am er i can chemi sts . Aft er the usua l toasts ,and a welcome from the C ity of New York by Hon . Patr ick F .

McGowan, Dr . Hugo Schweitzer, Secreta ry of the Jub il ee Comm i ttee, gave an address, i n whi ch he descr ibed th e his tory of thed i scovery of mauve

,the evolution of the coa l-ta r i ndustry, the

syn thes i s of medi ci na l remedies,and the new fiel ds n ow opened ,

in all of whi ch coa l - tar forms the ba se .Dr . Wm . H. Nichols

,past pres ident of the Soc iety of Chemi ca l

Industry, then presented to S ir Wm . H. Perkin the fir st impress ion of the Perki n meda l

,in gold, whi ch is to be given ann ua l ly

to the Ameri can chemi st who has most d is tingui shed hi msel fby h i s servi ces to app l ied chemi stry . On one s ide is a l ikenessof the di scoverer . On the other the words , To S ir Wi l l iamHenry Perki n

,f rom h i s Amer i can fri ends , for h i s di st ingui shed

serv i ces to the worl d,

” wi th the date.Mr . Adolph Kuttrofi

,t reasur er of the Jub i l ee Comm itte e, next

presented a tea se rvi ce as a token of grat itude from Ameri canfr iends . The severa l p ieces have ins cr ipt ions to commemoratesome of hi s most important scientific work .

Dr . W . F . Hillebrand, pres ident of the Amer ican Chem ica l

56

Coal-Tar Dyestuff Jubilee

Soc iety,presented the honorary membersh ip of the American

Chem ica l Society . The other speakers were , Pres ident Nichola sMurray Butler of Columbia Univers i ty, Prof . Hermann Schu ~

macher ( Bonn ) , Pres ident I ra R einson of Johns Hopk ins Univers i ty, Prof. Nernst ( Berl in ) , Dr . H . W . Wi ley , and Mr . H . A .

Metz .S ir Wi l l iam H . Perk in, i n reply, expressed h imsel f as bothhonored and gratified by the warm welcome extended towardsh im , and for the presentat ion made . He trusted that the meda lwould encourage and stimulate chemists to increased activ i tyi n resea rch , and he fel t sure that the tea serv i ce woul d be valuednot only by h imsel f

,but by Lady Perk in and h i s fami ly. He

al so grea t ly apprec iated the assoc iat ion of h i s name with th eAmeri can Chemi ca l Soci ety . After thank ing the various speakersfor thei r k ind references

,S ir . Wm . H . Perk in gave the h i story of

h i s l i fe’s work from the di scovery of mauve to the e stab l i shmento f the coa l -ta r colo r industry . He then referred to the subse

quent developments wh ich enabled h im to retire from bus inessand once more occupy h imsel f wi th pure sc ientific research . Inconclus ion , he a l luded to the influence wh ich the industry had hadupon the development of sci ence

,and the vast amount of employ

ment i t had g iven to the work ing cl asses .

BOS TON .

On Wednesday , October 10, S ir Wm . H . Perk in was enter ta inedat the A lgonqu in Club at Boston . About one hundred and seven tyrepresentat ives of chemica l industry were present . The cha i rwas ta ken by Mr . F . E . Atteaux,

and Prof . H. P . Talbot ofthe Massachusetts Insti tute of Technol ogy acted a s toas tmas ter .After the usua l toasts, Governor Curti s Gu i ld, Jr.,

welcomed Si rWi l l iam on behal f of the Commonweal th of Massachuse tts

,the

fi rst texti le S ta te i n the Un ion ; and the Hon . Thos . A . Mul lenfol lowed on behal f of the C ity of Boston . After speeches bySenator Henry Cabot Lodge ; Capt . W . Wyndham ,

Bri t i sh Consu la t Boston ; President Henry S . Pr i tchett

,Massachusetts Insti tute

57


of Technology, and Mr . Wm . Whi tman , P ms ident of the ArlingtonMills , Dr . W . H. l 'Talker presented S ir Wm. Perki n wi th as ilver punch bowl

,ins cr ibed wi th words of good wi shes from the

coal -ta r and chemi ca l interes ts of Boston .

On Thur sday morning , S i r Wi l li am and his party vi s i te dHa rvard Univers i tv where they were rece ived by Pres ident andMrs . Eli ot . Thi s vi s i t was followed by luncheon at the CountryClub, and in the afternoon the Insti tute of Technology buil di ngswere inspected. There the di s t inguished vi si tor spoke br ieflyto a ga ther ing of studen ts . That eveni ng S ir Wi l li am waspresent at the di nner gi ven by the Victor ian Club in honor o fS ir Henry Mortimer Dur and

,the Br iti sh Ambassador .

On Fri day some of the b ig te xt ile p lants at Lowel l and Lawrence

,includi ng th e Ar l ington Mill s and the new Wood Worsted

Mil l s,were vis ited.

S ir Willi am and hi s pa rty then spent some t ime in Ameri cavi s iting other p la ces of interes t . be ing received eve rywher e wit henthusi ast i c wel come .

D R. W I LL IAM HENRY PERK IN , &C .

Wil l iam Henry Perkin was born in London on March 12th

1838 . He was educated at the City of London School,where

fort unatel y en ough science was taught under th e abl e di rect ionof Mr . Thomas Hall , who had been a s tudent of Hofmann’s a tthe Roy al Co ll ege of Chemi s try . Perkin made such rap id progresswi th his sc ient ific studi es tha t he soon became one of Mr . Ha ll’sl ecture as s i s ta nt s . and his en thus ia sm for the subj ect was sogrea t that a cons iderab le po rt i on of hi s l e is ure was devoted tothi s work . His father , be ing a builder and contractor, at fi rstdes ir ed that he shoul d become an archi tect , but be ing persua dedby Mr . Hall he gave way on the matter

,and in 1852 , whi le in

h is t.ir

'

reenth y ea r, y oung Perkin entered the Roya l College ofChemist ry . Here aga i n he made qui ck progres s, and much toh i s del ight was soon occup ied wi th hi s fi rst resea rch , thi s being

58

Coal -Tar D yestufi'

Jubilee

an i nves tigat ion of the hydroca rbon anthrace ne , a substancewhich had a most important bea ring upon hi s work a t a laterper iod . The resul ts he obta ined were at the t ime cons ideredto be pecul ia r when interpreted by the fo rmula then ass i gnedto anth racene

,so that the subj ect was la id as ide

,but the experi

ence thus ga ined,and the new compounds which were examined

ul t imately , proved to be of much serv i ce to h im .

At the age of seventeen Perkin became an ass istant to Hofmannin the resea rch l aboratory , though as the many dut ies of th i spost perm itted of but l i ttl e work in the dayt ime

,he fitted up a

smal l labora torv at home , in which he was able to exper imentin the even ings and dur ing the vaca tions . Hofmann had suggeste d i n 1849 tha t i t might be poss ibl e to prepare qu in ine a rtificially, and in 1856 attempts were made by Perk in in h i s pr ivatelaboratory to effect th is synthesi s . The exper iments, thoughfa i l ing in thei r obj ect

,gave interest ing resul ts

,and he determined

to cont inue them , no l onger wi th the idea of prepar ing qui n ine ,but

,start ing w ith s impl er substances

,to examine the nature of

the compounds wh ich we re thus produced . For thi s purpose hefi rst selected an i l ine, a substance wh ich coul d be prepared frombenzene, a consti tuent of coal - ta r . On treat ing the an i l i ne withpotass ium bichromate

,i t was oxid ized w ith the format ion of a

black preci pi tate , and an exam ination of th i s prec ip i tate showedthat i t conta i ned the col oring ma tter now known a s An il inePurple or Mauve . Perk in quickly observed tha t th i s color ingmatter had the properti es o f a dye

,which res i s ted the action o f

l igh t very wel l , and being encouraged by the opin ion of Messrs .Pul la r, of Perth . he took out a patent fu r the proces s i n August ,1856 .

Fea ring that the proj ect m igh t e nd in fa i lure , Hofmann , however, wished to d i ssuade Perk in from a ttempt i ng it s manufacture

,

for the cost of an i l i ne at that t ime wa s ve ry great,and

,moreover ,

though s i lk and wool had cons iderabl e affin i ty for the dye,i t

co ul d not at fi rst be succes s ful ly appl ied to cotton .

Perk in , on the other hand , d id not take th is v iew , and , be ing

59

aga in encouraged by the advice o f Mr. Thoma s Ke i th, a s ilk

and bro ther commenced the erecti on of a fac to ry a t Greeni ord

be j udged, eno rmous, for none of the partners had expe ri enceof chemi cal fa c to ri es, and, again, novel appara tus was w ryfor mos t of the opera t ions . Benzene al so was then onl y knowncomm ercia lly in a very impure form, and othe r of the ma ter ialsne ces sary for it s co nversi on into ani line had als o to be prepar ed .

I t is noteworthy, however, tha t Wi thin six months o f the bui ldingof th e works , th e firm. known as Perkin Sons , had commencedsupp lyi ng the s ilk dye rs wi th Tvri an Purp le

, as the new co loring

indep endentiv di scovered by Mr . Perkin and Mr . Pul lar ( 1101:S ir

a nd th i s being a ccomp li shed the demand for th e purp le inera s ed

It is impos sibl e “m thi s short ar ti c le to gi ve a co mp lete accoun t.o f Perkin’s tech ni ca l ca r ee r

,but w i thout doubt hi s second most

impo rtant dis-{e ve ry was the ar tificial product ion on a fa ct orysca l e of Al izarine ( the well -1mm co loring ma tte r of Madder )

a di scove ry whi ch made the name of Graehe and Liebermannin s tly famou s , was of too ex pens ive a chara cte r for emp loymenton the large scal e, and on thi s accoun t the sul phonat ion ofan thraqninone was studied by Perki n, as i t was hoped tha t the

vers i on of be nzene into ca r bo li c ac id. Thi s i dea proved to be

corre ft, and in addi t i on to thi s process a se cond one, having as ata rting po in t. di ehl oranthraeene, was also devi sed. The manufac

ture o f Al im r ine bv th ese me thods , invo lving as i t di d a t the

from its na tura l so urce was soon en ti re ly given up .

60

C oal-T ar D yestufi'

Jubilee

Perk i n though engaged in these onerous under tak i ngs,s tead i ly

cont inued h i s sc ient ifi c i nvest igat i ons , and i n 1874 re t i red frombus iness and devoted h imsel f ent i re ly to research . The resu l ts ofh i s work have been of far- reach i ng importance

,and though they

wel l meri t recap i tu lat i on , cannot be done j us t i ce to i n th i s shor trev iew. Of h i s earl i er work ( 1859—1861 ) the synthes i s wi thMr . B . F . Duppa o f glycocine and tar tar i c acid may be mentioned ; and aga i n we have h i s art i fi cia l producti on of coumari n ,the sweet - sme l l i ng pr i nci p l e of the Tonka bean and meadow hay .

Th e wel l known Perk i n’s react i on requ i re s no e labora t i on ina sc ient ifi c j ourna l , and h i s art ifi c ia l product i on of c innamica c id , a s modi fied by Caro, ha s had w ith i n recent year s an im

portant rol e , a s the start ing poin t for the manufactii re o fInd igo by Baeyer’s method .

I t i s i nterest i ng to note that Dr Perk in i s st i l l act ive ly cngagcd

i n research work i n h i s laboratory at Sudbury,near Ha rrow .

La te ly h i s ch i e f invest igat i ons have been in the doma i n of

phys i ca l chem is try . and he has d i scovered many importan t rel at i on s between the “mol ecu lar-magnet i c rotat i on ” of organ i ccompounds and th ei r chem ica l composi t ion and const i tut i on .

D r . Perk i n’s d i st inct i ons are numerous , and may be bri eflvsumma r ized a s fol lows:Fel low of the Chem i ca l SocietyHonorary Secre ta ry ( 1869 Pres iden t Pres iden tSociety o f Ch emica l Industry Fel low of the R oya lS ociety Honorary Ph .D . . Wuerzburg ( 1882 ) H onora ryLL .D . . St . Andrews D . So. (V i ctoria ) , Roya lMeda l Davy Meda l Longs tafi

'

Meda lA l ber t Medal B i rmingham Meda l and the Socictvo f Chem ica l Indust ry Meda lDr . Perk in s ha s been twice mar r i ed . fi rs t to Jemima H arr i ott ,daugh ter o f th e late John L is s p tt . who l e ft two son s

,and secondlv

to h i s presen t wi fe . Alcxandr ine Ca rol i ne , daughter o f the lateIvan Hermann Mo llwo . H is fami ly cons i s ts of th ree sons and

fou r daughte rs fi l ourna l S oci e i y ofDyers and Co lori s ts .

61

THE FIRS T COAL-TAR COLOR PATEN T.

A D . 18-56 . No . 1984 .

Provi si onal spedfia t ion left by sai d Wi l liam H enry Perkina t the cm of the Commissicmer of Pa terfis , with hi s pe t iti on,on the 26th of Augus t, 1856 .

I,Wi l li am H enry Per k in, do he reby decl are the na ture of the

said inva i tion for “ Producing a new Coloring Matter for Dye ingwi th a L ila c or P e rp la Color, S eufg

’

s of Cotton Wo o l, or

E qui val ent pm porti ons of sulpha te or anil ine and t-iehroma te

of potas sa are to be di s so lved in se pa rate p ort i ons in ho t water,

for a . few hour s, it is to be thrown on a fi l ter,and the prec ip i ta te

to be wel l was he d w ith wa ter to free i t from sulphate o f proteas e ,

must be re peated several t un es=un til such sute tan ce i s en ti relysepa rated. The r esi due is then to be. boil ed in methfl ated sp ir i t

be se parated from the colorimg matter by di sti l lati on. The co loring matter thus obtained is a soli d of a bronze co lor. The co lor

qua nt ity of oxal i c or tartari e a ci d and moi ste ned wi th a l ittl e

ma te r ia l s to he dy ed a re th en to be immers ed. the so luti on to bekep t to i li ng, an d when dyed the ir are to be washed wi th co ldwa ter to clean se th em from the s a d. The. materia l s thus dyedare of a li la c or purp le co lor of a very dum b le chara ct er, thet i n ts or sha des ofwhi ch m ay be va ri ed by th e quan ti ty of co lor ing

Patents for the Year I 9O6

I .— D Y E S T U FFS AN D C O L OR IN G -MAT T E R S .

i

YELLOW ANTHRACENE DYE.

Max Kuge l , of W iesdorf , nea r Co logne , Germany, a s signor toFa rbenfabr iken of E lbe r feld Co .

,of New York

, N . Y . Pa tent N o .

da ted Janua ry 2 , 1900.

In the Patent No. i s descr ibed a b lue dyestufl' wh i ch i s

obta i ned by heat ing l -3-dibromo-2 -amidoanthraquinone withcupri c ch lor ide and a su i tab le l iqu id i n presence o f wea k ly-a lka l i nesubs ta nces . I t i s now found tha t a ye l low color ing -matte r i sobta ined by carryi ng out th i s process i n the presence of s tronglya lka l i ne agen ts , such as caust i c soda

,caus t i c pota sh , sod ium

amid , &c.

U pon trea tment with hydrosu lph i te and caus t i c - soda lye th i sye l low dyestufl

' forms a b lue vat,from wh i ch unmordanted

co tton is dyed blue , wh i ch becomes browni sh yel low when exposedto the a ir .

RED AZO DYE AND PROCESS O F MAKIN G SAME .

John Hagenba ch . o f Ba s l e , Switzer land , a s signor to An i l ineCo lor and Extra ct Work s , forme rlv John R . Ge igy . Patent No .

dated June 2 , 1906 .

Of d iazo der iva t ives from am idonaphthols on lv the d iazo compound o f the 2 -amido -3-naphtho l - 6 - su lphon i c acid has bee n

65

Y ear—Book for C olorists and D yers

coup led un til now wi th l -

phenylé-

pyr azol-ones whi ch are n ot

substi tuted in pos iti on four .

N ow i t i s foun d tha t the diaz o bodi es of the 1-2 and 2-1

amidonaphtho l sul phoni -c acid s wh ich can be p roduced in a te chni cal way more ea s i ly than the 2-«diaz o—3-na phtho ls 6- sul phoni caci d, comb ine very prom ptly wi th th e above-ment ione d l - phenyl-Spyranolon es yi e ldi ng very val uab le dyestufi

'

s . The new coloringmatte r s thus ob ta in ed are dark- brown powders wi th sligh tmetal l i c luster, so lub l e in wa ter with an orange-ye ll ow to reddis hbrown col or

,turn ing into y ell ow i sh r ed to b lui sh red by ad ding

a cet i c a ci d. I n concen trated sul phur i c a ci d th ey di s solve wi tha b right—orange to red col or an d di sti ngui sh th a n sel r es from the

col or ing

-m atters of th e. 2—di ano 3- na phthol—6—su lph oni c ac i d whosedyeings on wool tr eated ud th pota ss i um bichrom ate, give onlybrown—red shad es

,in the mos t a dvan tageou s way, by the bri ght

y el l owi sh- r ed to blui sh- red tints of their dyei ngs trea ted wi th a

chr omi um compound.The clai ms specify th e r ed azo dyes tufl obtai n ed by combin

ing the diazo deri va tive of l -an1 i do-2 -nnpht-ho l-4—sulphoni c ac idwith l - ph enyl -3-methy l- 5-pyrazol one.

V IOLET DYE AN D PRO CES S OF MAKI NG SAME .

Oscar Ba ll y and Max H enr y Is l er, of Mannh eim. Ge rman y,

as s ign ors to Badi sche Ani lin und Soda Fa brik. Parent 3 0 .

date d Janu ary 9, 1906.

N ew compoun ds of the anthra cene ser i e s can be ob tained byconden s i ng certain an thr a cene compoun ds wi th glycerine.Am ong oth er pr oducts betaam i do—an thraquin one an d othe r

amido—anthraqu inones wh i ch con tain an am ide group in th e, betapos it i on and a l so sul ph o-a ci ds of the beta-ami do—an thm qni none scan be condensed wi th glyce r ine. A l so ins te ad of an thm quin on e,

n aphthanthraquin on e. or i ts hydro derivat ir es m ay be emp l oyed.and, fur ther . i n stead o f any of the above-men t ion ed compoun dsthei r homol ogues m ay be. used. These new compounds are cal l ed“benzanthrones .

”and all probably con tai n th e ben zan thr one.

66

P atents for the Year 1906

group . The benzanthrones obta ined from the beta -amido -anthraqu inones may con ta i n in add i t i on a quino l i ne r ing. It i s nowd i scovered tha t these new - benzanthrones upon bei ng treated w ithcaust i c a lka l i y ield va luabl e co lor ing-ma tters possess ing dye ingpropert ie s wh i ch a re s im i la r to those of i ndanthrene .The new co lor ing -ma tters cla imed spec i fi ca l ly are those wh i ch

can be obta i ned by treat i ng wi th caust i c a lka l i the condensa t i onproduct from a be ta -amido-anth raquinone body and i n par t i cu la rbeta -amido - anth raquinone i tsel f and glycer ine . These are solublein concentra ted su lphu ri c a cid

,giving green to b lue solut ions , and

they di s solve i n a lka l i ne hydrosul ph ite , y i elding blue vats wh i chdye vegetable fibre substant ively givi ng v i ol et shades .

AN TH RACEN E COMPOUN D AND PROCESS OFMAK IN G SAME .

Osca r Ba l ly , of Ma nnheim , and Hugo Wo l ff , of Ludwigsha fenou- thc -R h i ne , Germany , a s s ignors to Badi sche An i l i n und SodaFabr ik . Pa tent No . da ted January 9

,1906.

I n the speci fi ca t ion of Pa ten t No. i s descri bed theproduct ion of new compounds o f the anthracene ser ies by condens ing together glycer ine , or an equi va lent thereo f, and a betaam idoanthraqu inone body , these new compounds conta in ing a

spec ia l group to wh i ch the name “ benzanthrone ” group has

been given .

The presen t i nvent i on cons i st s i n the product ion of ana logouscompounds from a ] pha

- am idoanthraquinone bod ies .Those su i table for th i s pu rpose include a l pha -am idoanthraqu i

none , l .4 -diamidonnthraqu inone and -amido -hydroxyan thrwquinone , and, of cours e . i n auv ca se the i r homo logu es , sulphoacids ,

a nd ha logen der ivat i ves may be emp loyed .

Th e new compounds conta i n a bcnzanthrone grouping and

cons i st , when dry, o f brown powders , wh i ch a re so luble i n concentrated su lphuri c ac id . v ie lding yel low to brown solut i ons wi thgreen fluorescence .

67


ANTHRACENE D Y E AND PROCE SS OF MAKINGSAME .

O scar Bal ly,of Mann heim and Hugo Wolfi

’, of Ludwigshafen

ou - the Rhine , Germany , ass ign ors to Badi sche Ani l in und SodaFabr ik . Pa ten t No . da ted Jan ua ry 9

,1906 .

In the spec ifica tions of Letters Pa ten t Nos .and i s descr ibed the product ion of compounds

of the anthra cene ser i es by condens ing with glycer ine or equ ivalent body an an thra cene body— s uch , for i nstance, as anthraquinone, anthranol , al i za rine , beta-ami doanthraquin one, naphthanthraquin one, and a l so the homol ogues and sulpho- ac i ds of thesecompoun ds . In ea ch case a compound con ta in ing a benzanthronegroup is ob tained . I t i s now di scovered that ha l ogen substi tutedprodu cts of th ese an thra cene bodi es can al so be conden sed wi thgly cerine or i ts anh ydri des or the es ters or the ethers of thesecompoun ds, the condensat i on proceedin g in a mann er s im ila r tothat foll owed when non - substi tuted anthracene compounds areemployed .

The new compoun ds obta ined a ccording to th i s invent i on ca n

be design a ted by the name “ ha l ogen -benzan thrones . and theycon ta in a benzanthrone gr oup ing and al so halogen . W hen dry ,

they cons i st of from dark -

green to yel l ow powder s wh i ch aresol ubl e i n con centra ted sul phur i c aci d yi el d ing yel l ow -brown toreddi sh -yel l ow fluorescent sol utions . On be ing mel ted Wi thcaust i c alkal i they yiel d color ing—matters whi ch from an alkal inehydrosul phi te vat dye vegetable fibres .The cl a ims m ent ion sp ecifi cal ly the compound from beta

chloranthraqu in one .

ANTHRACE NE D Y E AND PROCESS OF MAKINGSAME .

O s ca r Bal ly of Ma nnhe im . and Hugo “ p hi“

,

of Ludwigsha fencu i h e—Rh in e, Germany , ass ign ors to Badi sche Ani l i n und SodaFabr i k . Pate nt No. 811 4 7 1, da te d Janua ry 30, 1906 .

68

Patents for the Year 1906

I n th i s pa tent the i nventors cla im specifica l ly the color ingmatters obta inable by treat ing with causti c a lka l i a benzanthronewh i ch can be obta ined by condens ing wi th glycer i ne an alphaam idoanthraqn inone body , as described in the spec ification ofPatent No . and the process for producing these color ingmatters . They are solubl e in concentra ted sul phur i c ac id givingol i ve -green solutions

,and they dissolve i n alka l ine hydrosul ph ite

yi el d ing blue to v iole t vats,which dye vegetabl e fibre substan

t ively giving blu i sh shades . In parti cula r the color ing-matterobta inable from a ] pha

-amidoanthraqn inone y iel ds a bl ue vat w i tha lka l ine hydrosul ph ite .

YE LLOW-GRE EN ANTHRAQU INON E DYE .

R obert E . Schmidt and Kar l Thnn , of E lberfel d , Germany , as s ignors to Fa rben fabr iken of E lberfel d Co . Patent No .

da ted February 13, 1906 .

Th i s i nvention rel ates to the manufacture of new dyestufl'

s ,

which a re sul phoni c ac ids o f the anth racene ser ies . These subs tan ce s are obta ined by condens ing the trioxyanthraqu inone s nl

phon i c ac id having probably the formula,

OH

soak

wi th primary a romati c am ines . By th i s process the two hydroxygroups in 1 and 4 pos i t ion a re replaced by a ry lamino groups .Any of the methods known for the condensation of oxyanthraquinones wi th amines can be made use of . For exampl e , thetrioxyanthraqu inone sul phon i c acid or i ts l euco derivative maybe condensed wi th a romat i c amins . On sta rting from tr ioxy

~

69


an thraquinone sul phoni c ac id the conden sation i s bes t ca rriedou t in the presen ce of a reducing agen t , such as s tannous chlori deor the lik e .The new dyestufi sul phoni c ac ids are in the shape of the ira lka l in e sal ts da rk-green powders

,solubl e in hot wa ter wi th a

green co lor . They dye unmordan ted and chrome-mordan ted wool

Th e tr ioxyan thr aquinon e sulphoni c ac i d whi ch i s to be usedfor w ndensat ion i s prepared by treating l -4 - 8- trioxyanthraqu i

none with sulphona ting agents and bor i c a cid .

The cla im s speci fy l+ diparatoly1diam ido—8-oxyanthraquinone

sul phoni c ac i d con ta ining the sulphoni c group in the anthraqu i

none nucl eus , ob tai nabl e by condensing wi th para tolui din e thel -4~ -8 -trioxyanthraqu in one sul phoni c aci d whi ch i s prepared bytrea ting 14 —8-tr ioxyan thraqu inone with sulphonating agents andbor i c a ci d .

GREEN AN THRAQUINONE DYE .

R obert E . Schmi dt,of E l berfel d

,Ge rm any

,ass ign or to Farben

fabr iken of E l berfel d C-o. Paten t No . da ted Februa ry13, 1906.

Thi s inventi on rela tes to the manufa cture of new dyestu ffs .whi ch are most probably di sul phon i c a ci ds of the an thracenes eri es , by caus in g su lphona ti ng agents to act on 1-4 -diaryldia

mid'

o-S - oxvanthraqu inone sul phoni c a ci ds having probably thefol l ow i ng gen eral formula


a br ighter red. The fas tness to washi ng thereby becomes

ORANGE - YE LLOW SULPHUR DYE AND PROCES SOF MAKING SAME .

Ri c-ha rd G ley, of Berl in , Ge rmany a ss ignor to Act ien Ge sellscha ft fur Ani l in Fabrika ti on . Patent No . 8 13 643, date d February 2 7 1906.

The present invent ion re la tes to the manufac ture of ye l l ow toorange- yel low sulphur ized dyestufi

'

s and i s bas ed on the obser

va tion tha t a mi xture of diformy l -meta -toluvlenediamine andpara -

phenv lenediam ine when hea ted toget her wi th su l phur to

h igher tempera tures yi elds very va lua ble dyestufis dyeing unmor

danted co tton cl ea r shades which are di sti ngu ished by the i r greatfa stnes s . The hi gher tempe ratur e at whi ch the mel t i s effectedw ill yi eld a product dyeing more redd ish t int s wherea s a lowertemperature gi ves a product dyeing more yellowi sh tin ts . Furthermore . the propo rti ons of the ingredi ent s m av al so be va ri edwi thout es sent ia l ly changing the resul t .

ANTHRAQUINONE COMPOUND AND PROCESS OF

MAKING SAME .

Max Henry Is l er , of Mannheim Ge rmany, as s ignor to Badi scheAnil in und Soda Fabrik . Patent No . da ted March 6,

1906 .

Thi s inven t i on relates to the product i on of new compoundsof the an thra cene seri es te rmed “

dianthraqu inonylamin e com

pounds . The inventor has d i scovered for instance,that by the

a cti on of ‘

2 -chloranthraqui none on l -am idoanthraqu inone he can

obta in a compoun d te rmed “dianthraquinony lam ine and whi ch

pos ses s es a cons t i tution corres pondi ng to the formula72


N“

u

x

( l

th i s be ing the fi rst representative of a new cla ss of anthraquinone compounds . The same new compound can be obta inedby condens ing 2 -am idoanthraquinone wi th l -chloranthraquinone ,

a lthough the reaction in th is case doe s not proceed so favorably .

Thi s dianthraquinonylam ine con si sts of crys tal s wh ich possessa me ta l l i c lustre and wh ich d i ssolve i n concentrated sul phur i cac id , y ield ing a green ish -blue solut ion . A sim i lar condensationta kes p lace i f i nstead of l - chloranthraqu inone the compoundl -amido -4 -ha logen -anthraqu inone be condensed w ith l -am idoanthraqu inone , provided the amido group of the am ido -halogenanthraqu inone be protected aga inst reaction by be ing previouslyconverted into its a cidyl der ivat ive— for example

,i nto the acety l

deri va tive . Af ter the condensat ion has taken place the acetylgroup can be ea s i ly spl i t off— for instance

,by su itable treatment

w i th sul phuri c a cid— and the amido compound of the aforementioned dianthraqu inonylam inc be obta ined . Of course i ns teadof the a bove -ment ioned ha logen -anthraquinones amido-anthraqu inones and ha l ogen -am ido -an thraquinones

,thei r homologues and

derivat ives can be employed . Thus , for in sta nce , by condensingtogether l -acetyl -amido -2 -methyl -4 - ch l or -anthraqu inone and l »am ido -2 -methyla nthraqu inone. and by saponi fy ing the rea cti onproduct the new compound amido -d i -methyl -dianthraquinonylamine can be obta ined .

73


All the compounds of thi s new class are crysta l l ine and aredifii cul tly solub le in most of the ordi nary solvents , but aresoluble in con cen tra ted sul phur i c a ci d . On be ing treated withsulphona ting agents— for instan ce

,w i th a mixture of fuming

ulphuric aci d and bor i e aci d— they are converted into co lor i ngma tte rs wh ich dye woo l from an ac id-bath shad es whi ch are veryfas t aga inst the act ion of l ight and wash ing .

BL‘

UE DYE AND PROCES S OF MAKING SAME .

Oscar Ba lly,of Mann heim

,and Hugo W'

olfi,of Ludwigshafen

ou - the—R h ine,Ge rmany

,ass ignors to Bad i sche Ani l in und Soda

Fabr ik . Paten t No . da ted Apri l 17 , 1906 .

Thi s pate nt covers spec ifi cal l y the col oring-matters obta inabl eby trea ting with caust i c alkal i a benzanthrone whi ch can be

obtained by condens ing with glycer ine a hal ogen anthra cene body,

a s descr ibed in U . S . Patent No . and the process forproducti on of these col or ing-matters . They are solub le in concentrated sul phur i c ac id, gi vi ng v iolet to brown solutions, andt hey d issolve in alka l ine hydrosul ph i te

,yi elding blue to blu ish

red vats whi ch dye vegetabl e fibre,substant ively giving v iol et

to b lue shades . I n parti cul ar the coloring-mat ter ob ta inabl efrom chl or -benzanthrone yiel ds a blue-red vat wi th alkal inehydrosul ph i te .

SULPHUR DYE AND PROCESS OF MAK ING SAME .

Albrecht Schmi dt, of Hoch st-ou - the-Ma in,Germany

,ass ignor

to Farbwerke,vorm . Meis ter , Lucius Br iini ng. Patent No .

dated Apri l 24, 1906 .

The present process relates to the manufacture of red, darkred to vi ol et sul phur i zed dyes tuffs whi ch are di st ingu i shed fromthose a l ready known by their fastness to l i ght and the rednessof thei r tints . The process cons i sts in hea ting hydroxy latedaz ines or thei r alkyl

,a ryl , sul phoni c , ca rboxy l i c, and like der iva~

t ives or the i r sulphur ized derivatives w ith alkal i polysulph ide74


i n presence of copper'

or of copper compounds . I t has been foundthat the copper in th i s case p lays an enti rely unexpected part .I n the fi rs t p lace the color tone of the sulphur ized productobta ined w ith addit ion of copper compounds from hydroxylatedaz ines i s in by far the maj or i ty of cases much redder and becausea t l ea st equa l ly clear consequen tly much more valuable thanthe color tone of the known dyestuffs obta ined by mel t inghydroxylated az ines w i th polysul ph ide wi thout addi tion of copperor copper compounds

,so that the dyestuffs here i n quest ion even

on th is ground are to be des ignated completely d i fferent. Theaction of the copper i s the more surpr i s ing as the dyeings ofthe known sul phur ized dyestuffs obta ined by mel ting hydroxylate dazines wi th polysul ph ide when treated wi th copper on the fibretend to become muddy blue

,not red

,much l es s than c lea r red .

Moreover, the new dyestuff s exh ibi t the property of being muchfaster to l ight . I t ha s been found , further , that s im i la r newdyes tufl

'

s may be obta ined from the al ready compl etely or partially sul phuri zed hydroxylated az ines i f these are subj ected tosubsequent heat ing with copper and alkal i polysul ph ide .

YELLOW D YE AND PROCESS OF MAK I NG SAME .

Franz Schol l,of Hooli st-ou-the -Main

,Germany

,ass ignor to

Farbwerke,vorm . Meis te r, Luc ius Briin ing. Patent No .

dated Apri l 24 1906.

In U . S . Patent No . i s descr ibed a seri es of azo dyes tuffs derived f rom al iphati c comb ining substances

,the beta ~

dike toncs of the type of the ethy l aceto aceta te . These dyestuff sa re of a very green ish -ye l low shade and may serve as wool o rcotton dyestuffs , a ccord ing to the d iazo compound empl oyed forthe combinat ion . I t i s now found tha t yel l ow mordant dyestuffsmay be obta ined i f beta -diketones of the type in question arecomb ined with the d iazo compou nds of the ortho -am ido sa l i cyl i cac id and its der i va ti ves and subst i tution products . Whi le thedyestuffs thus obta ined produce on wool i n an aci d -bath comparat ively poor shades , they y iel d powerful pure yel low lakes i f

75


prev iously mordan te d or subsequent ly trea ted wi th meta l l i c sa lts,espec ia l ly chromium and copper sa l ts . The copper lakes arech iefly dist ingui shed by thei r beau t i fu l green ish -yel low shadesand propert i es of fa stness, espec ia l ly to l ight . Such yel low copperdyestuffs have h i therto not been kn own . For the manufactureof these dyes tufi

'

s are importan t der ivat ives of the beta -ketonea ldehyde hydrogen by an al kyl

,al phyl

,al kyloxy

,or anil ido group .

As exampl es of thi s cl ass of bodi es , but not i ncluding them al l ,m ay be ment i oned ethyl aceto acetate ,

acety l a ce tone, benzoy la cetone and aceto ace t i c ac id an i l i de ( to luidi de and xyl ide ) whi chmay be combined w ith the d iazo compounds of ortho - am idosa l i cyl i c acid

,ortho - amido-para- sulpho sa l i cyl i c ac i d

,para - n i tro

o- am i do sal i cyl i c acid .

The cl a ims speci fy the dyestufl' from the a ct ion of ortho -am ido

s ul pho sal i cyl i c a cid or ethy l -aceto-a ceta te .

ANTHRACE NE DYE AND PROCESS OF MAKINGSAME .

Oscar Bal ly and Max Henry I s l er,of Mannheim

,Germany ,

a ssi gnors to Bad is che An i l in und Soda Fabrik . Pa tent No .dated Apr i l 24 , 1906 .

Compounds of the an thra cene ser ies conta ining a benzan thronegroup can be ob ta ined by condensing certain anthracene com

pounds wi th glycerine . U . S . Paten ts Nos . and798 104 . These new benzanthrones upon being trea ted wi thcaust i c a lkal i yi el d va luabl e color ing-matters possess ing dyeingproperti es s im ilar to those of indanthrene

,as descr ibed in U . S .

Patent No .

In the present appl i ca t i on the invento rs cl a im spe c ifi ca l ly thecoloring-matters obta inabl e by t reat ing w i th causti c a lkal i abezanthrone whi ch can be ob ta ined by condens ing wi th glycer inean anthracene body free f rom ni trogen

,as descri bed in the spec i

ficat ion of Patent No . 787 80 9, and the process for producingthese col oring-matters

,whi ch are solubl e i n concentra ted sul phur i c

76


a cid,giv ing bl ue solut ions

,and they d issolve i n a lkal ine hydro

sul ph i te , y ield ing blue to blu i sh -red vats wh ich dye vegetab l efibre substantively g iving viol et shades . In particula r the color ing -matter obta inabl e from oxanthranol yiel ds a fuch s in - red

va t wi th a lka l ine hydrosulph ite .The cla ims speci fy the dyestuff from the benzanthrone compound obta inabl e by conden s ing oxanthranol and glycerine .

RED SULPHUR D Y E AND PROCES S OF MAK I NGSAME .

Paul Friedlaender, of V i enna , Austr ia -Hunga ry , ass ignor tothe fi rm of Kal l e Company . Patent No . dated May 1,1906.

The inventor ha s found that the chem ica l compounds,the

const i tution of whi ch is defi ned by the fol l owing genera l formula

i l—l

S

i n wh i ch formula X stand s for a hydrogen a tom ( H ) or for a

ca rboxyl i c group ( COOH ) have the property of be ing ea si lytrans formed by the action of ox id izing agents into a red sul phu rconta in ing col oring-matter , to whi ch most probably the constitut ion corres pond ing to the fol lowing formul a may be a scribed

The com pound MpM

may be termed th io - i ndoxyl -ca rboxy l i c a c id. The compound77

Year-Book for Colorist s and Dyers

may be termed thi o - indony l .

The new color ing-matter i s in the dry sta te a red powderwhi ch subl imes on heat ing wi thout decompos it i on , form ing bri ll iant bronze- colored needl es . The new co l or ing-matter di ssolveswi th great dificul ty in the usua l solvents . The solut ion inchl oroform is a fin e red with a sp lendid yel low fluorescence . Ontrea t ing the coloring-matter wi th reduc ing agents an almos tcolor l ess or yel low solution i s obta ined , from which the coloringmatter can be separated by oxida t ion —vi z

,the acces s of a i r

and its app l i ca t i on to dyeing i s ba sed on th i s property . Red

dyeings of ex ce l l ent fastness are obta ined both on anima l andvegetabl e fibres .

AN THRACENE D Y E AND PROCESS OF MAKINGSAME .

Os car Ba l ly and Max Henry I s ler of Mannh e im Germanv ,

assignors to Badi sche Ani l in und Soda Fabrik . Patent No .

dated May 8 , 1906.

New compoun ds of the anthracene ser ies containing a benzanthrone group can be obta ined by conden s ing certa in anthracenecompounds with glycer ine . ( Patents Nos . and

The inventors have d i scovered that thes e new benzanthrones upon being t reated “nth causti c a lkal i yiel d val uabl ecol oring-matters possess ing dyeing propert ie s similar to thoseof indanthrene . a s descri bed in U . S . Patent No . whi chcon ta ins gener i c cla ims for color ing-matters whi ch can be produced by treating a. benzanthrone with causti c alkal i and al sofor the process for produc ing the same .I n th e present appl i ca t ion the inven tors cl aim specifi ca l ly thecoloring-matters obta inable bv treat ing wi th caus t i c alka l i a

78

Year—Book for Colorists and Dyers

pe r, a s do many of the green—blue sul phur co loring-ma tters

hi thert o descr ibed.

BLUE SULPHUR DY E AN D PRO CES S OF MAK IN G

Christ opher Ri s , of Bas e l], Swi tze rl and. Paten t N o . 82 13 78 .

dated May 22 , 1906 .

The cla ims coverl . The p rocess of man t ractur ing v iole t to blue sullphmr dye s

by t rea ting the indophenol s from pa ra -diami nes and alpha -m ph

a t a high tem pe ra tu re.C)

soluble i n wa ter, so lubl e in al co hol or benzene w i th blue color.

beautiful blue shades .

RHODAM INE DY E AND PROCE S S OF MAm N G

to Baci ische Ani l in und Soda Fabrik. Patent S o 3211452 . da ted

All attempts made up to the present tim e to produce a m ono

equa l moteeu lar propo rti ons o f phthal ic anhvdr ide and a monoa llcvl—meta am irlo-

phenol have fa iled beca use the free hydrogen80


atom of the amido group takes part in the condensa tion and ad ifferent product i s obta ined from that des i red . The inventorhas now d i scovered a method by wh ich these intermediate products can be obta ined namely, by condens ing together equa l molecular proportions o f phthal imide and a monoalkyl-meta-amidophenol in the presence of bor i c acid and then sapon i fying bymeans of caust i c a lkal i or otherw i se the new monoalkyl

- amidohydroxy -benzoyl -benzamide so obta ined . New rhodamine col or ingmatters , of wh i ch the most important are the monoalkyl

-rhodamines

,can be made by condens ing the new intermediate product

with a molecular proportion of meta -amido -phenol , and these mayei ther be used as such or they may be converted into thei r estersby sui tabl e esteri fy ing means . The new rhodamines y i el d moreyel lowi sh shades of red than any of the dyes of th i s ser iesh itherto known in commerce

,and they therefore const i tute a

valuabl e new cl ass o f color ing -matters . They are sol uble inwater , gi ving red fl uorescen t solut ions . I f the solution s of theunester i fi ed rhodamines conta ining one part in one thousand partso f wa ter be al l owed to stand

,a preci p itate forms

,wh i l e the

solution of the esters rema ins cl ear . On trea tmen t with hydroch lori c acid and a n itr i te the unesterified rhodamine solutionsbecome colorl ess , or nearly so , and on pouring into an alkal inebeta -naphthol solution an orange or brown ish col or i s devel oped .

Under the same treatment the esters do not become decol or i zedand on add it ion to beta -naphthol sol ut ion produce a dark precip ita te . The other new col or ing-matters obta inabl e accordingto the inventi on are those produced by combin ing the new monoa l ky la ted intermed iate product w ith a different monoalkyl

-metaamido -phenol from that wh ich was employed in the product ionof the sa id interm edi ate product .

VAT-D YE AND PROCESS OF MAKIN G SAME .

Ka rl S chirmacher, of H iichst-on - the -Main

,Germany

,ass ignor

to Farbwerke , vorm . Mei ster , Lucius Briln ing. Patent No .

dated June 12,1906 .

G 81

Year-Book for Coloris t s and Dyers

The inventor has found that a new valuable vat -dyestufi' may

be ob tained by mel ting the glycine whi ch is obta ined from ch loroacet ic ac id and di anthran i lic ac i d wi th alka l i es . To the mel t maybe added chemi ca l s capab le of b indin g water . The indoxy l mel tthus ob ta in ed y ields , if fu rthe r work ed in the usual mann er ,an insolub le dyestufi

' readi ly reducibl e to a vat and dyeing therefrom fast green shades .The glycine of di anthrani lic aci d h i therto unknown may beprepared a s fo l l ows:Sodium dianthran ilate i s di ssol ved in waterand a solut ion of sodium chl ora cetate i s added . The solut ioni s h ea ted in a. reflux apparatu s unti l the quant ity of the separating yel low-brown i sh product no l onger increas es . I t i s fil teredand washed w i th water . Warm wate r i s pour ed over the res idue,sod ium carbonate being added unt i l feeb le a lkal in e reacti on ,and the solut ion i s then evaporated to dryness to ob ta in theneutra l glycine salt .

D I SAZO DYE AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME.

Thi l o Kroeber, of Ba sel , Swi tzerland, assignor to the fi rm ofSociety of Chemi ca l Industry in Bas l e,” of Basel , Swi tzer l and .

Pate nt No . dated June 19, 1906.

The invention relates to the manufacture of di sazo dyestuffsby combin ing one mol ecul e of the tetra zo der ivat i ve of di ami dophenol ( OH:NH g:NH 2 2 1:2:4 ) fi rst wi th one mol ecul e of anazo coloring -matter compound— as, for instance, a sulphonatednaphtholic compoun d— to produce an intermed ia te product, whi chi s aft erward combined wi th a second mol ecul e of an azo co loringmatte r compoun d— as , for instance, a non - sul phonated naphthol ic

compoun d . As sulphonate d naphtholic compoun ds may be employed the naphthol - sulphoni c a c id

,or 2:6 naphthol

sul phon i c a ci d,a sul pho der ivat ive of di oxy -naphthal ene ,

&c. , and as non - sul phonated naphthol ic compound be ta -naphthol2:7 or dioxynaphtha l ene are preferably empl oyed .

They dye wool i n an a cid -bath from brown to vi olet t ints,whi ch

turn to bl ack on treatment wi th chromium compounds . They

82


di s so lve in wa ter wi th a co lorat ion va ry ing from v io let and blueto black and in concentra te d sulphur i c ac id wi th a blue to bl ackcolorat ion .

The cla im specifies the dy estufi' ob ta ined from d iamido-phenol( OH:NHg:NHg: l :2:4 ; naphthol sul phon i c ac id andbetanaphthol .

ORTHO -OXYAZO DYE .

Kar l S chirmacher and Fr iedr i ch Schmidt , of Hochst-ou-theMa in

, Germ any , as s ignors to Farbwerke, vorm . Mei ster,Luc ius

Br ii n ing. Patent No . dat ed July 17 , 1906.

The inventors cla im that by combin ing the d iazo compoun dof ortho -amidophenol wi th l :8:3:6-dioxynaphthalenedisulphon ic

ac id be ing the so- ca l l ed chromotrop ic a cid , a valuable monoazodyestufl

' may be obta i ned , which yiel ds beauti fu l bl ue shades o fgrea t fa stnes s when fixed as chrome- lake on chrome-mordantedwoo l or dyed on unmordan ted wool and devel oped subsequentlywith chromate s .The manufacture of the dyestufl

’ i s ca rri ed out a s fol l owsDiazo tized orth o-amidophenol i s combined with chromotropi ca cid in a strong ca ust i c-a lkal ine sol ut ion or in presence of hydra teof l ime .The compo s i ti on of the dyestufl

' i n form of the sod i um sa l t i srepresented by the fol l ow ing formula

( I ) OH OH ( 8 )SO Na 3)

( 2 )—N=N cqons/ soixa (

(e)

ORTHO -OXYMONOAZO DYE .

Ka rl S chirmacher and Friedri ch Schmid t,of Hochst -on - the

Ma in , Ge rmany, a ss ignors to Farbwerke , vorm . Mei ster,Lucius

Brlining. Patent No . da ted July 17 , 1906.

The invento rs have found tha t by combini ng the d iazo com

pound of -phenolwi th l :8:3:fl-dioxynaphthalene

-d i sul phoni c ac id

83


being the so- cal led chromotrop i c acid, a valuable monoazo

dyestufi' may be obta ined whi ch yiel ds beauti ful blue shades

of great fa stness when fix ed a s chrome- lake on chrome-mordantedwool or when dyed on

.

unmordanted woo l and developed subse

quently with chroma tes .

The manufactur e of the dyestufi’ i s a s fol lows:Diazotized para

chloro—ortho - amido - phenol i s comb ined w i th chromotrop ic ac idin strong caust i c a lkal ine sol ution or i n pres ence of hydrateof l ime .The composit i on of the dvestufi’ in the form of the sodi um sa l ti s shown bv the fol lowing formula

1 ) OHg;ggh'

ao u 3

6) 803N a

ORTHO -OXYMONOAZO DYE .

Fr i edr i ch Schmi dt and Karl S chirm acher , of Hochst-ou -the

Main , Ge rmany, as signors to Farbwerke, vorm . Mei ster,Lucius

Bruni ng . Patent No . dated July 17 , 1906 .

By combin ing the diazo compoun d of ortho -am i do -meta-xylenol wi th 1:8:3 z6-dioxynaphtha

lenedisul phon ic aci d, being the so- cal led chromotrop i c ” aci d, ava luabl e monoazo dy estufi' may be obta ined whi ch yi elds b eaut ifulblue shades of great fa stness when fixed as chrome- l ake on chromemordanted wool or dyed on unm ordanted wool and deve lopedsubsequent ly wi th chr omates .The manu facture of the dyestufi

' occurs a s fol lows:Diazot i zedortho -am idq meta -xylenol i s comb ined wi th chromotropi c a cidi n a strong caust i c a lkal in e solution or i n presence of hydrateof l ime .T he compos i t ion of the dvestufi' in the fo rm of the sod iumsa l t i s represented bv the fol lowing formula

( 1) CH3C H 3 ( 3) 0 8 3

( 4 OH OH— C10H3 (8 ) 0H

SO3N 86 SO3N3

( I ) OHCeHs (2 ) X N—( Q) Cm s

( 4 ) C l

84


ORTHO -OXYAZO DYE .

Friedri ch Schmidt and Kar l S ch irmacher, of Hochst-on -the

Ma in, Germany , ass ignors to Farbwerke, vorm . Mei ster, Lucius

Brun ing . Patent No. dated July 17 , 1906.

I t i s found that by combin ing the d iazo compound of 3-am ido4 -oxy - l -toluene with -dioxynaphthalene

-d isulphon ic acid ,be ing the so- ca l led chromotropi c ” acid, a valuabl e monoazodyestuff may be obta ined which y iel ds beaut iful blue shades ofgreat fastness when fixed as chrome - lake on chrome-mordantedwool o r dyed on unmordanted wool and subsequently developedw ith chromates .The manufacture of th i s dyestufi

" i s as fol lows: Diazotized-ortho-amido -para - cresol i s comb ined wi th chromotrop ic ac id

in a strong caust i c a lkal ine sol ution or in presence of hydra teof l ime .The compos i tion of the dyestufi

' in the form of the sod ium sal ti s characterized by the fol lowing formula :

(1 onl\

g(8)

n( 6 so u

GRE E N ANTHRACEN E DYE .

Robert E . Schmidt, of E lberfeld, Germany, assignor to Farbenfabr iken of E lberfel d Co. , of New York, N . Y . Patent No .

dated July 24,1906.

Alka l ine sulph ides produce, as i s known , when act ing ondinitroanthrarufin di su lphon ic ac id in alka l ine solution thediam idoanthrarufin d i sulphon i c ac id— a blue col oring-matter .I t i s now found that the reaction proceeds i n a d i fferent way i f i ti s ca rr ied out in neutra l or aci d solution . A new col oringmatter i s thus obta ined wh ich dyes unmordanted wool puregreen shades .The new dyestufi

' i s , afte r be ing dried and pul ver ized , i n theshape of its sod ium sa l t a da rk -green powder which i s soluble i n

85

Yea r-Book for Co lorists and Dyers

hot aci du la ted water w i th a green co lor,very difii cultly so lubl e in

dil ute ca us ti c soda and so lubl e in concentrated sul phuri c aci dwi th a vellowi sh- red co lor

,whi ch turns blui s h- red by the add iti on

of bori c a ci d.

ORTHO -OXYMON OAZ O DYE AND PROCESS OFMAKING SAME.

Kar l Schi rmacher , Fr iedr ich S chmi dt Uar l P retze ll , and WillySchuma cher, of Hochs t-on the-Ma in , German y, ass ignors to Farbwerke

,vorm . Meis ter , Lucius Brfin in g

. Pa tent No .da ted Jul y 31, 1907 .

This inventi on rela tes to an improvement in the manufactureof ortho—oxym onoazo dyestuffs f rom chromotrop i c aci d and ortho ~amino-oxybenzene deri va ti ves con ta in ing no sul pho group

,wh i ch

co ns i sts i n al l owi ng the di azo compounds of sa i d aminophenols toact on chromot mp ic aci d not under the usua l condi t i ons , buti n p resence of hydr oxi des of el ements be ing the five middl e mem ~

be rs of the second group of the per i od i cal system —namely,mag

nes i um cal ci um , stronti um , ba rium , and zin c .The pract i cal value of thi s p rocess cons i s ts in that a. good yi el dof monoazo dyestuffs i s obtained by combin ing chr omotrop ic a ci dwi th the di azotized ortho-ami no—oxybenzene der iva tives ha vingno sul pho group in pres ence of sai d hydroxi des , Wherea s no format ion of dyes tuff occurs a t a ll or onl y insuffic ient ly in presenceof ca us ti c alkali es . In prese nce of sai d hydroxi des the transforma t ion of sa i d di azot ized ort ho- ami no—oxybenzen e deri vati ve s wi thchr omotrop i c ac i d occurs at ordinary tempe ratu res or if in presen ce of hydr oxi des of magnes ium and z inc better at a. temperatureof from 30

° to 40° C . and in general in the course of se veralhours .From the so l uti on of the act i on the dyestufi may be i sola tedby acidifyi ng and adding common sal t.The dyes tufis obta inabl e dye woo l in an aci d-bath red to red

viol et up to vi olet , and th ese dye ings turn whe n trea ted wi th86


Pur e bordeaux -red sulphuri ze d dyes tuffs are obta ined fr om safran inones oi the fat ty series i nsoluble in alkal i in contrast to the

am i nes al lqvla ted in para posi ti on to the me thyl group . To obtainvery pure p r oducts wi th as li t tl e blue t in t as pos sible, it i s bestnot to rai se the t empera tur e too much, though even at a highertempera ture and if furthe r sul phuri zed products are obtai n edwhi ch ar e onl y slightl y l ess pur e. By s tarti ng from such safrani non es of the i atty seri es as are ob ta in ed from chl orin atedpa ra - am i nophenols sul phuri zed dyestufi

'

s fr ee from chlorine mayal so be ob tain ed by first subs tituting the clorin e atoms for theSH gr oups by hea ting wi th alka li sul phi des and by then sul phuri zing the me rcaptans thus obta ined and transformi ng them in toreal sul phu rize d dyestufis .

The sul phuri zed dyestufis may be ob ta in ed from etho- safranin one which is best prepared from pa ra-ni trosophenol and mono

1 2 4

ing the se two i nto i ndophenol and then t rans forming the productby boi ling into ethosafrani one .

ANTHRACEN E DERIVATIVE AND PROCES S OFMAKING SAME.

Max He nry I sler, of Ma nn heim, Ge rman y, assignor to Badi scheAni lin und Soda Fahrilr. Patent No. dated Sep tember11, 191056 .

The inventor ha s foun d th at é ha logen—l -ami doan th raquinones

whi ch are subst i tute d in the or tho posit ion to the amido groupare converted in to val uable n ew an thracene der i vati ves by treatmen t wi th a mix tur e of ni tr i c ac id an d sul phur i c a cid and subse

quent acti on of phenols , am i do com pounds . or thei r derivatives.

Exam ples of i ha logen- l -amidoanthraquin ones whi ch ar e subeti

tuted in the ortho posi ti on to the ami do gr oup are 4—chl or- 1

none, and also such compounds as contai n a hal ogen and an ami do88


group tw ice in the posi t i on relative to one another— for ins tance, -diam ido - tetrahalogenanthraquinone. The an

thraquinone der ivatives produced in th i s way are crystal l ine andare insolubl e in alkal ies . They can be converted by sulphonat

ing agents— for instance, fuming su lphur ic ac id and bor ic ac idinto sul pho -ac ids , the sa l ts of wh ich are so luble in water andwhi ch dye woo l from the acid-bath blue shades of exce l l ent fastness aga inst the act ion of l ight

,wash ing, mi l l ing, stov ing, carbon

izi ng, and steam ing.

PROCESS OF MAK ING A RED VAT-DYEING DYE .

Gedient E ngi , of Base l , Switzer land, ass ignor to firm of Societyof Chemi ca l Industry in Basl e. Patent No . dated September 25, 1906.

In a prev ious publ i cat ion of G . Mul l er, Zur i ch , 1905, i s descr ibedthe preparat ion of a dyestufi

‘ conta in ing sul phur by heat ingsalicythioacetic ac id ,

(”s ong—coon

o H6 i\

(”coon

( ca l led by Mul ler phenylthioacetic- carboxyl i c ac id

,or i ts

d imethyl ester w ith causti c - soda lye a t a h igh temperature andsubsequently oxi diz ing w ith potass ium ferr icyanide. The dyestufi

'

thus obta ined may be regarded as having the consti tution ofindigo, in wh ich sul phur takes the pl ace of the imido groups .The inventor has now found that the dyestufi

‘ descr ibed byMul l er , which i s obta inabl e only i n smal l quant ity by the procedure he prescribes , may be manufactured on a sufficiently l argesca le for commerce by heating sal icylthioacetic acid not wi thcaustic - soda lye, but in presence of an organ i c so lvent or d i luen twhich yields oxygen , such as an aromat i c n itrohydrocarbon ,

thefin i shed dyestufl

' being thus obta ined in one ope rat ion,s i nce i t

may be separated in a pure form by cool ing the mixture .89


BLACK POL YAZO D YE AN D PROCESS OF MAKINGSAME .

August ' Leopold Laska,of Offenbach -ou - the-Ma in

, Germany ,ass ignor to Chemi sche Fabrik Griesheim -E l ektron . Patent No .

dated October 2, 1906.

The inventor cla ims that va luable azo dyestufi‘

s dyeing cottonbl ack sha des are obta ined when the intermediate products fromtetrazot ized d iamido bases and sulphon i c acids of the ami donaphthol are further d iazot ized, then fi rs t combined W i th theami doazo dyestufi

' obta i ned from paraphenylenedi amine sul phon i cac id and amidonaphthol -7 - su lphon i c ac id and further com ~

bined wi th meta d iami nes of the benzene ser i es . Among theamido naphthol sul phoni c acids the amido napht hol -6

sul phon i c ac id and the ami do naphthol sulphon i c aci dmay be used . In the general term diamido base s ” benz i d ine,tol id ine

,d ian i s i d ine

,and paraphenyl ened iamine W i l l be regarded

as included .

By carryi ng the manufacturi ng of the new dyestuffs i nto pract i ca l effect i t i s better i nstead of employ ing the dyestufi

' der ivedfrom paraphenyl enedi amine sulphoni c acid and amido naphtho l -7 - su l phon i c a ci d as aforesa i d to use the correspond ingn itroazo dyes tufi

‘ of the formul a

N0 2

V =N .03H 3\ 30 3N a

SOaNa

and to transform in the ready combined azo dyestufi' the ni tro

group into the ami do group by reduct ion in an alkal ine solution .

The thus -obta ined dyestufis dye cotton deep -black shades90


remarkably fast to wash ing . They can be d iazot ized on thefibre and combined wi th phenol s and amines .

COLO R ING -MATTER LAKE.

Carl lmm erhe ise r,of Ludwigshafen-on -the -Rh ine, G ermany,

as s ignor to Bad ische An i l in und Soda Fabr ik . Patent No .dated October 16, 1906.

This invent ion re lates to the manufa cture of new aluminalakes wi th ac id coloring-matters .The method of produc ing lakes from ac id coloring -matters hashi therto cons i sted in preci pi tat ing the color ing-matters by meansof sa lt s of meta ls— such as bar ium , ca l c ium , and lead—o ccas iona l ly with the add it ion of a lka l i i n the presence of a substratumcomposed of a lumina

,heavy spar

,and the l ike . Attempts to

produce lakes conta in ing no other meta l but a luminum sal tshave only resulted in l akes wh ich a re not suffic iently fast

,and

consequently of l i ttl e or no use in the arts .The invento r cla ims tha t a l uminum lakes wh ich possess exce llent fastness aga inst the action of wate r can be produced bycombin ing the color ing-matter wi th a mixture of a lum ina andof a l uminum sal t . I t i s es sent ia l that both a lumina and a sal tbe used , for on mix ing, for in stance, free naphthol ye l l ow ac idwi th excess of alumina only partia l preci p i ta ti on takes place ,a part of the col ori ng-matter rema in ing i n solution ; but on adding a l i ttl e a luminum chlor ide or hydrochlori c aci d to the mi xturethe prec ip i ta t ion becomes complete. Thus , to i nsure a completepreci p i ta t i on i t i s necessa ry to have present a bas i c a luminum sa l t . E very bas i c sa l t i s not su i table ; but i t i s necessaryto have present be tween one - s ixth and one twenty-fourth of thequanti ty of a c id which would be sufli cient to produce wi th thea lumina a neutra l sal t . The quant i ty of a ci d necessa ry a l sodepends on the nature of the acid . For in stance , for a givenquantity of a lumina more sul phur i c ac id i s necessary to obta inthe best resul t than i s the case i f hydroch lor i c ac id or n i tri c ac id

91


be employed . Thus the bas i c aluminum sul pha te, whi ch is generally prepared by precip i tat ion from a solution of a luminumsul pha te or of a lum by the addi ti on of soda and wh i c h is frequently used ins tea d of al umi na in the preparat i on of lakes ,a l though it conta ins about one-twelf th of the quant i ty of ac idneces sa ry to neutrali ze the whol e of the al umin a i s too basi cto form inso lub le lakes and requi res the addi t ion of more acidto form the new fas t lakes .

The mos t sui table ba si c a lum i num sa l ts for use accordi ng toth i s invent ion are those of hvdrochl oric acid

,n itr ic ac i d, acet i c

a ci d, and sul pho- cyani c a ci d .

B LUE-RE D AZO DYE .

Paul Juli us,of Ludwig sha fen -ou - the-Rh ine

, Germany, assignorto Badi sche Ani l i n und Soda Fabr ik . Patent No . datedOctober 16, 1906 .

Thi s in ven t i on rela tes to the manufacture of azo coloring-matte rs by combining the monoalkyl ethers of l .4~di hydroxynaphtha

l ene wi th sul phonated di azo and tetrazo compounds of the benzeneand naph thal ene ser ies, the co lor ing-ma tter s so produced yi el dingfrom red to vi olet sha des whi ch are fas t against the act ion ofl ight . As a rul e

,the co lor ing -matt ers obta ined by employing

the ethyl ether of -dihydroxynaphthal ene yi elds sha des whi chare b luer tha n those ob tained from th e correspondi ng methylether and those obta ined from monoalkyl ethers—ior instan ce .

the monoamyl ether— in whi ch the alkyl group is sti ll larger ,produce shades wh i ch are st il l b luer tha n tho se yi elded by theco loring -matte rs obta ined from the monoethyl ether .The color ing-mat te r whi ch i s cla imed spec ifi ca l ly is tha t ob

ta ined by comb ining di azotized metan i l i c aci d wi th the monoethy l

ether of - dihydroxynaphtha lene . I t yi elds a b lui sh -red soluti onin water and al so dves woo l , gi ving blu i sh-red shades .Fol lowing are the resul ts of other comb ina ti ons wi th the i rshades:

92


Monouiothyl 111° mouoe thy l

- ethe r of 1.

‘l -dihydroxyua p l is

tha lcne rom luncd W ith dul ZO tt 'i l. hade 0 " on l .

Metam lic “C id b lu ish red .

Sul phan i l ic ac id b lu ish red .

2 -4 an i l ine—d isu lpho-ac id . . ye l low-red .

Toll l ld ll l e-Sulp hO-flC id C Hg ZSOgii I NH 1=132 cherry-red .

\ 11is id i11e su l pho-ac id OCH , .80 H:NH 1=1 v io let-red.

l -H a1cet-p -

phe11ylcncdiam i 11c-3-sulp l1o c laret-red .

-l am ido-d i pheny lam ine-Qsu l pho a ( idNH 2:NHCGH 180 3 I I: 1 4 3 b lack ish v iolet .

2-11itro-6-am idop li cuol-i -su lo-ac id d irect dark v io letchromed green .

m ido-azobenzene clareMM .

1 i -naphthy lam ine-su lpho-ac id red -vio l et.- 11aph thylam ine-su lpho-ae id 1

'

red-vio let, _—naphthylam ine-sulpho-ac id redd ish violcl .

l . i .6—naphthy lam ine-d i sulp ho—ac id v io let-red .

2 . l naphthylam ine—sul pho-ac id ponceau-red .

naph thvlam ine-sul ho acid amarauth .

6 .8- 11aph thylam iue-d su lpho »»ac id amaranth .

Benziuiue d isul p ho—ac id 0 11 woo l red v io let.

1 cott 11D iam idOS til bcuc d isulpho ac id 1 21:l

-11aph thalene-d iam ine-2-su l pho ac id fl

o

ggfli‘

g'

l‘

gfij

MONOAZO DYE AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME .

Thi lo Kroeber,of Basel

,Swi tzerland , ass ignor to the firm of

Soc iety of Chemica l Indus try in Bas le . Patent No .dated November 13, 1906.

I t i s known that the orthodiazonaphtholsulphon ic acids— as ,for i nstance

,the -diazonaphthol

-4 - sul phon i c ac id— are not ableto be combined smoothly w ith al pha -naphthol in a lkal ine solutions— that i s to say

,in solution s conta in ing a caust i c a lkal i or an

a l ka l ine ca rbonate , as i t i s usua l ly pract iced in the manufactureof azo dyestuffs . The inventor now cla ims that a smooth combinat ion of an orthodiazonaphtholsulphon ic ac id w i th al phanaphthol takes place when i t i s effected i n presence of su itableneutra l or ba s ic organ ic compounds— a s , for instan ce , al cohol ,pyr id ine , an i l ine , &c.

— and tha t the presence of these organ i ccompounds fa c i l i tates genera l ly the combination of the ortho~

93

dim m phflaolsulphon ie a c i ds w i th azo coloring-ma tt er com

The new monoazo .dyest ufi'

s de rived from ort hodiazonaphthob

sul phoni c a ci ds and al phanaphthols dy e wool in an a ci d-bathbrowni sh-vi olet ti nt s . which turn to beaut iful black fa st to

The cla im sp e cifies the dy e stuff from diaz o naphthol 4

s ulphoni c ac i d.

TR I PHE NY L IIJE THANE D YE AN D PROCESS orMAK ING SAME .

Hi t-JS -fl .C ,H

a new an d very va lua ble ac id dr e s t ufi' dy eing wool from an

YE LLOW ANTHRACENE DYE .

Rober t E . Schm i dt . of E lbe rfeld and Paul T -ust . of Vohwinkel .

94

AZO D YE AN D PROCES S OF MAK I NG SALI E.

dated November 1 1'

RE D AZO DYE AND PROCES S OF MAKING S AME.


n itrobenza ldchyde wi th l .2 .diam ido-5 -naphthol - 7 - sulphon ic ac idand subsequent reduct ion, furn ishes by its combinat ion w itharomati c d ia zo compounds in a lka l ine solut ion dyestuffs w h i c hare ca pable of bei ng further d iazot ized and are trans formed bycombina tion of the thus obta ined diazoazo bod ies with su i tableazo co lor ing-matter components

,espec ial ly naphthols ul phon i c

acid s, i n to new dyestuff s , dye ing unmordanted cotton cl ea ryel low - red to blue - red t ints w ith a great fa stness to l igh t andac ids .The cla ims speci fy the product obta ined by coupl ing one molecul e of anhydroani idoalphylacidyl:1.2 -diam ido -5 -naphthol -7 - sulphon i c a cid with one molecul e o f diazotoluene

,then furthe r d ia zo

t izing the resul t ing monoazo dyes tufi'

and fina l ly coupl ing i t w i thnaphtholsul phon i c a cid .

HALOGENATE D DYE AND PROCESS OF MAK INGSAME .

Osca r Ba l ly , of Mannheim, Germany, ass ignor to Badi scheAn i l in und Soda Fabr ik . Patent No . dated December4 , 1906 .

In th i s pa tent i t i s cla imed that col oring-matters such as canbe obta ined from compounds conta in ing a benzanthrone groupingby trea tment wi th a lka l i , and which are te rmed benzanthronecolor ing-matters , i n former patents e ither be fore or after treatment wi th a n i tra ting agent ( see, for example , the spec ificat ion ofPatent No . can by treatment with a halogen izing agen t—such

,for instance

,as ha logen i ts el f or sulphuroxychloride

—bc

converted into thei r ha logen deriva ti ves .The new col oring-matte rs obta ined in a ccordance wi th t h epresen t invent ion di ffe r from the origina l coloring-matters both inshade and in thei r chemi ca l rea cti ons

,be ing genera l ly more eas i ly

converted into thei r l euco compounds in the vat . These col or ing »

matters a re cla imed generica l l y i n U . S . Patent No .

which cla ims the product ion o f col or ing-matters from a hal ogenated benzanthrone , and they possess the same genera l char »

7 97


acte ristics as the co lor i ng -ma t ters cl a imed in the sa id spec ificat ion— tha t i s to say, they are, when dry, powders ranging from da rkviol et to brown -vi olet, an d are insolubl e in wate r and in a l coholand are solub le in alka line hydrosul phi te . They are, however,superi or to these l atter i n be ing more ea si ly soluble in the vat ,

and therefore better sui ted for pr int ing onto text il e fibre anda lso in yiel ding clearer shades of v iol et . They are solubl e inhot analine, vi elding from gr een to b lue-vi ol et solut ions .The cla im s spec i fy the dvestufi' ob ta ined by a cting on cyanan

threne wi th chlor ine .

ANTHRACENE DYE AND PROCESS OFMAKING SAME .

Max Henry I s let , of Mannh e im , Germany ,a ss ignor to Badi sch e

An i l in und Soda Fabr ik . Pa tent No . dated December4,1906 .

The inventor has d i scovered tha t by trea ting beta -methylnthraqui none or certa in deri vat ives thereof with a condensingagent a new yell ow compoun d sui tabl e for dyeing and printing ,and espec ia l ly dyeing and pr inting vegetabl e fibres i s obta ined .

The der ivatives of beta -methyl - anthraqu inone wh ich can beemployed incl ude those in wh ich a hydr oge n atom or hydrogena tom s of the methyl group i s or a re replaced by a halogen atomor atoms .

The condensing age nts found to be sui tabl e include the causti ca lka li es, preferab ly in a l cohol i c solut ion and w ith or wi thou tthe add it ion of an a cetate . The new compound can be recry stall ized from n i trobenzene , and thus be obta ined in the form ofgolden -yel l ow crysta l s wh i ch are difl'

cultly solubl e in benzene .alcohol , ether , and a cetone, bu t are solubl e in concentra tedsul phu ri c acid , the sol ution be ing blu i sh r ed . They are ins olubl ein caust i c- al kal i solution . but on trea tment wi th alka l ine reduc

ing agents they are convert ed into the hydro compoun d,whi ch

i s solubl e in the alkal ine solut ion wi th a brown -red co lor . Thevat thus obta ined dyes cotton brown -red shades

,whi ch upon

98


Dyestufi from pm -mmM ofiphenylether of hydroqui Dyes unmordantednone

2 mol . of -aminona ph tbol-7-sul phoni c aci d . scarlet1 M L of2 5—am inona ph th ol -7-sul phoni c acid (ac id solu scar lettion ) —i 1 m ol . of —am inonaph thol- 7- sul phoni c acid( alka lin e solution )

1 mol . of 1-na p htho l -4-sul phoni c acid 1 mol . of yellowish redam inonaph thol

-‘

F-sul phoni c acid1 mol . of 2—naphthol-7 -sul phoni c acid 1 mol . of redam i nonaph thol

-

‘

i - sul phoni c ac id1 mol . of Qr pheny lam ino—S—naphthol -7- sul phoni c ac id 1 red

m ol. of l b—aminonaph thoH -sul phoni c ac id1 m ol . of2. 5 21m inonaph thol- 7- sulphon i c acid 1 mol . of i scar l et

-d ioxynap h thal ene—7 -sul phon i c aci d

1 m ol . of Q-acerylamin G S-naph thol-G-sul phoni c ac id 1 red

m ol . of -am i nonap hthol- 7 -sulphoni c ac id

1 mol . of 2- acetwlam in o—Erna p h th ol -7-sul phoni c aci d 1 red

m oL of Q—am in o-Erna p h tho l—7s ulph oni c ac i d

1 mol. of l i—am inona p h th ol- ‘

i -sul phon ic ac id 1 mol . of ye llow ish redth e gly cin of -aminonaphth ol

- 7 -sul phon i c ac id1 mol . of l i m inona ph th olJ

-sul phonic ac i d 1 mol .-amin onaph thol

-L 7-disul phoni c acid1 m ol . of Q-ace tylam ino-B-naphthol-eesul p honi c acid J

r 1 red

m ol . of 2—p henylam in o—5—na phthol -7 -sul phoni c ac id1 m oL of -amin onap hthol

- 7~sul phoni c aci d 1 mol . of b luish red—di oxy -Z Q-din aph thylamin —di sulphoni c ac id

1 m ol . of 2-acety lamine—8—naphthol—6—sul phoni c ac id 1 redmol of the gly cine of -am inona ph thol

- 7-sulphoni c ac id

The cla im specifies the dy e stufi from 2 molecul es of 2 - amino5 - naphthol - 7 - sul phoni c ac i d .

RED AZO - DYE .

Osca r Gunther , of E l berfel d , Ge rmany , ass ignor to Farbenfabriken vorm . Friedr . Bayer Co . Patent No . da tedD ecember 25 , 1906 .

Thi s invent i on rel ates to the prepara t i on of new tetrazo dves tufis bv the combina t i on of one molecul e of the tet ra zo compoundof para -diam inOparadiphenylethylene ether of the formula

—0\.CH 2 CH n

.O

wi th two molecul es of an azo-dyestuii’ component

,of wh ich

100


a t least one i s the 2 -am ino -5 -naphthol -7 - sul phon ic a cid or a substi tuted der ivat ive thereof .The fol l owing dvestufi

'

s are poss ibl e

Dyes unmor dantedDyestuff‘

from para-d iamiuopamdiphenyle thylcne ether cotton

1.

14 .

15 .

16 .

I 7 .

13.

19 .

sa

u

na

s-a

u

r

2 mol . of -am inonaph thol-7 -sul phon ic ac id .

1 mol . of -am inonaphthol-7-sul phon ic ac id (ac idso lution ) 1 mol . of -am inonaphthol-7-su lphon icac id (a l ka l ine so lution )

2 mol . of the glyc ine of -aminonaph thol-7 -su lphon icac id

1 mol . of l -naphtho l -«i -su l phon ic ac id 1 mol . ofam inonap hthol-7 -sulphon i c ac id

1 mol . of l -naphtho l —d isul phon ic ac id 1 mol .of 2 .3 am inona h thol-7-sul phon ic ac id

1 mol . of 1-naph t ol -d isu lphon ic ac id lmol . ofam inonaph thol-7 -su lphon ic ac id

1 mol . of 2-na

phthol4

‘

r sulphonic ac id 1 mol. ofami nonapht ol-7-sul phon ic ac id

1 mo l . of 2-naphthol —d isul phon ic ac id 1 mol .

am inonaphthol-7 -sul phon ic ac id1 mol . of 2-

p henylam inot -naph tholJ-sul phon ic ac id

1 mol . of 2.5 am iuonaphthol-7-sul honic ac id1 mol. of -am inonaphthol-7 -sulphom c ac id 1 mol .of l .8~d ioxynaphtha lene

-S-G-d isu lphon ic ac id1 mo l. of —am inonaph thol-7 -sul phon ic ac id 1mol .of l -ethoxy-S—naphtho l -3.6~d isulphon ic ac idmol . of -am inonap hthol-7 -su l phon ic ac id 1mol .

of -d ioxynaphthalene-7 -sulphon ic ac id

mol . of -am inonaph thol-7 -sulphon ic ac id 1 mol .

of -am inonaphthol-4 -sulphori ic ac idmol . of 2-5-am inonaphthol-7 -su lphon ic ac id 1 mol .of 2-acetylam inoé -naphthol -‘

i -sulphon ic ac idmol . of 2 .5 11mi nonaph thol—7 -su lphon ic ac id 1 mol .of the glyc ine of -am inonaph thol-7 -su lphon ic ac idmol . of 2.5»am inonaphthol-7~sul hon ic acrd 1 mol .

of -l J -d isa l on ie ac idmol . of -am inonaphthol-7 -su phon ic ac id 1 mol .of 2-acetylamino—5 naphthol -d isul phon ic ac id

1 mol . of -am inonaph thol-7 -sulphon i c ac id 1 mol .of -d ioxy -dinaph thylam in -d isu l phonic ac id

1 mol. ofQ-phenylam ino-S-naphtho l -7 -sul phon ic ac id1 mol. of the glyc ine of 2.6 am inonaph tho l

-7 -sul.

phon ic ac id1mol . ot 2 henylam ino-5~naphtho l -7 -sul p hon ic ac id1 mol . 0 -d isu l phon ic ac id

1mol . of 2-phenylam lno—5-naphtho l -7 -su lphon ic ac id1 r

inic l . of Q-ace tvlam lno-S-naphtho l -1.7d isul phon ic

ac

101

scarlet

The claim speci fi es the dyestufi' from two mol ecul es of 2- amino

5‘ naphthol -7 ‘ sulphoni c ac i d.

BLACK MORDANT DYE AN D PROCE S S OF MAKINGSAME.

August L eopold Les li e , of Ofl'

enbach—ou-the—Ma in Germs n} :a ss ignor to Chemi s che Fahrik Gre isheim -E l ek tron. Paten t No .

dated December 25,1906 .

This invent ion rel ates to th e p roduct ion of mordan t azo dy es ,wh i ch may be obta ined bv combini ng the di azona phthol 4

sulphoni c aci d wi th meta—oxydi phenvlamine der ivat ive s of theG enera l formul a

Where in X means H or GIL .

In order to obta in the coloring-matter in a good yi eld, i t i sneee ssarv to us e for the combina t ion concentr ate d solut ion s of thediazo compound and the oxydiphenylamine. The quan ti ty of alkal imav be varied W i th in W i de limit s. The thus obta i ned dve stufisdy e wool i n an ac id- ba th black -vio l et. shades . whi ch by subsequentt rea tmen t wi th a. bichrornate are converted in a dark reddi shbla ck , showing very gocd fas tness in al l respect.

YELLOW AZ0 D YE.

Adol f R uchenbecker .of Hochst -on -the-Ma in. Germany , as sig

~

nor to Farbwerke vorm. Mei ster . Lucius Bruni ng. Pa t en t No .

The inven tor has found that vellow azo dy es tufis dis t ing uished by i he ir shade and fa stn ess ma y be obta in ed bv comb ini ng (i sat meta -I vlidine on ho- sul phoni c a cid wi th pyrazolone sulphon ic ac i ds . th e co nst i tut ion of wh ich corre sponds wit hthe formula

102

Bv thi s pr oce ss the sulphona t i on take s pla ce in the nucl eus of the

The above men ti oned 1-4—diaryldiamido—S—oxyan thn quinone snl

phoni c aci ds can be obtai ned by condens ing l 4 -8—trioxyan thraquin one sul phoni c ac i d with primary aromati c ami nes. The 14 -8

1-4 - S-tr iosyan thra quinone wi th sulphonat ing agen ts and bor i caci d.The n ew dves tuii sul phoni c aci ds are in the sha pe of th e i ra lkal i ne sal ts gre en p owder s soluble in wate r wi th a green co l oran d on h eat ing in a solut i on of stan nous chl ori de in hydro chl ori caci d they are decomposed un der the forma ti on of a l euco com

poun d of th e l -4—S—tri oxvan thraquin one sulphoni c aci d. They

monoazo DYE AN D PROCESS o’

F MAKING SAME.

Th il o Kr oeber,oi Base l. Swi tzerlan d

,assignor to the firm o f

November 2 8.

ac i ds and sul phoni c a ci ds of lThe process consi st s in acidvliz ing l -2—am i dona phthol sul phoni c

l -am idc-2 - a-c idyloxyna phthal enes ul phoni c ac i ds and combining the

ranzl t in car di az o compounds w i th sulphoni c acids of l zS—di oxynaph ~

1- 2—anfidonaphthol4- sul ph oni c ac id in the hydroxy l group ,

thendi az ot izing the obtained l -arn ido—2 -acetoxynaphthal ene+ sulphoni c

naphthal ene ti—G—di sulphoni c ac id.

I t dves wool in an ac i d-bath blue tint s . whi ch pa ss to blui shgreen on t rea tment with chromi um compound.

104


BLUE AZO DYE AND PROCESS OF MAK ING SAME .

Th il o Kroeber,of Basel

,Swi tzerl and

,ass ignor to the firm o f

Soc ie ty of Chemica l Industry in Basle . Patent Reissue No .

dated November 13, 1900. Orig ina l No . dated

December 5,1905 .

The invention rel ates to the manufacture of new monoazodyes tufl

'

s der ived from 1-amido-2 -acidyloxynaphthalenesulphonic

ac id s and naph thol sulphon ic acids by acetyl i z ing sul phon i c a cidso f l -2 -amidonaphthol i n the hydroxyl group

,then d iazot iz ing th e

so~obt ained l -am ido -2 -acetoxynaphtha lenesulphon ic acids andcombining the resu l t ing d iazo compounds w ith naphtholsul phon i ca cid s .The cl a ims Speci fy the monoazo dyestufi

‘

,der ived from 1-2

am idonaphthol -4 - sul phon i c ac i d and 1-5 -naphtholsulphom c acrd ,

which dyes tufl' y ield s blue solutions in water and in concentrated

sul phu ric ac id and dyes unmordanted wool i n Bordeaux shadesbecoming blue on treatment w i th ch romium compounds .

AZO DYE AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME .

Th i lo Kroebe r and Car l Jagerspacher, of Basel , Switzerland ,a ss ig nors to the fi rm of Society of Chemica l Industry in Basl e .Patent Rei ssue No . dated November 13

, 1906 . Or ig ina lNo . da ted August 15

,1905 .

The cla ims speci fy the monoazo dvestufl'

,deri ved from

amidonaphthol - l - sul phon i c acid and -dioxynaphthalene bya cetyl i z ing the ba s i c sod ium sal t of -amidonaphthol -4 - sul phon i ca c id , d ia zot iz ing the so - obta ined 1-am ido~2 ~acetoxynaphthalcue

-4

su lphon ic a cid , then combin ing the resul ting d iazo compoundw i th l :Fr d ioxyna phtha lene .

Th is col ori ng -ma tter y ield s a v iol et aqueous solut ion , d i s ~solves in concentra ted sul phur i c acid wi th greeni sh -blue colorat ion and dy es unmordanted woo l in Bordeaux shades , wh i ch shadesbecome green ish -bla ck on treatment wi th chrom ium compounds .

105


I I .—PROCE SSE S OF AP PL ICAT ION .

9

m CE S S FOR PREPARIN G FIBRE FROM CORNSTALKS AND ANALOGOUS PITHY PLANTS .

Albert G . Manna,of Ch icago, I l l inoi s , ass ignor by d irect and

mesne ass ignments, to Food Fibre Products Company . PatentNo . dated January 30, 1906.

Thi s i nvent ion rel ates to an improved process for preparingfibre f rom cornsta lks and analogous p ithy p lants ; and amongthe sa l ient obj ects of the invent ion are to produce an improvedqual i ty of fibre, to subj ect the mater ia l to a treatment whichW i l l remove the non -fibrous substa nce, i nclud ing color ing-matter,to a large extent before the mater ia l i s subjected to the reducingaction of d i s integrat ing chemical s, to produce a pulp wh ich i sof more un i form qua l i ty and more free from shive

,to economize

ei ther in the amount of reduc ing chemica l s or the t ime employedin br inging the fibre to i ts completed cond it i on

,or both

,to reduce

the amount of bl each ing agents and t ime of b l each ing requi red ,to provide a proces s Wh i ch enables ce rta in va luable const ituentso f the material other than the fibre to be separated out andsaved without interfer ing w ith the ser ies of steps embody ingthe proce ss , and in genera l to provide a s impl e and improvedprocess for the purpose .

PROCES S OF PRODUCIN G METALLIC OR

LUSTROUS COLORS FOR PRINTIN GON FABRICS .

Leon L i l ien feld,of Vienna , Austria -Hungary . Patent No .

dated March 20, 1906.

In th i s proces s the fixing med ia compri se a res inous substance ,a vegetable

~ j u ice substance, and wood -oi l . One or more su itabl eres inous substances a re fi rst melted , finely d ivided ind ia - rubbe ror gutta -percha be ing introduced into the mel ted mater ia l and

106


as i t has acqui red the property of combin ing wi th basic dyestuffs .The inven tor cla ims that these propert i es may be app l i ed in .a

mani fold and useful manner to obtain bi and mul t ic ol oredeffect s wi th woolen p iece goods and yarns .If wool or similar an imal fibres, t reat ed wi th tannin g substancesand meta l l i c sal t s, are spun or woven together with ordina ry woo] .goods are ob ta ined whi ch may be dy ed in melange or weavi ngeffects of a totally - different aspect

,as the severa l pa rts of these

goods are of a di fferen t behavi or toward the dy estuff s . Thewoo l trea ted with tanni ng subst ances and metall i c sal ts readi lyabsorbs basi c dy estuffs

,but does not combine with the ord ina ry

dy es tuffs for woo],espec ia l l y wi th aci d dyestuffs , whi ch . as i s

lm own . are much used in wool dy eing. The ordinary wool , however worked up in y arns and pi ece goods does not absorb thebas i c dy es tuff s in the presen ce of trea ted wool , but re adilycombines wi th ac id

,chrome- devel op ing

,and mordant dy estuffs .

In fina l ly dyeing t h ree methods m ay be employ ed— nr st , onlythe trea ted wool i s dy ed wi th basi c dyestuffs, where as the un

treated woo l rema in s undy ed ; second, only the untreate d wooli s dy ed wi th acid or ch rome-devel op ing dyestuffs and the treatedwool rema ins undved:th i rd, the trea ted wool i s dy ed with bas i cdy estuffs

,the unt reate d wool . however , with aci d or chr ome

devel opi ng dyestuffs . Bes ides,woo] dy ed with fast dy est uffs may

a l so be trea ted with tann ing substan ces and meta l l i c sa l ts. tobe then worked wi th ord inary wool into y arn s and p iece goods .I f t h ese goods are dy ed with a ci d dvestufl'

s . only t h e ordina rywool absorbs the dy estuffs and not. th e wool prev iously dy ed and

trea ted with tann i ng substances and metal l i c sa l ts . In thi smanner the mos t va r i ed mul t i col ored effects may be ob ta ined.

Bes ides s heep 's wool other ha i r of an imal s— such as of goa t s .ca l ves , cows . camel s . horses . cats . hares . rabb i ts . &.c. treatedw ith tann ing substances and meta l l i c sal ts— m ay be worked inthe same manner wit h untrea ted fibres , to be fi nal ly dy ed in

different way s . as descri bed .

Woo] m ay7 be worked up in any state of con di t ion as l oo se108


mate r ia l , s lubbings, ya rn , and thread . On fina l ly dyeing me

lange, thread , warp , weft effects or comb inations thereof a reobta ined

,a ccord ing to the mater ia l employed . Bes ides, the tan

n ing pre pa rat ion may be a l so appl ied on slubbings,ya rns, and

pieces by way of printing . On fina l ly dye ing these goods theefl

'

ects come out a s bi or mult i - colored print ing des igns .

DYEING LEATHER .

Richa rd R ie de r , of Osterwieck , Germany . Pa tent No .dated Ma rch 27 , 1906 .

Th is invention refers to a proce ss for dyeing lea ther on the

gra in s ide and improvements in connect ion wi th same .According to th i s method the sk ins to be dyed are spread w i t h

the fle sh s ide on th in flex ibl e p la tes , and in order to obta i n afirmer adhesion of the sk ins to the plates adhes ive ma teria l s o fa ny k ind may be employed . Thereupon the pla tes , together w i ththe sk ins . a re pla ced in a su i table manner in the dyeing a ppa ra tusfo r ins tance , the flex ibl e plates may be placed on acute -angledblock s w i th tr iangula r secti on or on s l ightly

o curvcd dyeing tablesor the l ike , to the form of wh ich they accommodate themsel ve shv rea son of thei r grea t flex ibi l i ty . In certa in c i rcumstances ,when the a rrangement of the dy eing appa ra tu s admi ts o f it ,thes e th in flex ibl e pla tes may serve a s the sol e supports of thesk ins . thes e , w i th the pla tes , be ing hung di rectly in the dyeingva ts . Thereupon the dyeing of the sk ins i s effected by sprinkl ingor “

wa sh ing them wi th dye sol ution , wh ich flows i n th rougha ppropri ate a pertures , and a fte r runn ing off or d ripping off thesk ins and l ea thers and the back ing plates or bl ocks the dvesol u t i on immed ia tely flows back into the dye reservo i r

MANUFACTURE OF FILAMENTS AND FILMS FROMV I SCO SE .

Cha rles N . Waite , of Lansdowne , Pennsyl van ia ,ass ignor

,by

mesne ass ignment s , to S i la s W . Petti t. o f Ph i ladel ph ia .Penn

sylvan ia . Pa ten t No . dated March 27 , 1906.

109


I n former process es for . the manufacture of films from vi sco se( cel lul ose su lpho- ca rbonate ) the latt er i s forced through sp innerets into a bath ca pabl e of gelat im

'

z ing the vi sco se , wherebythe filaments thus produced are se t in the form given to themby the sp innerets . Heretofore eithe r an ammon i um sa l t suchas ammoni um ch loride or amm onium sul phide or sulphur i c ac id ,has been employed as the effic ient agent of the se tt i ng- ba th . I ti s found that when e ither ammonium sa l t a foresa id i s u se dammonium sul ph ide is l iberated in la rge qua nt it ies and sul phureffloresees on the filaments

,

” impa ir i ng thei r lus t re and render ingtheir color obj ec ti onable and i f sul phur i c ac id i s use d hy drogensu l phide i s l ibe rated w ith the di sadvantages wh ich a re due tothe p resence of tha t po isonous gas, and sul phur i s a l so depos i tedin the filaments , maki ng a second proces s necessa ry for i tsremova l .The prese nt invent ion is intended to avoid these obj ect i onabl efea tures , and the process i s as fo l l ows:For the s etting soluti ona bath cons i st ing of ac id sod ium sul ph ite ( NaHSOs ) , into whichthe fil aments or films are proj ected , with the resul t tha t thes odi um hydrate in the viscose i s neutra li zed and the sul phuris converted into a mater ia l so luble i n water— viz sodiumhy posul ph ite .For the purpose of dehydrati ng the fi l aments and renderingthem firmer and les s l iabl e to ab ra s ion duri ng the subsequentfini shi ng proces s than i f trea ted so lely wi th the se ttin

g

-ba t hof a cid sodi um sul ph i te a fores a id i t is a dvantageous to add asa l ine so lut ion to sa id bath . For in s tance to a ba th of sa tu ratedaqueous so lut ion of a c id sod ium sul phite conta in ing from el evenand one-ha l f to h velve per cent . of ava ilable sul phurous ac idten per cent . of i ts weight of a saturated so lut ion of ammon iumsulphate or s od ium chl or ide i s added .

METHOD O F TAPESTRY-YARN PRINTING .

Benj amin H . Gledhi l l , of Ph i l adel ph ia , Pennsy lvan ia . PatentNo . dated Apri l 10 1906 .

110


ing and cur lin g of the fibres are avoided . The decort i ca ti on orsepa rati on of the woody sta lk from the fibre may be effec tedat any time after the stalk i s thoroughly dry wi thout the quali tyof the fibre be ing impaired by the l eng th of t ime in terveni ngbetween the drying and decort ica t ion, provided , of co ur se, tha tthe stalks a re proper ly protected from the elements .

PROCESS OF MERCERIZING .

Vi’

i lliam Mather , Jul ius H iibner , and “i ll iam Jackson Pope ,of Manchester . E ngland . Paten t No . da ted June 26,1906 .

The invent ion rela te s pa rt i cul a rly to the mercer iza ti on offabri cs and ma te ria l s such as fine musl in , lace , y arns, and thel ike as wel l as un spun cotton , which i t ha s been di fficul t to trea tby the methods hi therto employ ed , s ince , owing to the ir loo seand de li ca te structure , they are unable to wi thstand tens ionappl i ed di rect ly to them .

The obj ect of the present invent i on i s to prevent the mate ria lor fabri c contract ing un der the influence of the ca usti c wi thwh ich i t i s treated, and th i s obj ect is at ta ined by subject ingthe ma teria l or fabri c to a prel imina ry trea tment whi ch includesthe compress i on of the fabri c or ma ter ia l between pervious surfaces wh ich by thei r pressure produce and augm ent surfacef ri ct ion . so as to prevent or mi n im ize the cont racti on of thefibres especial ly whi l e the merce r i z ing l i qui d i s act ing. Thisprelim ina rv treatment whi ch mav be ca rr i ed out ei ther in a con

t inuous or non—cont inuous mann er as des i red cons i sts i n s teaming the fabri c or ma te r ia l , sa turati ng i t with wate r or a. weaksoluti on of causti c . and at the same t ime subj ect i ng it to pressure betwee n pervi ou s surfa ces one or more of wh ich is flexi ble ,such trea tment having for i ts obj ect the e l imi nat ion of the a i rconta in ed in the mate r ia l1 thus fac i l i tat ing the subsequent mercerizing p rocess and rendering i t more effect ive and uni form .

In ca ses whe re the mercerizing i s ca rr i ed out in a single mach inein su ccess ive stages such prel imi na ry tr ea tment is repeate d

112


between the success ive stages of mercer iz ing, and final ly themate r ia l i s washed .A mach ine su i table for use wi th th is process i s descr ibed i nU . S . Patent No .

PROCESS OF TREAT ING FLAX AND HEMPSTRAW , &C .

Char les Colahan,of Ch icago, I l l i noi s . Patent No .

dated August 14 , 1906 .

I n th i s process the straw, which i s bound in bund les , i s fi rs tsubj ected to the action

. oi a solvent, through which i t i s movedby revolving rake-arms that force i t i nto an adj oin ing tank conta in ing r ins ing-wate r . Revolving rake-arms aga in move thebundles cont inuously from the r ins ing-tank into a rap idly-rotatedperforated dra in ing- receptacl e

,the centr i fugal force of wh ich

causes the surplus mo i sture to be expel led from the bundles ,which are ma inta ined i n a para l l el pos i t ion w i thout i n any wayloosen ing or break ing the straw or fibre

,which has become

softened in the foregoing treatment, and i s then del ivered to thereceiving- table of the dry ing devi ce , wh ich i s prov ided w ith cont inuous ly

- travel ing be l ts pass ing and conveying the bundles fi rs ti nto and through a heated a ir - chamber , thence th rough a moderately temperate a i r- chamber into a col d - a i r chamber . Thesechambers a re separated by sui tabl e parti t ion s to mainta in thedes i red tempera ture of each , wh ich i s important in the treatmentof the fibre i n order to preserve i ts natura l strength and lustreand secure i ts ful l l ength wh i l e under the acti on of the brakeand scutcher ; but w ith l ong fine fibre straw i t i s des i rabl eto subj ect the same to a further treatment to secure i ts propercond i ti on for brak ing and scutch ing . Thi s i s done by pass ingthe straw onward by means of cont inuous-moving be l ts througha steam -bath or vapor -chamber

,thence continuously th rough a

cold -a i r d rying-chamber to soften and anneal the same and toabsorb th e surplus moi sture , when i t i s ready for the brake .Th i s wi l l render the fibre supple , pl ian t , and strong for the fina l

8 113


brak ing and cl ean ing process . More sat i sfactory resul ts areobta ined by th i s treatment i n the production of a larger percentage of fibre of ful l l ength

,with comparat ively no tow or waste

i n the subsequent treatment of scutch ing,hack l ing

,and spinn ing ,

whi l e i ts tens i le strength i s much improved and super ior to thatmade by any other known process .

EXTRACTION OF GREASE FROM WOOL .

Arthur Hazeld ine Burt, of Mosman, near Sydney, and HenshawJackson and Charl es Allt Finch , of Sydney, New South Wales ,Austra l ia . Patent No . dated August 28, 1906.

Th is i nvent ion cons i sts i n the obta in ing of wool -grease f romsheep’s wool by means of vol at i le solvents

,such a s benzene, with

out opening the bal es or packs in wh ich such wool i s made upfor transporta t ion .

In ca rry ing out the invention a connected se r ies of apparatusi s used i n whi ch the sol ven t i s protected aga inst atmospher i cvapor izat ion during the severa l steps of the process and i s recovered for reuse and i s reused cont inuously .

In th i s apparatus the wool i s p laced in a cl ose press - chamberprovided w ith a p i ston or l i ft ing fa l se bottom operated by aram wh ich i s worked by hydraul i c or other power . A bodyof so lvent l iquid i s introduced into th i s press - chamber as soonas the same has been closed . To insure compl ete penetrat ionof the sol vent into the heart of the bale, insp irating-needles(with button -heads to fac i l i tate i nsert ion and withdrawal ) aredr iven downward into the bal es . Complete saturat ion of thewool i n the bal e i s effected by submitt ing the same to a numberof success ive compress ions by reci procat ing the p iston

,whereby

the so lvent i s a l ternately squeezed out of and a l lowed to resoakthe wool . The fat - charged solvent after w i thdrawal from thepress - chamber i s run through a fi l ter i n whi ch wool may be usedfor a filter-bed

,and the fi l tered l iqu id i s thence conveyed to a

sti l l , wherein the vol at i l e l iqu id i s driven off to a condenser fittedwith an a i r-pump , and i s thence returne d to the solvent- tank for

114


quantit i es Of diphenylamine sa l t and base or by other organ i camines and the i r sal ts . These subs t i tutions, however, cause a

variation'

in the shade of b lack produced by the process .

PRO CESS OF D EGUMMING FIBROUS PLANTS .

Char les Colahan, of Ch icago, I l l inoi s . Patent No .dated October 16, 1906 .

In th i s process the straw i s taken after cutt ing as soon asseasoned or cured in the fiel d shock or s tack and subj ected toa steaming process i n open troughs or tanks conta in ing a rettingd issol ving l iqu id obta ined from the refuse waste product d i scha rged from Oil-refiner ies . Th i s mater ia l or l iqui d conta insel ements adapted to d issolve the mucinous matter envelop ingthe fibres when properly appl ied wi th the a i d of heat or steam .

Thi s l iqu id can ' be d i luted or strengt hened , as i ts cond it ion orthe nature of the pl ant requ i res .The introduct ion Of the steam heat into the tanks is throughva lve - control led p ipes emanat ing from connections w ith a tractionengine boi l er that a l so furni shes power to run the brak ingma ch ine that separates the hurds from the fibre . Near andbel ow the va lve that adm i ts the steam are p la ced supplementa lp ipes to i ntroduce a d i lut ing or strengthen ing l iqu id , wh ich i scomb ined and mixed w ith the tank l iqu id by the steam , asrequ i red by the evaporat ion and waste or var ious condi tionsof the fibre .The fibrous sta lks a re subj ected to a boi l ing hea t for twentym inutes , then removed and pla ced vert ica llv i n shocks i n the

fi eld i n open a i r,where they qui ckl y dra in and dry

,i n proper

condit ion for brak ing . An ordinarv farm tract ion—engine w il lfurn i sh al l the steam and power requi red to do the work andwith the appl iances used i s readi ly removabl e in the fiel d to anv

point des i red .

The fibre i s extracted more rapidly without waste or tow ,

reta in ing i ts ful l tens i le strength and improving i ts cond iti onin many ways . mak ing a superi or fibre for sp inning purposes ,and i ts product i s not affected by the hydroscop i c atmospheri c

116


cond it ions,and consequently i s much more durab le than the

natura l ly retted fibre and i s ent i rely free from hurds as i tcomes from the brake .

PRO CES S OF TREAT ING WASTE SULPH ITEL IQUO R AN D COMPOUND O BTAINED .

Jacob S . Robeson , of Camden , New Jersey . Paten t N O.

da ted October 10, 1906.

Th i s invention descr ibes a method of trea ting the waste l i quorresul ting from the manufacture of cel lul ose or fibres fromva ri ous woods and woody mate r ia l s, and particul arly sprucewood ( P i cca which i s des igned to increas e the dens i ty o fthe mass , wh ich may be brought to a state of dryness , and thereby secure a compos it ion of matte r (which ‘

also consti tutes parto f th i s invention ) hav ing va luabl e properties and nove l andun ique character i s ti cs wh i ch render i t h ighly su itabl e for var iouspurposes

,notably a s a b ind ing agent for the materi al employed

in the manufacture of cores for casting, as wel l a s for otherfinely -d iv ided inorgan i c materia l of varied character to . formany des i red shapes , forms , or masses .The process i s based on the fact that i f the sul ph ite l iquor benearly or qu i te neutra l i zed by any conven ient base, such as sodaor l ime

,and then evaporated qu i ck ly a t a temperature not exceed

ing 100°C . ,under excl us ion of a i r , i t may be brought down

to any des i red degree of concentrat ion , or even to dryness , without decompos i tion and wi thout l oss of i ts col l o i d nature, adhesi vecharacter

,or other properties . Whi l e there are certa i n other

sul ph i te l iquors wh i ch a re al l eged to stand an evaporation a t

temperatures sl igh tly above 100° C . , th i s i s not poss ibl e w i thspruce l iquor .

PRO CESS OF MANUFACTURE OF CHEMICAL OR

SULPH ITE WOOD PULP .

Robert Roe,Jr. , of Niagara , Wisconsin . Patent NO .

dated Octobe r 23, 1906 .

117

when the chi ps are fir s t ar tifi cially dr i ed and that wet woodmade into chi ps whi ch are arti fi ciall y dried produces a bet terqua li ty of pulp t han do chi ps whi ch are ma de from dry sa sonefl

wood. A large r quanti t y of chi ps can be got in to th e digest er[on account of t he ir being less bul ky ) th an of ei th er wet chip sor chi ps f rom seas oned wood The aci d pa i etm tes much morereadily the ar t ificia lly

-dri ed chi ps t han the other s named, and

crea s ed y ie l d of fibre from a given quant it v of wood, beca use

nece ssar il y prolonge d to the point wher e the interi or porti ons

fa ces of the chi ps are subj ecte d to ove rall-ti lt ing, because the

co oking commences at and near the sur face before the aci d ha spen et rated

“

to th e cent re. and co nsequ ently some of the fibresa re di sso l ved and dest roved bv exces si ve acid a cti on ( thus ca ns

and st rengt h ( thu s cau s ing a [usvor qua li ty of pul p ) . By thi s

l arger ou tpu t per diem, The moi stur e in the chi ps i s comp lete ly ext ra cted. wh il e in se aso ned wood un der the proce sseshereto fore us ed twenty -five per cen t. to thi rty per cen t of themoistur e i s re tain ed . There a re no di sadvan tage s in the u se

of thi s sa id proces s. but in everv

PRO CES S O F TREATI NG LEATHER W ITHCO AL-TAR .

L eftus Har ley Fran ci s, of P rince ton , Ca l i forni a . as s ignor ofone- four th to Cha rle s L. Donohoe and one- fourth to Frank Preeman

,of Willow . Ca l i forn ia . Patent No . da ted Octobe r

In th is process a bath of coal -ta r havi ng a temperature of113


l . The method of producing thr ead s of the cha racte r de

scri bed consis ting of permi tt ing the vi sco se solut ion to pas s outthrough sui tab ly - formed open ings into a prec ip i ta ting-ba th con

taini ng sul phur i c ac i d and a sa l t .2 . The method of produci ng thr ea ds of the cha racte r des cr ibedcons is ting of permi tting the vi scose so lut ion to pa ss out of sui tably- formed openi ngs into a preci p i tati ng- bath3. The method of p roducing threads of the characte r describedcons i st ing of permi tt ing the vi scose sol uti on to pass out ofsui tably- formed openi ngs into a prec ip i ta ting -ba th , conta iningsul phuri c ac i d and b isul pha te of sodium.

4 . The method of producing thr eads of the character des cr ibedcons is t ing of permi tt ing the vi scose solution to pas s out of sui tably- formed openi ngs into a precip it ating-bath containing sul

phuri c a c i d and bisulphate of sodi um,and water in the pro

porti ons of 40 part s sodi um bi sul pha te, 60 part s wate r and 7

pa rts sulphur i c acid

PROCESS . OF UN GUMMI N G AN D DYEING RAWNATURAL S ILK.

Peter Schmi d, of Base l , Swi tzer land . Patent No .da t ed November 20

,1906.

The inventor cla ims tha t natur a l si lk , na tu ra l s ilk was te , andyarns and ti ssues of natural si lk or of natural ’ s ilk waste can beungumm ed and dyed s imul taneous ly by the same Opera tion whenthe sa i d raw s ilk is tr eate d wi th the la ther of a soapy dyeing~bath in the p resense of a i r and steam and afterward submi ttedto a s ingl e washi ng.For ungummi ng and dyeing , for example, one hun dred ki lo

grams of raws ilk hanks proceed as fol l ows:In the uppe r pa rtof a not tightly- cl osed vessel con ta ining about five hundred and

e igh ty li ters of water in whi ch about thi rty - thr ee ki l ograms ofsoap and about five ki l ograms of a rhodamine dyestufi

' have beendi s sol ved the silk ha nks a re suspended or l ai d in conveni entholders in such mann er tha t the li quid in the vesse l may not at

120


any rate come into contact w ith the s i lk hanks . The soapy dyeing-bath of the vessel i s then heated by steam or otherwi se to thebo i l ing-point i n order to transform i t ‘ in lather which wi l l r i sei n the vessel a l ong the hanks conta ined therein and envelopthe l atter at a l l pa rts

,so that the sa id hanks w i l l be subj ected

to the combined act ion of steam , hot a i r , and lather of the soapydyeing-bath , the effect of wh i ch wi l l be to soften and renderpermeable the gumming enve lope ( seri cine envel ope ) of the s i lk ,that the dyestufl

' of the l ather may penetrate to the innerfibroin of the s i lk and be fixed by the sa i d fibroin after twentyto fi fty minutes . The hanks are then removed with thei r holdersfrom the vessel and washed in w ater

,whereby the so ftened

s er i cine i s compl etely or only partly removed from the fibroin .

METHOD OF MANUFACTURING oT EXT I L E FIBERSOR ARTIFIC IAL S ILK .

Julien Vermeesch , of Schaerbeek, Belgium . Patent No .dated November 20

,1906 .

The invent ion relate s to that k ind of manufacture of br i l l iantfibres in which the

'

mater ia l i s d i scharged through capi l l aryorifices and passes under pressure into a precip i tat ing-bath , fromwh ich i t i s removed in order to be wound on spool s, &c.

The novel ty ch iefly cons i sts i n i ntroducing j ets of solut ion of acupri c ammon ia ce l lu lose escap ing from cap i ll ary or ifices into apreci p itating-bath cons is ting of ac idul ated or a lkal in izedglycer ine .Owing to the combined and s imul taneous action of the glycerineand of the acid or o f the glycer ine and of the a lkal i

,an energet ic

and qu i ck prec ip i tat ion i s obta ined,acting at once on the whole

se ction of the fi lament and enabl ing texti l e fibres to be obta inedwhi ch wh i l e being very strong and water -res i s tan t have an exceed ingly bri l l ian t or gl ossy appearance . The fibres are trans ~l ucent and exceed ingly s i lky, surpass ing anything i t ha s beenposs ibl e to obta in up to now . On be ing d ischa rged from thepreci pi ta ting-ba th the threads are i ntroduced into a wash ing

121


ba th and for that purpose are woun d on glass spoo l s immersedin a solution of glyce r ine and water, whi ch di s so lves the Coppersa l ts and decolori zes the fi l aments . A r ins i ng in cl ea r water ,fol l owed by drying, completes the process of manufacture .

PRODUCTION OF ARTIFICIAL S I LK AND ARTIFI C I AL HAIR FROM CASEIN .

Fr iedr i ch Todtenhaupt , of Cologne-E hrenfeld , Germany . Paten tNo . dated November 27 , 1906.

Thi s invention relates to a specia l process for the productionof art ifi cia l s i lk and artifi c ia l ha ir from case in . In th i s processthe ca sei n i s d i ssolved in an alkal ine flui d and i s then pressedi n the form of th in threads in to a bath of d ilute ac id or is a l lowedto fa l l into such a bath . Treated accord ing to th i s process theca sein i s converted into an el ast i c compound in solubl e in waterand of great hardness .I t ha s a l ready been proposed to form art ific ia l fi l aments ofsolut ion s of a lbum inous mate r i al s and even of casein ; but th efi l aments p repared from album inous substances, though th eyhave approximately the same chem ical compos i t ion as natura l s i lkand natura l ha i r

,are yet cons iderably solubl e in wate r

,so tha t

these arti c les coul d h itherto find no general appl i ca ti on . Theproducts obta ined from the ca sein of m i lk have the advantagethat they burn with great d ifficul ty and carbon ize l ike natura ls i lk and are very insolub le i n water . I f case in, for instance, bed i ssol ved in aceti c acid and the solution be pressed in th in fila

ments upon a travel ing cl oth , these fi l aments when dry produce sobr i ttle a product and wh ich absorbs such a quant ity of water thati ts pract i ca l appl i ca t ion i s imposs ibl e ; but i f the ca sein be

d issol ved in an a lkal ine solut ion , accord ing to th i s invention .

and then pressed in the form of th in fi l aments i nto a bath o fd ilute ac id

,the ca sein i s converted in to a very el ast i c compound

of grea t hardnes s and insoluble in water . Thi s compoun d mayfurther be hardened by formal dehyde or other known means .Th i s compound possesses qual i ties s imi l a r to those of natura l

122


ammonium sul phi de ( N 4H ) 28 L I t i s then whil e sti l l mo is t,further treated by be ing brus hed ove r wi th a solut ion of a meta lli c w mpound or sa l t— fer ins tan ce , an aceta te of i ron F82

( CH300 0 ) 6 or F8 ( CH 3COO ) 2 , such a solut ion cons is ti ng of , say,one hun dred part s of water contai ni ng ten part s of so—cal ledbla ck i ron .

’ Afte r the trea tm en t des cribed the l ea ther i sa l l owed to dry, an d after a moderate exposure to the atmospherei s rea dy for th e usua l fini shi ng processes .

Whi l e th i s appl i ca ti on resul ts in a dye sufficient for manypurpo ses, i t is often des ir able for spec i fi c purpo ses to impartto the lea ther a more intense or pe rmanent color

,i n wh ich ca se

the l ea ther wh il e st ill moist and before the drying above referredto i s fur ther b rus hed over wi th an aqueous s olut ion of anr

des ir ed dyestufi— as, for in stan ce, say, ten - percen t. solut i on o fl ogwood extract— a fter whi ch i t i s dr i ed , as a foresa id, and i sr ea dy for the usua l fin i sh ing processe s .

PROCESS OF PADD ING AND ORNAMENTING BUR

LAP OR SIM ILAR FAB RICS .

Pau l R i chter,of Tenafiy, New Jers ey . Patent No .

dat ed Novembe r 27 , 1906.

Th i s inven t ion rel ates to an improved process o f padd ing andco lor ing bur l ap

,buckram

,or s imil ar coarse flex ibl e fabr i c and

of producing upon sa i d fabr i c simul taneou s lv with the colorin <y

opera tion any sui tabl e ornamen ta l des ign .

The apparatus cons is ts of two paral lel rol l ers j ournal ed s idebv s ide and pres sed toward ea ch other bv sui ta bl e mean s . One

rol l er i s engraved , to con ta in an in tagl i o or sunk repres enta t ionof the des ign to be transferred to the fabri c . The other rol le ri s a true cvl inder

,so that though exert ing a press ure aga inst t he

co nvex surfa ce of the other i t cannot exert any pressure u pon '

the sunk port ion s of i t . Cen tered above the n i p be tween therol l ers i s a ves sel con ta in ing a sui ta ble s i z ing and col or ingcompos i ti on . Thi s i s open a t the bo ttom and ext ends partly overboth of the rol lers , so that the compos it ion w i l l flow upon t he

124


la tter and into the trough formed by the contiguous ha lves ofthe ro l l ers . When the ro l lers are turned the so l id fabr i c w i l lbe drawn over the nip rol l er th rough the co lor box into andth rough the n ip , and thence ou t be low the other ro l l . Duringth is opera t i on the sunk port ions of thi s wh i l e pas sing throughthe co lor box wi ll become fi l l ed with color ing compos it ion anter iorto rea ch ing the nip .

Whi le the fabr ic i s drawn through the box and before rea ch ingit , i t wi ll become covered with compos iti on . When the fabri creaches the n i p i t i s subj ecte d to a severe squeezing betweenthe rol l s . In th i s way the compos it ion i s forced through the

pores of the fabr i c to pad the same, whi l e i t is s imul taneous lypressed off the ra i sed pa rts of the fabri c, thus l ea ving but a l igh tsurface ' coloring. Th i s surfa ce- col or ing of the groun dwork i sshaded , being l ighter where the pressure i s greater so that theth reads w i l l be l ighte r than the i nte rst i ces between the threads .Whi le the sol id rol le r squee zes out and pa rtly returns thecompos i tion from those po ints of the fabri c tha t l ie a cross theconvex po rt ion of the other, i t w i l l not s imi la rly afl

'

ect those port i ons of the fabr i c wh ich extend across the sunk se ct ions . Theconsequence i s that the compo si tion pocketed by such sect ion swi l l be transfer red in a heavy layer to the fabri c and wil l rema ininta ct upon such fabri c . In th i s way there i s transfixed uponthe fabr i c a des i gn formed by the same compos it ion that se rvesto col or its su rface , the des ign be ing , however , cons iderablyheavier than the surface ~color ing. After the fabri c ha s pa ss edthrough the mach ine and ha s been dri ed i t i s readv for use .

MANUFACTURE OF LUSTROUS CELLULO SETH READS .

Rudol f L inkmeyer , of Brusse l s , Belgium . Patent No .

da ted December 18 , 1906 .

I t i s known tha t cel lul ose d is sol ved i n a cupro~ammon iaca l

l iquor may be prec i pi ta ted in the fo rm of threa ds by means o fdi lute sul phuri c ac id after the ce l lulose sol ut ion has bee n th ick

125

Year-Book for Colori sts and Dyers

ened and passed through smal l apertur es . The threads obta inedby thi s method are, however, too fragile to be in dustrial ly uti l iz

abl e, as the a ct ion of the dil ute sul phur i c aci d produces a decompos i t ion oi the threads . In order to obvi ate thi s defect, sul phur i ca ci d in a highly - concentrated s ta te i s usual ly employed.

N ow the present invention i s based upon the d i scovery thatthe decompos i ti on of the threads by the di l ute sul phuri c aciddoe s not take place when the proport ion of ammon ia in thecel l ul ose soluti on ha s been previ ously reduced by the action ofa vacuum or by the in j ecti on of a ir . The cause of the decemposi ti on would appea r to cons i st in the fact tha t a large part o fthe amm oni a becomes free in the solution after the cell ulose ha sbeen di ssolved.

The present invent ion therefore cons i sts in precipi tat ing, bymeans of di lu te acid , the cel lul ose con tained in a cupro-ammoni aca lso l uti on from whi ch un comb ined amm on ia has been previous lyextracted.Bv means of a solution of sul phur i c ac id of twenty per cent . ,for example, non -adherent threads are obta ined which do notbrea k dur ing weaving and whi ch may be rap idlv drawn veryfinely.

MANUFA CTURE OF LUSTROU S THREAD S OFCELLULO SE .

Rudolf L inkm eyer, of Brussel s , Belgi um . Patent No .da ted De cember 18, 1906.

After the un comb ined amm oni a ha s been withdrawn or cl im inated f rom a cupro-ammonia ca l solution of cel lul ose s i lk~ l ikethreads of sufficien t strength and bri l l iancy can be obta ined bvcausing such solution to i ssue through smal l apertures i nto d i lu tea cid— such . for instance

,as a twenty-

percen t . solution of

sul phur i c aci d .

The ob ject of the pre sent inventi on i s to ob ta in threads of fa rgrea ter bri l l i ancy by treating the same immedia tely a fte r thei rformation in di lute ac id by mean s of a reagent having the prop

126


i s brought into int imate assoc iat ion w ith i ts molecule o f glucoseon the part icu la r fibre upon wh ich thei r product i s to act beforesa i d product i s released . Under these ci rcumstances when thereact ion does take place the chromi c ox ide i s depos i ted d i rectlyand immediately upon the h ide fibres . As the chromi c ac id andglucose are uni formly di str ibuted throughout the h ide fibre

,

i t w i l l be seen that the chromic ox ide wil l a l so be uni formlydepos i ted thereon . After the hides have been uni formly impregmated wi th the chrom ic ac id and glucose a condit ion i s estab l i shedunder which the reaction between sa id substances takes p l ace torel ease the chromic ox ide or tann ing substance . Thi s condit ionmay be establ i shed in a number of ways ; but i t i s preferab le touse a bath of hot grease for th is purpose . After the h ides havebeen treated w ith the glucose solut ion and about one- fourth ofthe moisture has evaporated therefrom they are immersed in abath of hot grease, the proportion s of the ingred ients of th i sbath be ing dependent upon the purposes for wh ich the l eatheri s to be used .

PRO CESS OF TANNING H ID ES .

Wi l l iam G . Roach , of C inc innati , Oh io , and Alber t C . Roach ,of Newport

,Kentucky, ass ignors to the C inc innat i Chrome

Leather Company . Patent No . dated December 25, 1906 .

The obj ect of th i s invent ion i s to provide an improved processfor the metal l i c tann ing of h ides .The h ides are prepared for tann ing in the usua l way and thenplaced i n a chrom ic-aci d bath unti l thoroughly permeated by thechromic ac id .

After the h ide has been thorough ly permeated with chromi cac i d i t i s t reated w ith a bath of an organ ic reduc ing agent ,such as glycerine

,or glucose , or some other sacchar ine substance .

The h ide i s thoroughly saturated w ith th is solution , wh ich w i l ltake about th irty minutes .Under the condit ions of appl i cati on there w i l l be no substant ialreduc ing action between the chromic ac i d and glucose for a con

128


s iderable l ength of t ime , so that the glucose wi l l un i formly penetrate the h ide be fore any substantia l reduct ion takes p la ce .

Th i s perm its intimate and un i form assoc iati on between thechrom ic ac id and glucose before reduction , so that when reduct iondoes take pla ce the chrome-oxide i s un i formly depos i ted on thefibres of the h ide .

The next step i n the process i s to remove the h ide from theglucose sol ution and subj ect i t to a bath of hot vapors , sucha s steam not under pressure . Th i s may be done by hanging theh ides in a room conta in ing steam . A conveni ent method forintroduc ing the steam to the chamber i s by means of steam - supplypi pes arranged in any conven ient manner and provi ded with hol esadapted to perm it escape of the steam into the chamber . Theh ides a re l eft hanging in the steam - chamber unti l the chromi cac id has been thorough ly reduced . With th in h ides th i s wouldtake about one -ha l f hour and wi th th i cker h ides a proportionatelyl onger time . The effect i s to cause the chromi c aci d to be reducedto chrome -ox ide , and the condi t ions are most favorabl e for caus ingthat ox ide to combine thoroughly with the gel atinous substanceso f the h ide . The water-vapors present serve to ma inta in thesoftn ess of the h ides during reduct ion . The reduction tak ingpla ce un i fo rmly throughout the h ides wi l l cause a un i form deposi t of chrome-ox ide on the fibres . and consequently a un i formlytanned l eather .

PRO CESS OF TANNING H IDES .

Wi l l iam G . Roach , of C inci nnati , Oh io , and Albe rt C . Roach .

of Newport , Kentucky , ass ignors to the Cincinnat i ChromeLeather Company . Patent No . dated December 25 . 1906 .

I n ca rrying out this process the fi rst steps may be simi l a r tothe ste ps taken in the two-bath meth od in whi ch the fi rst batho f the two -bath method cons i sts in impregnat ing the h ides w ithch romi c a cid . There a re var iou s methods for do ing th i s , anyone of wh i ch m ight be used for the fi rst step in the process .The fol lowing means for impregnating the h ide wi th chromic aci d

9 129


are preferabl e. Afte r the h ides have been deha ired, ba tted, andwashed subj ect them to a bath made from four poun ds of b ichromate of pota ss ium and four pounds of hydr ochl or i c ac i d to fourto s ix hundr ed pounds of water . Thi s bath would be suffic i entfor one hun dred pounds of h ide, or i n p lace of th is bath us e aba th of four poun ds of b ichromate of pota ss ium , three poundsof sul phur i c acid, and three pounds of a l um to the same amountof wate r . The hi des are l eft i n th i s ba th from twelve to fortyeight hours , i n di rect proport ion to the ir th ickness . After t heh ides have been thoroughly saturated thus they are removedfrom the bath and hung up to dra in un ti l about one -fifth of themoi sture in the h ides ha s run off or evaporated . They are thenremoved from the racks

,sucked out, and given a coat of glyce rine .

In place of gly cerine a sa cchar ine solution may be used . Glycer in-ei n i ts un di luted comm erc ial form i s preferred, but glycer ine of ad ifferen t sta te o f pur ity or di lut i on may be used with goodresul ts . The amoun t us ed i s preferably sl ightly in excess of tha twhi ch i s absorbed by the hi de under trea tment . However , un derthe condi t i ons o f appl i ca ti on there wi l l be no substant ia l reducingact ion be tween the chromi c aci d and glycer ine for a consi derablel ength of time, so that the glycer ine wi l l uni formly penetratethe hi de before any substant ia l reduct ion takes p la ce . Thus i twi l l be seen that the two substa nces , chromi c ac id and glycerineare introduced into the hi de in a substa nt ia l l y quiescent or nona cti ve chemi ca l state and become int imately and un i formly assoc iated together and with the hi de fibre before the react ion betweenthem ta kes place. The h ides are then la i d in p i l es one upon theother in a flat condi t ion and a l lowed to rema in thus from twelveto forty-e ight hours , a ccordi ng to the th i ckness of the h ides . Atthe end of that time the chr omi c aci d wi l l have been thorough lyreduced . The reduct ion tak ing pla ce un i form ly throughout theh ide wi ll cause a un i form depos i t of the chromic ox ide on theh i de fibres , and cons equently a un i fo rmly- ta nn ed leather . Thenthe hi des are washed

,dr ied , and stuffed in the usua l manner .

depending upon the k ind of l ea ther th at i s be ing made .130

PRO CESS OF MAKI NG BO RI C A CI D , &C .

Am e ri can Borax C omp any . Pat en t No . dated Janua ry9 , 1996.

The cla im cove rs the pr ocess of pr oducing bori c acid, borax, orthe like

,consi s ti ng in gene rat ing sul phur di oxi de contin uously

by bni n ing su l phur i n a ve ssel , wh ich is a ppl ie d continuouslywith a ir un der p res sure, introdu cing sulphur i nto the vessel

‘ th out in terr up tin g the p ro ces s, tem pora r i ly di verting a port i onof the sul phur dioxi de to the ou ts ide atm osphere during theintrodu cti on of the su l phur ,

le adin g the sulphur~d ioxi de gas into

the pre sen ce of ore of the character descri bed whi ch i s finelydivi ded an d mixed w i th water in sui table proporti ons , resul t ingin decomp osi ng the ore and freeing bori c a ci d or the like, whi chis tam u p by the wa ter in soluti on and separati ng the p roduct

PROCES S OF MAK ING STANN IC CHLOR IDE .

C harl es E . A cke r. of N iagara Fa lls New York, assign or to theAcher Pr ocess Com pany .

' Paten t No. 810 4 54 , dated Janua ry 2 3,

Thi s proces s depen ds upon the fa ct that certa in t in sal ts , inwhi ch the tin i s in the tetx‘

ava len t st ate . are extremely energeti cs olven ts for me ta lli c tin,

the m etal pas sing in to sol uti on andthe tin in the solven t l i qui d being r edu ced in whole or in part tothe divalent state . The li qui d having thu s l ost a part or all ofit s solvent power for t in is th ereupon brough t into contact wi thchlorin e gas un der certain con di ti ons w hereby i t i s again rai sedwh ollv or in p art to the tet raval ent conditi on

,

wi th cor resp ondi ng re storati on of i t s sol vent power. Thi s regeneratedsolvent. i s ag ain brough t in to conta ct wi th metall i c tin and

s tann i c—ehl oridie solu tion i s wi thdrawn from the system and132


i s ut i l ized a s des i red, an equi va l en t amount of water or ofwa te r con ta i n ing stann i c or stannous chl or ide or hydro -ch lor i cac id be ing added

,and the process continued as before . I f

des i red, the process may be made continuous by the gradua l

withd rawa l of the s tann ic - ch l o ride solut ion and the add it ion o fcorres pond ing quant i t ies of water or ch lor ide solutions . Toobta in t he solut ion conta ining the tin i n the te trava lent cond it ion

,i t may be W i thdrawn from the system at a po in t immed iately

fol lowing the treatment with chl or ide . I f the l iqu id conta ins anexces s of ch lorine

,sa id excess i s removed by the ca refu l add it ion

of stannous chloride and a cl ea r . pure , col orl ess , and denseso lution is ohtained.

PRO CESS OF MAKING STANNOUS CHLOR I DE .

Charles E . Ackcr , of Niagara Fal l s , New York , a ss ignor toAcker Proce s s Company . Patent No . dated January 23,1906.

By the proces s descr ibed in U . S . Patent No . so lut ionsof sta nni c chlor ide hav ing a spec ifi c gravi ty varying between

and a re obta i ned . The inventor has di scovered t ha t.these h igh ly -concentrated and pure solut ions of stanni c ch loridea ll

'

ord an extremely s imple and economica l source from whichthe d ichl oride of t in ( S nC lg ) , commerc ia l ly known a s “ t incrysta l s ,” may be prepa red in a state of subs tant ia l pur ity andw i thout necess ity for evaporati ng the solution at any stage o fthe process . I f stann ic-ch loride solut ions of a concentrat ionequa l to or exceed ing spec ific gravi ty be converted bv

contact wi th meta l l i c t in to s tannous -ch l oride solutions of a corres pond ing concentrat i on the sta nnous chl oride wi l l sepa rate fromsa id solutions in the form of crysta l s of a h igh degree of pur itvand tha t i f the conversi on of the s tann ic ch l or ide i n solutionto sta nnous ch l or ide takes pl ace a t a temperature above thenormal— say at about 50° to 60° C .

— a l a rge y i eld of the crvs talswi l l be obta ined when the solution i s perm itted to coo l .

133


CALC INATION OF HYDRATED ALUMINA.

Al fred Rangod P echiney, of Sal indr es, France , ass ignor to

Compagnie des Produ i ts Chimiques d’Al ias et de l a Camargue ,of Lyon

,France. Patent No . date d January 30, 1906.

The improvements whi ch form the obj ect of the present invent ion are ba sed upon the fact that the diffi cul t ies whi ch the comp lete dehydration of alum ina. ofl

'

ers are considerably l essenedwhen there i s i ncorporated wi th the alum i na to be cal c in ed asmal l predetermined quantity of a fluoride. According to thi s

invention a conven ient fluor i de i s in corp ora ted wi th the al uminawh ich i t i s des i red to cal c ine . Thi s in corporat ion may be s implydone by sprinkl ing and m ixi ng the product to be cal c in ed withd i lute hydrofluor i c a ci d or wi th a di lute sol ut i on of al um iniumfluor ide . The proporti on of fluorine neces sary i s v ery smal l . Forexample, of one part of fluorine to one hundred parts ofanhydrous alum ina yi el ds qu i te appreciabl e resul ts . I ts increas eup to one part of fluor ine to one hun dr ed parts of anhy drousalumina i s , however , to be recommended, as thi s gives the bestresul ts both as to cost and the perfect ion of the cal cination .

With th i s quanti ty ( one per cent . ) of fluor ine the aggl omerat ionof the final anhydrous a lumi na a tta ins very n early the max imumpossibl e dens i ty . Hydrofluor ic aci d and fluoride of al um in iumshoul d be employed in preference to al l other fluori des , as hydrofluoric aci d and fluor i de of alum in ium cannot introduce into theal umi na any impur ity other than traces of fluor ine

,whi ch , how

ever, i s vol ati l ized dur ing the cal c ina t ion in a manner somet imesso complete that i t i s ex ceed ingly difficul t to di scover tra ces inth e cal c ined alum ina .

PROCESS OF REF I N ING TURPENTINE .

Ge orge 0 . G i lmer,of New O rl eans . Lou i s iana , ass ignor , by

mesne ass ignments , to Amer ican Turpent ine and Tar Company ,L imi ted . Patent No . dated February 20, 1906 .

I n th is process the crude turpent ine . consi st ing of 50 per cent .134


Thi s invent i on i s a new and economi cal p rocess for extra ct ingthe al bumi n from vegetabl e substan ces by whi ch an in cr ea sedp roduct i s ob tained ; and i t consists, essen tially, in mix in g thevege tabl e matter in the form of meal in a warm saline soluti onat a tempera ture not above 40 ° C. and main tain ing i t there forsevera l hour s to di ssolve out of the vegetable mat ter the lar gestposs ibl e quanti ty of the a lbumi n , th en fil tering the sohrtion an d

boi li ng the fil trate to coagul ate the al bumi n. The coagulat eda lbum in i s then fi l tered out and dri ed Thereafter if necessa ryto puri fy or bl each the coagul ated al bum in th i s may be done bytreatm en t wi th sodi um or a sodi um compoun d by mix ing th ecoagul ate d a lbumi n wi th water and adding to the mixtureperoxi de of sodi um and some sui tabl e aci d

,preferably sul phur i c

aci d.

PROCESS - OF PREPARING SOLUBLE STARCH .

Augus t Fri edr i ch Juli us S igm und Ba sige an d Heinr i ch Adol fR obert Arthur Haake, of Hamburg, German y . Patent No . 813 .

64 7 , dated Februa ry 2 7 , 1906 .

Thi s process cons i sts,essent ial ly

,in mi xing the st arch wi th su ch

substances as , i n consequen ce of their gr eat afini ty for hydrogen, decom pose the water contained in the s tar ch by comb ini ngwi th the hydrogen an d sett ing free the oxygen or such sub

stan ces as thems elves decompose on mixing w i th star ch, wherebythe oxygen conta in ed in them i s set free . In all cases the na scen toxygen oxidi zes the starch

,and the des ired dry p roduct sui table

for the preparati on of adh es ives i s ob tained, whi ch when di ssolvedin boi lin g wa ter gives not a paste, but a gumm y sol uti onCal cium hypochl orite has been foun d to be th e m ost sui table.

substance for th i s purpose,and i ts acti on m av be increased by

the addi t i on of sodi um bi carbonate . The proporti ons u sed areone hun dred parts of star ch

,seven parts of cal cium hypochl or i te.

and one part of sodium -hydrogen carbonate . Wh en th ese sub

stances are in t imately mixed . the carbon di oxi de con tain ed in

the sodium carbonate combines wi th the l ime of the hypochl ori te136


of l ime to form ca lc ium ca rbona te . The ch lor ine set free byth i s rea ct ion combines wi th the hydrogen of the comb ined waterin the sta rch

,wh ich is consequent ly decomposed, the nascen t

oxygen at once oxid iz ing the sta rch . I n both cases the resul t ingproduct i s vendable w i thout further treatment . S ince no wate ri s added during the process

,no drying trea tment i s necessa ry ,

and consequen t ly no dry ing plan t i s requ i red in order to dr iveoff thi s water . In order to prepare the product for use , i t i s onlyneces sa ry to st i r the product obta ined a s above descr ibed withwater and then bo i l i t .

PROCES S OF MAKING ZINC FORMALDEHYDEHYDRO SULPH ITE . ( S .)

Emi le A . Fourneaux , of New York , N . Y . , to Herman A . Metz .Pa tent No . dated March 6

,1900.

i n Paten t No . i s descr ibed a basi c z inc formaldehydehydrosulph i te occurr ing as a wh ite crys ta l l ine preci pi ta te hav inggrea t reducing power and a high degree of stabi l i ty and be l ievedto correspond substantia l ly to the fo rmula

ZDSOQ.CH 20 .H 20 .

I t i s now d iscovered tha t th i s ba s ic z inc sal t may be obta inedin a substant ia l ly quant i ta tive manner and wi thout the product i on of any expens ive by-product

,thus mater ia l ly reduc ing the

cos t of the sa l t . Th i s i s a ccompl i shed by reacting under defini tecond i ti ons , as here inafter set forth , with z inc and a sui tabl eac id upon an a lka l i fo rmal dehyde b i sul phi te .The i nven tor cla ims the proce ss wh ich cons i sts i n rea ct ing on

an a lka l i formaldehyde bi sul ph i te wi th z inc and supply ing asui table ac id at such ra te that the pres ence of free ac id i s subs tant ially avoided . thereby producing ba s i c zinc formaldehydehydrosul ph i te ( S ) .

PROCESS OF MAK I NG Z I NC FORMALDEHYDEHYDROSULPH ITE . ( S .)

Emi le A . Forneaux, of New York , N . Y to Herman A . Metz .

Pa tent No . da ted March 6 , 1906 .

137

U . S . Paten t No . cover s a bas ic zinc formal dehydehvdrosulphi te ( S ) thi s paten t cover s an other method of makingsam e. The inven to r clai ms that thi s sal t can be p roduced ina st ate of substan tial pur ity and unaccompani ed by any by

product by reducing an aqueous so luti on con a sul phurousa cid an d formal dehyde

,

p referably in equimoiecul ar amount s wi thz ine-dus t, the reac tion probably occurring in accordance wi th the

equat i on:Zn SO: CHgO

The foll owing condi ti ons have been found to gi ve satis facto ryresul ts: To a concen trate d sol uti on con T a one molecula rproportion of sul phurous ac i d an d one molecul ar pm porti on of

formal dehyde add a l i ttl e more than one mol ecular proport ion ofzi nc-dust th en hea t to a t empera ture ex ceeding 70° C

_an d pref

erably almost to boil ing, whil e stirr ing con st an tly . The insoluble

lin e form . When the rea cti on i s te rmin ate d i t i s filte red. wash edan d dri ed.

sulphur ous ac i d an d formal dehyde i t i s also fea sible to a ct wi thtwo molecula r proport i on s of sul phur ous a c i d upon one molecul arpropo rtion of zin c-dust in aqueous suspension. t hus p roducingzinc hydrosul phi te ( Zn SEOQ , th en add two molecular p roporti onsof formal dehyd e, then afte r the re act i on has t aken p lace one

mol ecul ar p roportion of zin e-dust, and bes t whil e constan tlysti rring , as descr i bed above.

PROCESS OF PRECIPI TATING AND PRESERVINGCASE IN .

Ca sei n Company of America. Paten t date d hiarch 6.

1906

a p rese rvat i ve preci p i tant. for th e casei n whi ch wil l so act upon

138


He has fur ther di scovered tha t theme i s a seoond degre e of(M M fion of sul phur i c ac id, a t whi ch the aci d has but anexoeedingly sligh t act ion on iro n appara tus , and that this degreeis approfimatetv the same as tha t a t which the power of theacid for absorb ing sul phur i c anhydr i de is at its greate s t.The prom ofmanuiactur ing sullphur ic whi ch the invento r ha s

workod out in V iew of t hes e di scoveri es cons is ts in bringing sul

phuri c ac id oonta ining from ninety—seven to ninety-nine per centof 11280 4 mm an absorp ti on app ara tus . The gaseous sulphur i c

P RO CESS OF MAKING ACETYLEN E CHLORIDE .

eh ioride is to be produced. I f for example, ethane hem ehloride

waw t hat ehiorine and aeetylene canno t a ct di rect ly on one

In orde r {to produce e thane hei ra lchiori de , the rea ct i on mixtmre

MO


PROCESS OF TREATING WOO D FOR THE PRODUCT ION OF PAPER-PULP , TE RPENES , AN D

RES INOUS SUB STANCES .

George P . C ra ighi ll and George A . Kerr , of Lynchburg , V i rg in ia

,as s ignors to N . U. Manson , Jr . , of Lynchburg, V i rg in ia .

Patent No . dated Apri l 17 , 1906.

In th i s process the wood a fter being reduced to ch i ps or sbavings i s pla ced in a suitable d igester , wherein i t i s saturatedwith j ust enough a lka l ine so lut ion , pre ferably caust i c soda , tohave the effect o f part ia l ly d issol v ing the res inous contents of thewood and of open ing up the cel l s thereof so that upon the app lication oi heat the terpenes a re l ibera ted , the soluti on al so serv ingto fix the various volati le a cids and oi l s prevent thei r pa ss ingoil

" wi th the terpenes . The strength of thi s fi rst sol ut ion var ieswith the proportion of ros in conta ined in the wood undergoingtreatment, but i s a lways j ust sufli cient to sapon i fy the ros inand oi l s and neutra l i ze the ac ids w ithout d i ssol ving the otherextract ive matters of the wood . The d igester being closed

,steam

or a current of hea ted a i r,or a mixture of both

,i s then appl ied

to the mass . The terpenes a re ca rr ied off through a su itabl eopen ing i n the top of the digester and a re recovered a t wi l l bythe ord inary methods of condensat ion . The volati l e ac id s

,how

ever , a re neutra l i zed by combinat ion wi th the soda and do notpass off wi th the te rpenes . Al though the ros in i s pa rtia l ly saponified, i t i s not completely so at th is stage of the process .The sol ution , conta in ing the ros in , o i l s , and some ac id , being

drawn oil'

, a s stated , the d igester i s aga in charged with a solutionof causti c soda from to speci fi c gravi ty

,and the d iges

t ion of the wood i s cont inued under pressure unt i l i t i s reducedto ul t imate fibre . Ina smuch as i t i s diflicnlt i f not imposs ibl eto remove a l l the col oring-matter from res inous or fa tty woodsby d igest ion wi th caust i c soda without great inj ury to and los so f the fibre, we then draw off th is s econd s olution of caust i c sod aand charge the d igeste r w ith a solution of ca rbonate of soda ,

141


in the presence of wh i ch under pressure or by boi l ing the diges tioni s cont inued . Thi s serves to remove the ye l low col or ing-matterwi thout in j ury to the fibre and l eaves the la t ter in such condi t ionthat it ca n be readi ly whi tened or bl each ed . The carbonate ofsoda leaves the fibre about the col or o f l ight Mani l a wrapp ingpaper

,rendering but l i tt le bl each ing necessary to make the

pul p appl i cab le for use in the manufacture of whi te paper .The d ist i l lat ion be ing compl eted, a suffici en t quant ity of wateri s added to submerge the wood , s team i s

'

appl i ed,and the wood

i s digested a t a temperature equa l to the boil i ng-po in t of thea lkal ine sol ution wi th wh ich the mass was satur ated and the

digestion cont inued unt i l th e re s in has com pletely entered intocombinati on by s apon ifica tion with the a lka l ine solution . The

pul p may then be b l eached bv any of the usual methods .

PROCE SS OF MANUFACTUR I NG CAUSTIC ALKAL IE S AND Z INC SULPH IDE .

Char les Ra nson , of Brussel s , Belgium ,ass ignor to Henry

Wi l l i am de S tuckl é . Pat-ent No . da ted Apr i l 17 , 1906.

The present invent i on rel ates to the manufacture of causti ca lkal ie s or a lkal i hydra tes

,such as potass ium or sodi um hydrate,

the obj ect of the sa i d invent ion being to fu rn ish a method ofobta in ing these alka l i compounds in an economi cal manner fromread i ly- ava i labl e start ing mater ia l s and so that comm erci al lyval uabl e by-products wil l r esul t .With these obj ects in vi ew the inventi on involves the tr eatmentof alkal i sul phi de wi th zinc i n the presence of alkal i hydr ate .

Thi s treatment, as has been foun d by the inventor l eads to thevery advantageous and important resul t that co in cidently wi ththe producti on of the al kal i hydra tes zin c sulphi de of a finenessand pur ity h itherto un atta inabl e i s obta ined .

PROCESS OF MANUFAC TURI NG ALUMINATE OFSODA .

S idney S . fi nery , of Woodbury, New Jersey , ass ignor to theE aste rn Dynamite Company Patent No . 818 754 , April 24 , 1906 .

142

i s constan t at the sai d tempera tur e of from 110°to 130

° C.

and can be onlv decomposed or fr eed fr om the wate r on increasing the tem peratur e up to 250

°or 300

° C . After the wate r hasbeen dr awn out. at thi s hi ghe r temperature ei th er the poly—s ulpha tei s a ll owed to cool down or i t i s cool-cd to a lower temp er atu re bybl owi ng a ir or the li ke through i t

,whereup on a fresh charge

of di lute d ni tr i c a cid i s in troduced and the whol e op era ti on i s

repeat ed. The same quanti ty of polys ulpha te ma y he u sed ove rand over again in th e s til l . whi l e its tem pera ture i s p er iodi ca l lychange d from 110

° to 130° C . to or 300°

C an d vice vers a .

The polysul phate mav be. for instance . aci d sul pha te of sod iumtha t i s . M a ( SOQBg .

PROCESS OF MAKI NG FORMATES.Jul i us Wei se, Fr i edr i ch Ri eche, and Adolf Bar th, of Oestr i chmn

the-Rhin e, Ge rm anv. as s ignors to the firm of R udolph KoeppCo . Paten t No. da ted hiay 8 1906.

Thi s pr oces s cons i st s in makin g an aqueous soluti on of a

caust i c al kal i hea ti ng the soluti on to a high t empera tu re in a

c losed vessel=p referah lv bevond the boiling-point of the soluti on.and in admi tt ing carbon m onoxi de an d ca usi ng th e two agen tsto a ct upon ea ch other whi l e un der agi ta t i on or in a fin elv-divi dedcondi ti on. The a lka li in thi s case mav be assum ed to be ca u s ticsoda .

The rap i di ty of the rea ct i on in cr ea ses p roport iona tel y to th e

temperature, whi l e the concent ra ti on exer ci ses no grea t. influencei f sufii cient wate r be presen t. The operat i on must . be ca r ried ou ti n cl osed ves sel s to preven t th e wate r from eva pora ting, a s alreadytated above. The cl osed vessel s may he of an y known andapproved construct i on. The h eating of these closed ves sel s may

be effecte d in auv known man ner. I n order tha t the Operati onm ay take place rap idlv . i t i s further n ecessarv that th e liqui d an dgas shoul d be in in timate conta ct for wh i ch purp ose anv sui table

atomized by sti rr ing devices or nozzl es . or i t mav be distr ibute d144


i n th in layers, and the gas may be blown into the vessel i n afine ly -d iv ided s ta te .

PROCESS OF MAKING FORMATES .

Jul ius Wei se,Friedr ich R i eche, and Adol f Barth , of Oestr i ch

ou- the -Rhine, Germany , ass ignors to the firm of Rudolph KoeppCo . Patent No . dated May 8 , 1906.

Th i s patent describes a process of manufactur ing forma tess imi l ar to tha t of Patent No . but one in which thea lka l ies a re rep la ced by a lka l ine earths , prov ided that a suffic ien tquant ity of water be employed . Th i s process wi l l prove importan tand profi tabl e in many ca ses bv rea son of the greater cheapnessof the agents .The present proces s i s based on using a solution or suspens ionof an a lka l i ne ea rth , heating the solution or suspens ion to a hightempera ture in a closed vess el , preferab ly beyond the boi l ingpoint of the sol ut ion or suspens ion

,and in adm itt ing carbon

monoxide and caus ing the two agent s to act upon each otherwh i le under agi ta t ion or i n a fin ely-div ided cond it ion .

The new method may be ca rri ed out in var ious mann ers . Fora tta i n ing the resul t i t i s important and neces sa ry that thewate r be present i n a suffic i ent quant i ty

,that the temperature

be ma inta ined above 100° C and that the agen ts ( a gas and a.

l iquid ) be most finely d iv ided and intimately mixed .

Instead of water a l so soluti ons of sa l ts of alkalios may beused— for exampl e , sod ium sulphate or sod ium ca rbona te . Insuch ca ses of course formates of a lka l ies in stead of formatesof a lka l ine earths are produced during the reacti on .

PROCE SS OF MAK ING FORMATES .

Jul iu s Wei se , Fried ri ch R i eche , and Adol f Barth , of Oestr ichon - the -Rh ine , Germany , as s ignors to the fi rm of Rudol ph KoeppCo . Pa ten t No . dated Mav 8 . 1900 .

Th i s proces s i s s im i la r to those descr ibed in Pa tents Nos .10 M5


and the di fference being that a solut ion of alkali ne carbonate i s used in the rea ct i on wi th carbon monoxi de .The present process cons i s ts in maki ng an aqueous solut ion ofthe alkali ca rbonate, hea ting the solut i on beyond the bo i li ngpoint in a cl osed vessel, admi tt ing carbon monoxi de, and caus ingthe two agen ts to act upon ea ch other whi le un der agi tat ionor in a fin ely- di vi ded state .The operat ion proceeds more slowly wi th the carbonates ofalkali es than in the process using caust i c a lkal ies, unl ess thetemperature be corr espondingly ra i sed, to whi ch there i s noobject ion , for no decomposit i on takes p la ce even at 250 ° C . whenwater i s used as herein descr ibed .

PROCESS OF MAKING SULPHUR IC AN H YDR IDE .

R udolf Kni etsch ,of Ludwi gshafen -ori - the-R hine, Germany ,

ass ignor, by mesne a ss ignments , to Genera l Chemi cal Company .

Pa tent No . da ted June 12,1906 .

In U . S . Patent No . the inventor s tated as foll owsThe rea cti on between sulphur di oxi de and oxygen onl y tak espla ce at an elevated temperatur e, so tha t i t i s necessa ry to submi tthe gases e ither separate ly or in adm ixture to a prel imi naryheating . Such heat was appl i ed by expos ing the tubes to a l owred heat ma inta ined in a surrounding heated chamber from afurnace . During the r ea ct i on the hea t of chemi cal uni on be

comes added to tha t appl i ed , and thus the tempera ture at thezone of maxim um reaction may ri se to an enormous degree

,even

to a bright red heat , accordi ng to the r i chn ess in sul phur di oxi deof the ga s

_

mixture or to the strength of the current of th ega ses, or bo th .

”

In thi s pa tent are descr ibed means whereby instea d of mainta ining the oven or chamber in whi ch the comb inat ion takes p l aceat a l ow red h eat the contents of sa i d cham ber were cooled insuch manner that the hea t a t the zone of maximum or ul t ima ter eaction therein—41a . the react i on tha t determi nes the percen tageof 80 3 i n the fina l p roduct— was kept below the decomposing

14 6


drate d sulphide of zin c whi ch differ cons i derably from those of

th e ordi nary sul phi de of z in c existi ng in th e tra de .

The noveltv of thi s invent ion consi sts. more part i cularly,in

caus ing nascen t hydr ogen so to act upon sulph i de of zin c .in the

course of manufacture as to obtai n the above- stated re sul ts. A

decomposi ng, a ccording to a kn own reacti on , a solut i on of sulphi deof bar i um by means of zin ca te of bar ium with a vi ew to obtai ni ngsu l phi de of zinc and bar ium hvdroxi de accordi ng to the foll owi ngreact i on

ZnOzBa. BaS 258 30 2 118 i Ba (OHM.

I n carrying out th i s operat i on z in cate of ba rium i s form ed bvd i ssolvi ng m eta l l i c z in c bv mean s of barium hydroxi de in the p resen ce of sul phi de of zin c i n su ch a mann er that the sul phi de ofzin c whi ch i s form ed by the decom posi ti on of the soluti on «of

zin cate by the sulphi de of barium shal l in it s produ cti on besubj ected to the acti on of the nascen t hvdr ogen whi ch i s li berate dbv the react i on of the bar ium hydrox ide on the m e tall i c zin caccording to the fol l owin g rea cti on:

Ba. (oHg Zn nOzBa H2 .

PRO CESS OF EXTRACT ING PO TASS IUM CHLORIDEFROM SEAWEED .

Davi d M . Bal ch . of Coronado. “Cal i forni a, ass ignor of one -ha l fto An son P . Stephen s . Pa ten t No. dated Jul v 17 , 19063.

In thi s process the w et seaweed i s exposed in a. sui table ih

cl osur e under gl ass to the acti on of l ight an d h eatAt first evapora t i on i s push ed as rap i dly as possib l e wi th ful lsunshine and vent ilati on ; but. when the mat erial has los t aboutone hal f of i ts weight and an efl orescen ce of sal t s beg ins t oappear on the b ladder s an d fleshy stems of the weeds the heat an dair supply are to be dim in i sh ed . f or the outer skin or m em bran eof the pl ant i s now i n condi ti on un der the i nfluen ce of the m oi sta i r surroun ding it to separate and bring to the su rfa ce the sal ineconsti tuents of the vegetable j el ly con ta in ed in th e weed. Thi s

14 8


process, which can best be descr ibed and expla ined as a crudeform of d ia lys i s

,goe s on as long as the sk in of the pl ant i s i n a

cond i t ion to perform i ts functions . When the weeds are wel lcovered with a heavy efilorescence, they are to be dr ied rap idlyby ful l sun and a i r supply

,after wh i ch the exuded sal ts are

sepa ra ted by agitation . The process i s ea s i ly appl i cable to l argemasses o f raw mater ia l and y iel ds very sat i sfactory resul ts , thesa l ts usua l ly amouting to forty per cent . of the tota l amoun tconta ined in the weed and somet imes more .

PROCES S OF MAKING BORNEOL.

Albert Hesse , of Berl in , Germany, ass ignor to Chemische Fabr ikauf Aet ien ( vorm . E . Schering ) , of Ber l in , Germany . Paten tNo . dated July 17 , 1906.

I t i s found that the magnes ium compounds of the hydrohaloidso f p inene ( p inene hydrochl or ide , pinene hydrobrom ide , p inenehydroiod ide ) absorb oxygen very read i ly and are then transformed into complex magnes ium compounds , whi ch when decomposed by d i lute acid s form borneol .In th is process

,start ing with p inene hydroch lor ide , when the

magnes ium compound of the p inene hydroch lor ide ha s been formed ,a s descr ibed in U . S . Patent oxygen or a gas conta in ingoxygen , such as atmospheri c a i r, i s passed through the mixtureunti l oxygen i s no longer absorbed

,the vesse l in wh i ch the reao

tion takes place be ing cooled w ith water . Upon the addi t ionof i ce and d i lute ac ids unt i l a sl ightly-acid react ion is given theproduct of the react ion sepa rates into two layers . The loweraqueous layer i s dra ined ofl

’

. The etherea l layer,which i s neu

tral ized i f i t ha s an ac id reaction,i s then dr ied and freed from

ether by d i sti l l at ion . The product thu s obta ined,wh ich i s crude

bo rneo l , i s purified by recrys ta l l iza t ion from a su itable so lventsneh a s petrol eum -ethe r , a l cohol , benzene—or separated from theimpur i t ies by transformation into i ts phtha l i c -ac id ester . In th i sway the magnesium compounds of the hydrohaloids of p inene arenea rly quant i tat ively transformed into borneol .

149


PROCES S OF MAKING CELLULOSE ACETATE .

Arnold Co rt i , of D ij bendorf. Swi tze rla nd . Patent No .

da ted Jul y 17 , 1906 .

The inventor has di scovered tha t cel l ulose acetate s can be madedi r ec t ly by means of cotton or of cel lul ose a lmost of the amoun ttheoret i ca lly ob ta ina b le wi thout the presence of mi neral acidsprevi ously though t neces sa ry if ins tea d of a cids dimethy l sul pha tei s emp loyed . Accordi ng to the quan t i ty of dim ethyl sul phateused, ace ta tes of difi’e rent propert i es may be ob ta ined . Thus ,for example

,one can heat in a bath thi rty parts of cotton or

cellul ose wi th seventy part s a cet i c -ac i d anhydride, one hundredand twenty part s of gla cia l a cet i c ac id, and three pa rt s o fdimethyl sul phate til l so lution i s almost comple te . The so lut ion i s fil tered and the fil trate is poured into a large qua nt i tyof water

,whereupon the aceta te prec ip i tate s in a form corre

pondi ng to tetracetate of ce l l ulos e. The product so obta inedi s so luble in a cet ic ac id

,chl oroform , a cetone, and ins o lubl e in

al cohol and ether . Dur ing the operation the tempera ture mayreachI f in the preceding example the three parts of dimethyl sul pha teare replaced by abou t fifteen or more pa rt s the production intoa ce tate i s not so good and a product i s obtained whi ch i s solublei n a cet i c acid ch loroform . acetone . and a l cohol .

ALIZARINE SULPHO -ACID AND PROCESS OFMAKING SAME .

Michael Jl j insky ,of Crefel d . Ge rmany , as s ignor to R . Wedekin d

8:Co .

,of Uerdingen , Ge rmany . Pa tent No . da ted July

17 , 1906 .

Thi s pate nt des cr i bes a new al i za rine monosul phoni c ac id oh

ta ined by trea ting the al i za ri ne w i th fumi ng sul phur i c aci d in thepr esence of mercu ry ( as such or in a combin ed sta te ) a s may bei ll ustrated by the fol l owing example: Twenty pa rt s of al iza ri ne ,parts of mercu ry sul pha te ,

and one hun dred parts of fuming150

Y ear-Book for Colorist s and D yers

enti r e an thrafiavine aci d is then tr ans ferred into a form soluble inwate r . The sul phoni c ac id ob ta ined forms a sodium sa l t easi lysoluble in s odi um lye in exces s . Thi s pecul ia r qua li ty differen tia tesi t shar p ly from the an thrafiasdne sul phoni c ac i d fo rmed wi th outaddi ti on of mercury

,the sodi um sal t. of whi ch i s in sol ubl e in an

exces s of sodi um ly e.

The new a ci d forms a potas s ium sal t subs tantial ly di ffer en tfrom the pota s si um sal t of the known an thr afiavin e sul phoni csalt. as may be seen from the follow-i ng ta bl e:

Sal t cf known aci d. Salt of new a ci d.

B r ow n powder farming Y e l l ow powder , formingwhen m wed by m i cro wh en viewed by mi crobm net p ointed.

SoluhEh w in water ” mam i:in thirt y cubic a5 gram is so lubl e in thirtycentim eters water er en cubic cen tim eters h ot wain th e heat, onl y sligh tly ter wi th re d color wi thoutsolnhle . residue .

Beha vi or of the waf Gre en ish -yellow solutiontery schmieh wi th y er; sligh t i ntens irr . D eep red-brown solutionsul pha te oip ep p er .

PROCES S OF HARDEN ING AN D SOLID IFY ING O ILSAND UN SATURATED ORGANIC COMPOUND S .

Ab raham Krons te in, of Ka rl sruh e G ermany . Paten t No .da te d July 24 , 1906 .

The inventor has found tha t the pa rtia l complete soli difica

t i on of drying—o ils and uns a turate d organ i c com poun ds by heatingwh i ch i s due to polym eri za ti on, ca n be grea tly acclerated and

the thi ckenin g ch’eet con side rably in crea sed by the addi ti on to thema terial un der tr eatm en t of such unsatur a ted organi c compoun dsof a. cons ti tuti on simi l a r to dry ing -o ils as when subjecte d al oneto the polym e ri za ti on p rocess wil l r eadi ly solidfy. Such subs tances ar e the o i l obta ined from the berries of the tree A leuri tes

152


co rda ta or E lcococca vern icia and commonly known as woodoi l

,

” the a l ly l ester of c innamic ac id,the dia l ly l ester of malon ic

ac id,which by themse lves form sol id

,sometimes elast i c, bod ie s

in consequence of the heating with the exclus ion of a i r and without decompos it ion . I f these substances or thei r equ ival ents a remixed wi th other substances wh i ch by themse lves are not capableof y ield ing so l id materia ls , they wi l l eff ect the so l i d ification ofthe same i f used in a certa in preportion of more than forty percent . of the mixture, whi le i f used in amounts of less than fortyper cent . they se em to lose thei r sol id i fy ing propert ies but shortenthe th icken ing per iod of the non - so l id i fy ing mater ia l s . An admixture of but one per cent . of such sol id i fy ing substances to thosenot possess ing this qual i ty has been found suffic ient to th i ckenthem . On the othe r hand , i f the addi tion of such substances i si ncrea sed beyond forty per cent . the otherwise non - sol id i fying o i l swi l l read i ly coagu late i f heated below the i r point of decompos i ti onand with the excl us ion of ox idat ion . I f the sol id products thusobta ined are heated by themsel ves to a temperature of abou t330

°C . , they mel t and form an o i l of h igh v i scos i ty whi ch i s

h igh ly solubl e i n benzo ],l ight o i l of camphor

,oi l of turpentine

,

and the l ike and wh ich when coo l only sol id ifi es when exposedto the ox id i z ing act i on of a i r .

METHOD OF MAKING HYDROSULPH ITE SOLUTION S .

Ph i l ip S . Clarkson , of Beverly , N ew Jersey,ass ignor to Herman

A . Metz, of B rooklyn , New York . Patent No . da tedJuly 31, 1906.

Thi s invention is a method o f preparing solutions of hydrosul ph ites , the obj ect of the invention being to obta in hydrosul ph itesolutions o f greater strength and s tabi l i ty than are y ielded bythe methods in use— as

,for i ns tance

,by the reduction of su l

phurous ac id or acid sul ph i tes by zinc -dust i n excess .

The i nventor cla ims tha t a hydrosul ph i te solution of grea tstabi l i ty may be obta ined by the add i t ion to the usual reducing

153


mixtu re consi st i ng of zinc - dust or other reducing agen t and water,before the addi t i on thereto of the sul phurous aci d or aci d sal t,of sal ts of tr ibas i c a c ids

,and more pa rti cularly such al ka l i-meta l

sa l ts of tr ibas i c a ci ds as have an alkal ine react i on toward li tmus .The most sati sfa ctory resul ts are obta in ed w i th tr i sodi umphospha te .

PROCES S OF OBTAIN IN G TURPE NTINE,ROSIN ,

&C . , FROM WOOD .

Will K. Ha l e, of Catski l l , N ew York, and Cur t i s W . Kfir ste iner,

of Engl ewood, N ew Jersey . Pate nt No . da te d August 14 ,1906 .

Thi s invent ion is based upon the di scovery that when the woodi s subj ecte d to the act ion of a bath of wate r ma inta ined at atemperature j u s t be low the boilin

D

- po int or approxima te ly j us tbelow 212

° F . the te rebinthi nate or gum will separate from thewood and reta ini ng i ts tu rpentine or it s volat il e or more buoyantconsti tuents wil l r i se to the sur fa ce of the ba th whence i t may

be removed or ca us ed to flow over to a sui tabl e sti ll , in whi chit may be subj ected to a di s ti lli ng opera t i on for separati on in toi ts cons t i tuent parts , turpentine, ros inb i ] , and rosin. The woodfrom whi ch the terebinth ina te ha s been so removed may besubj ected to destruct ive di st il la t ion in the ord ina ry way and forthe ordin a ry pur poses . By so trea t ing the wood by a ba th ofwater ma inta ined at a tempera ture just bel ow that of the boilinopoint substanti al l y al l of the tereb inthi na te may be e l imina ted ,and hence the products from a des truct ive dis t i ll a t ion of thewood are free from the products of the di s ti l l at ion of the terebinthin ate , whi ch i f pres en t wil l consti tute a foreign element orim pur ity .

PROCESS OF MAKING ALKALI -METAL OX IDES .

Georg Wi lh e lm Mei ser . of Ludwigsha fen—ou- the—R hine, Ge r

many, assignor to Badi sche An i l in und Soda Fabrik. Patent No .date d August 14 , 1906 .

154


of gela t in izing ni troce l lul ose, thus form ing su bsti tutes for camphor, whi ch , as i t is known , i s genera lly used in ce l lul oi d manufacture a s gela tin izi ng agent for ni trocellul ose.

PROCESS OF MAKING COMPOUNDS OF ACE TYLENE AND CHLORINE .

Johan Hj almar L idholm , of Alby, Sweden . Patent No .

dated Sep tember 25, 1906 .

The cl aims cover1. The method of producing compounds of chl or ine and hydrocarbons, wh i ch cons i sts in di luting a mi xture of acetylene andchl orine gases w ith a gas , i nd iffer ent to ch l or ine and acety lene,and then subm i tt ing the mixture to chemi call y active or act in i crays to produce react ion .

2 . The method of producing compounds of chlor i de and hydr ocarbons , which cons ists in di lut ing a mi xture of a ce tylene andchl orine ga ses wi th carbon di oxi de

,an d then submi tt ing the

mixture to ul travi ol et rays .

PROCESS FOR TREAT ING WOOD-O IL WITHOX ID IZ IN G AGENTS .

Abraham Kronstein,of Kar l sruhe

, German y . Patent No .

dated Oc tober 9, 1906 .

Thi s invent ion descr ibes a process for preventing the coagul at ionof wood- oi l ( tung- oi l ) dur ing the act ion thereon of oxi diz ingagents

,such as d ioxi de of l ead, mini um ,

chromi c sal ts , atmospheric a ir , and simi lar agents that spl i t off or transmi t freeoxygen or oxi diz ing oxygen -yi el ding dr ier s as used in the manufacture of varn i shes . Thi s se - cal l ed Chi nes e ” wood-oi l i s theo i l expressed from the berri es of the tree general ly kn own asA leuri tes corda ta or “

E leococca vern ic ia” and sometimes also

ca l l ed “ tung-o i l ” i n the trade. The prope r ty of wood-oi l ofcoagul ating and forming a curd , so to speak , upon the actionof ox i diz ing agents or dri ers a s empl oyed in the manufac ture of

156


varn i shes,j apans , and the l ike has heretofore been a grea t

drawback in the use of wood -o i l i n the arts . Th i s i nconven iencemay be avoided by prev iously mix ing the wood -oi l i n su itab leproportions wi th such drying-oi l s

,res ins , or sol vents , wh ich pre

vent the polymer iza tion of wood -oil by producing a d issociat ingaction upon i ts molecul e .The pract ica l proce ss fol l ows: Wood -o i l or such mixturesthereo f as otherwi se sol id i fy during the heating process of su i tabl e durat ion a re rapidly heated up to a temperature of fromabout 270° to 280° C . , no sol id ification tak ing place a t th i s rap idhea ting . Then add rap idly any des i red ox id iz ing agent

,i n smal l

quantit ies at a t ime , wh ich d i ssolves in the o i l mixture . Theheat ing process i s then interrupted by clos ing a damper or otherwi se and the m ixture cool ed down bel ow the boi l ing-point of thesolvent wh i ch i t i s des i red to add . After th is add i tion has beenmade the thus -d i luted m ixture i s then bo i l ed i n a vessel providedwith a condense r , the volat i l i zed portions condens ing and droppingback into the mixture .

PRODUCTION OF CAM PHENE .

E nge lbert Bergs, of Ludwigsha fen -on-the -Rhinc,Germany

,

a s s ignor to Badi sche An i l in und Soda Fabr ik . Patent No .dated October 16, 1906 .

The inventor ha s d i scovered tha t the manu facture of camphenefrom pinene hydroch l or ide can be carr ied out much more eas i lv

by heat ing the p inene hydrochl oride wi th an aqueous solut ionof an a lka l i phenola te instead of the dry a lka l i phenol ate as before descr ibed .

The pres ent process possesses many advantages over the former.

In pa rti cula r the ted ious opera tion of preparing alkal i phenolatei n the drv form i s d i spensed w ith

,i t being only necessa ry to d is

solve the phenol in aqueous caus t i c a lka l i solution and then tointroduce the p inene hyd rochloride and to hea t the mixture .

After the react i on ha s taken pla ce exces s o f a lka l i is preferably157

a dded and the cam phene i ormed i s di s ti ll ed ofl’

by mean s of

steam ,whereupon the solu t i on of alkali p henola te wh i ch remain s

behin d can , a fter the add i t i on of ph en ol to fix the excess of

alkal i , an d, if necessary ,a fter evaporating down to the re qui re d

concentrati on,be emp loyed dir ectlv to react upon a fresh quant i tv

of p inene hydr ochl or i de. Thi s constitute s .a fur th er a dvan t ageover R ey ehl er

’

s process,for when p in ene hydr ochl ori de i s melt e d

wi th dry alkal i ph enola te a more or less darkly- colored react ien

product i s obta ined. a part of the p henol bei ng dest rov ed an d the

rem ai n der of the phenol ha s to be pur ified before i t ca n c on

ven ientl v be used over aga in,

Johann Got t li-eh Behr en s. of Brem en . G erm anv . P at ent No

dated November 13. 1906.

The claim covers: The p rocess of producing ak al ine bicarbonates whi ch cons i sts in reacting upon drv al kal ine monocar

bonate wi th a gaseous mixtu re con taini ng an in active gas,

carbond ioxi de and steam . the two latter bein g p resent in equim ole

cular propor ti on s. at a high tem per ature and under a hi ghatmospher i c p ressur e. su ch pressure being sufii cient to p reven tdecomposi t i on of the bi carbona te at the temperatur e at whi chthe reaction occur s

, the propor ti on of the ina ct i ve gas in the

gaseous mi x ture being sufici en t. to preven t the conden sati on -oi

the steam under the influen ce of th e pressure un der whi ch the

sai d reacti on occurs.

PROCESS FOR D E TANN I N G MIN ERAL OR CHROMETANNED LEATHER OR LEATHER-WASTE.

Al bert R udol f Vt' ei ss , Jr .,of Hi l chenba ch. G erm anv. Pat ent

No. 837 01-6, dated N ovember 27 . 1906

The presen t invent i on rel at es to a new or im proved m ethodor process wherebv m ineral - dressed ma ter i al s — such. for in stan ce,

158


comb in ing with the bor i c aci d . I f intermedia ry bora te s areformed

,they wi l l be de composed aga in so long a s s i l i ci c a ci d i s in

the so lut ion,as mostly a l l s i l i ca tes are l ess soluble than the cor

responding borates .The process i tsel f i s carri ed out a s fol l ows:The bors ilicate orei s ground, st i r red up wi th wa te r , and a sufficient quanti ty ofsul phuri c or any other su i table a cid i s added to bring a l l thebori c aci d into solution . Varying amounts of s i l i ci c aci d a re thenin soluti on al so . Now add to th i s decomposed ore , milk of l ime .or the l ime ground in the form of a fine powder . The added l imeforms an insol ubl e compound wi th the solubl e si l i ci c a cid andprecip i ta tes the same as cal ci um s i l i ca te thus removing i t fromthe l iquor and preventi ng the l ater format ion of j el ly i n thesolution . Instead of l ime any other base forming an in solub lecompoun d wi th the si l i ci c a cid can be u sed

,such as magnesia ,

oxides or hydroxide s of bar ium,etc .

METHOD OF FORMATION OF A LITH OPON EHAV ING A SULPH ITE OF BARYTA BASE .

Léon Brunet, of Br ioude France . Patent No . datedDecember 18 , 1906.

The present i nven t i on rel ate s to the treatment of the compl exores conta ini ng zine by an indust ri a l preparation of the su lph i teof zinc ( Sn n ) and to the subsequent uti l i za ti on of the sol u t ionof th i s sal t in order to obta in a l i thopone hav ing a sul phi te ofbari um ba se .The me thod empl oyed i s that of roa sting the ores i n a l owbla st furna ce or l ime k i ln . Th i s w i l l convert mos t of the zinci n to sul ph i te whi ch i s solubl e in water capabl e of va rious u ses ,but the present invention relates m ore especia l ly to it s u se forob ta in ing a l i thopone havi ng a sul ph ite -oi -bari um ba se . Comm ercial l i thopone conta in s sul ph ide of zinc or ox ide of zi nc ,accord ing as the sul ph ide of ba r ium or baryta ha s been us ed a s aprecip i tan t . Bv doubl e decompos i t i on in add ing sul ph i te of zinc

160


to sul ph ide of barium or baryta to the sa id so lut ion , a wh itepreci pi ta te i s obta ined ,

80 32 n BaS SOaBa ZnS

SOSZn Ba (OH ) 2= SOsBa Zn (OH ) 2 ,

composed of sul phide or hydrox ide of z i nc and sul ph ite of bar ium ,

which may be used a s the actua l l i thopone,offe r ing over the

present commerc ia l a rti c le cons iderable advantages both i n economy of manufacture and the avoid ing of the otherwi se necessaryuse of col orless oi l for the preparat ion of the whi te co lor havinga zinc ba se a s a substi tute for white lead in the whol e of i tsappl i ca ti ons . In fact , i t i s suffic ient to throw a few drops ofsul phuri c a cid into the mixture of l i thopone hav ing a su lph i te ba sew i th any brown oi l to cause the decomposi t ion of a smal l port i onof sul ph ite and a formation of sul phurous acid

,whose d i scolor ing

a ct ion i s in stantaneous .

HYDROSULPH I TE PREPARATION .

Rudol f Milller , of Hochst -ou- the -Main,Germany

,ass ignor to

Farbwerke vorm . Meister Lucius Br iining. Patent No .dated December 25 , 1906 .

The inventor ha s found that a stable hydrosulph ite preparationmay be obta ined su itabl e for vat-dyeing by treating a lka l i hydrosulph ites w i th ammon ia and ketones

,l ike d imethylketone and

ethvlmethylketone , and by evaporating the mixture to dryness i na vacuum . Fol lowing is an exampl e of th i s preparat ion: Toone l i tre of a solut ion of sod ium hydrosulph ite conta in ing abou ttwelve per cent . of sod ium hydrosul ph i te Na28 20 4 are added onehundred grams of acetone and two hundred cub i c cent imetresof amm onia of twenty -five per cent . strength

,the mixture being

evaporated to dryness in a vacuum at low temperature.The

prepa ration thus obta ined i s a wh i te powder read i ly sol ubl e inwa te r of feebly -a lkal ine react ion . Its solut ion when heated hasthe odor of ammon ia and a cetone and decolor i zes ind igo sul phon ica c id a t o rd ina ry temperature . I ts reduc ing power d im ini sheson ly sl owly by the influence of the a ir .

11 16 1

PRODUCTION OF AMMONI UM NITRATE.

dated Dece mber “

25 , 1906 .

Accordi ng to this inven ti on, ni tra te of ammonia is produwd

by subj ecting a ni tra te of an alkali or of an alkaline earth to

the acti on of ga s contai ning bo th ammonia and ca rboni c aci d ina dilute co ndi ti on—s uch

,for ins tance, as coal -ga s

, coke -ove n gas ,blast -furnace gas , power-gas , and oth er gase s of di sti lla ti on.By i t the proces s is m nsi derably simpli fied as compa r ed with

s uffici ent ca rboni c aci d for the trea tm ent. of alkali ne ear ths topre ci pita te the. whole of the alka li ne ea rth in the form of inso lubl eca r bona te in fo rming so luble n i t ra te of ammoni a ; one mo l ecu l arpropor ti on of c arboni c a ci d to two molecul ar propo rt ions ofamm oni a be i ng In using a ni tra te of an alkali , sucha s ni tra te of soda the gas must conta in a t lea st one mol ecularpro porti on of car boni c a ci d to ea ch molecul ar propo rt i on ofammonia to prec i p i ta te the al kali a s b ica rbona te. If th e am oun tof ca rbon i c acid in the gas be les s than th i s , ca rboni c aci d in anyform i s adde d to the g a

s or the ni tra t e i s a l terna tely or s imu ltaneously t r ea ted wi th ga

s con ta ini ng both ammonia and ca r

boni c a cid and with ga s co ntai ning ca rboni c a ci d a lone. such as

pure ca rboni c-a cid gas or gase s wh i ch are p roducts of com

bus t ion or the l ike.

PROCE SS OF EMULS IFYI NG RE S IN SOAP I N

Max E r 'fur t. of Straupitz, near Hi rschbe rg, Germany PatentRe in-

t ie No . da ted Octo ber ‘

23 . 1906 . O rigi nal No. 781,

The prese n t in vent i on has for its obj ec t a process by mean s ofwhich res i n soap wi th an admixture of as hi gh a s one. hundr ed percen t. free res in can m dilv be em ul sified in hot wa ter . The res ul tis a re si n soa p of a very high pe rce ntage of free res i n and of

162


compri s ing p ipi ng and a sui table pum p . The trays may be supp l i ed W i th the dyeba th in any sui tabl e way :but i t i s prefer ableto feed each one separately from a comm on supp ly- p ipe an d t o

provi de a separ ate overilo“~ f rom each tray or pan to the

cul at ing means . Each p an i s provi ded wi th a dam ,wh i ch may

be an ord inary baifle- p late,to main ta in the l eve l of the bath .

Each tray shou ld be supp l i ed W i th ro ll ers or gui des to hold thef abr i c off the floor of the tray . Rol lers may be suppl i ed forsqueez ing out the sulp lu s dye-ba th from the fabr i c as i t comesf rom each tray . Tens ion - rol lers may be supp li ed for keep i ng thec loth taut W ithi n the trays, and p re fer ably t hey wil l be soshaped as to gi ve a si deyvi se stretch to the mate ri a l as it passesover them to keep the cloth flat . To econom ize in r oom . the traysa re superposed and the dyes tuff supp li ed to each tray from acommon supp ly -p ipe by indi vi dual p i pes . When the fe edi ngsystem i s a c i rcula ting one a pum p i s used for keepi ng up thec i rcul at i on . In order to keep up the requir ed den s i ty of the

dy e-ba th l iquor i s supp l i ed from t ime to t ime con cen trated dy e tothe system . preferably before the bath has reached the pum p. sothat the feed -pump m ay thoroughl y mix i t in to the bath .

DYE ING APPARATUS.

Ernst Zi llessen of Passa i c. New Jer sey . Patent No .dated Februa ry 27 . 1906 .

Th i s patent covers certain improvem ents in dye ing machi nesof the typ e descr ibed in Pa tent. No .

When dye ing ext ra -W i de p ieces of cl oth with the appara tusdescri bed in the above -referred-to app l icat i on . i t i s difi cult tosecure an even dye in the mi d- port i on of the upper sur f ace of thegoods . Th i s de fect i s over come by provi d ing two inl et - pi pesone on each si de of the l in e of travel of the cl oth dur in g thedye ing operat i on .

’

By t hi s mean s th e dye l iqui d i s immedi ate lyproj ected on both si des of the cl oth and m ay be immediat elytaken up by th e fabri c sur faces . These p ipe s ext en d a cross thet ray, part i cul ar ly the pi pe whi ch i s above the cloth . and a t the

164


out l et end of ea ch tray two out l ets a re provi ded—one on ea chs ide of the l i ne o f trave l of the c loth . One of these out le t sthe one a bove the c loth— i s formed i n the sha pe of the t rough , sotha t the overflow ma y take p la ce into the t rough for subs ta nt i a l lythe ent i re wid th of the mach i ne . wh i le the other out l et i s at thelower pa rt of the mach i ne i n connect ion wi th an invert ed -L

‘

shaped baffle-p late wh i ch wi l l d i rect the l iquid from the bo t tomof the tray to such second ou t l et .A second feature i s to provide a means whereby the coneen

trated dyestad'

may be cont i nuous ly fed to the ci rcu la t ing systemin much the same manner shown in the fo rmer mach i ne . bu tmeans be ing prov ided for ma inta in ing the concentra t ed dvel iqu id a t a subs tant i a l ly consta n t head , so tha t a uni form mixture wi l l be produced dur ing the ent i re operat i on of the mach ine .

Th i s resu l t ma y be obta i ned bv i nse r t i ng i n the p i pi ng connect ingthe rese rvoi r wh i ch ho lds the concentra te d dy estufl' and the circulat ing sys tem an aux i l ia ry chamber provi ded w ith a floa t -va lveof the ordi na ry type to kee p a un i form head i n sa id auxi l ia rychambe r .

APPARATUS FOR STEAMIN G FABRICS .

Cha r les Henry Fi sh . of Dover, New Hampsh i re . Pa tent.

da ted Ma rch 6 . 1906 .

The present i nven t i on re la te s to an appa ratus for steamingfabri cs , as i s necessa ry for t he deve lopment of ce rta i n co lors usedin dye ing or print i ng . or for the st eaming of any a rt i cl e i n theweb sta te .I t des cr i bes an appara tus i n wh i ch a cont i nuous steamingope rat i on may be ca r ri ed on wi th steam under pressure . a webof the fabr i c or othe r ma teria l be ing ca rr i ed th rough a s teamt ight chambe r wh i ch con ta i ns steam a t the des i red pressure .To th i s end the a ppa ra tus wh i ch embod ies the invent ion compr i ses a steam ~ t igh t chamber ha vi ng feed ing devi ces in the wa l l sthereo f , whereby the fabr i c i s ca rr i ed into and out of the chamber , and in orde r to render the chambe r pract i ca l ly s team ~t igh t

165

Y ear-Book for C olorists and D yers

the feed -Openings a re sui tab ly packed,whi le the feedi ng dev ices

preferab ly cons i st of ro l l s havi ng pack i ng a long the s i des andends thereof arranged to res i st the in te rna l pressure of the ste am .

DYE-VAT

Franci s I . Stone , of At l anta , Georgi a , assignor of one - fourth toH . W . L ightfoot of Atl anta

,Georgia . Paten t No . dated

March 6, 1906.

Th i s i nvent ion re lates to dye ing apparatus ; and i t cons i sts ofcer ta i n vesse l s constructed and provi ded wi th means for h eat ingand ci rcul at i ng a dye l iquor and for faci l i tat i ng the di scharge ofthe con tent s of the i nn er vesse l .The appara tus compr i ses essent i a l ly

,two vesse l s

,the l arger or

outer vesse l c losed at the bottom near wh i ch i s a coi l of s teamp ipe per forated a t the top and commun i cat i ng wi th a supp ly -p ipe ,and the i nner vesse l cons i sts of a cy l inder open at both ends

,the

lower end rest i ng upon support s or be ing otherwi se supported topermit the pa ssage of l i quor downwa rd to the steam coi l .The outer vesse l i s provi ded at the upper end wi th a flange

,

projecti ng i nward above . but a cross the upper edge of the i nnervesse l

,and the l atter ha s a deta chab le per forated bottom . The

bottom i s su itab ly supported , so that i t rest s upon a proper support the vesse l may be l i fted vert i ca l ly away from the bottom .

The s ides of this vesse l have open ings , th rough wh i ch pass crossbars

,and on the latter rest cross -ba rs , upon wh i ch the bottom

bears . The flange i s upon a r i ng fi tt i ng detachab ly the upperend of the outer vesse l , so that the r i ng, wi th i ts flange , may beremoved in order to inser t and withdraw the vesse l wh i ch conta in sthe mater i a l to be dyed .

APPARATUS FOR TREATING TEXTILE FABR ICS .

Otto Oberma ier, of L ambrecht , Germany . Paten t No .

dated March 13,1906 .

Th i s patent descr ibes an appa ra tus for trea t i ng text i l e fabr ics ,as i n dyei ng . extract i on of grea se , b l eachi ng, wash i ng , and for

166

Year-Book for C olorists and D yers

i s detachab ly connected,by means of lower tubes , to another

condui t fixed on th e bottom of the vat . The sp ind le - ca rryi ng p ipest hus form a sort of rack in one wi th the centra l fee d - conduit andmay be removed as a s ingle p i ece . In th i s manner the hand l i ngi s ext reme ly s imp le , resul t ing i n a saving of labor and effic ientwork i ng of the vat . Further

,by th i s invent ion the cops when

p la ced on the sp ind l es canno t be di sp laced or l i fted by the pressureof the l i qu id

,beca use they are he ld by means of s tr ips

,wh i ch

prevent the i r l i ft i ng .

APPARATUS FOR MERCERIZ ING .

W’i l l i am Mather,Ju l i us H iibner

,and W i l l i am Jackson Pope , o f

Manchester,England . Patent No . dated May 29, 1906 .

The invent i on re l ate s to appa ratus for mercer iz i ng fabr i cs andmater i a l s—such as fine mus l i n

,lace

,ya rns

,and the l ike

,a s we l l

as unspun cotton— wi th the obj ect of providi ng an apparatus inwh i ch the diffi cul ty h itherto met wi th of treat i ng mater i a l s ofloose and de l i cate structure i s overcome by provi d ing meanswhereby i t i s prevented from contract i ng wh i l e under the i nfluenceof the merce r iz i ng l iqui d wi th wh i ch it i s treated wh i l e pass ing i na cont i nuous manner through the apparatus .The apparatus wh i ch i s par t i cu lar ly app l i cab le to the merceriza

t i on of l oose or un spun cot ton and cons i s ts of “an upper pervi ousband or apron and a l ower perforated flex ib le bed

,between wh i ch

the sheets of mater i a l are compressed dur i ng the i r pa ssage throughthe mach ine

,so a s to prevent or m in imize the contract i on of the

fibres .The upper pervi ous band mav be a web of w i re -gauze or maycons i st of a number of para l le l W i res

,rods , l aths , or the l ike , of

any su i tab l e mater i a l . at tached at i ts edges to flexib le l i nkedcha i ns

,trave l ing on ra i l s . ca r ri ed by supports on either s ide o f the

apparatus , sa id cha ins pass ing over pu l leys , mounted in bea r i ngs ,

carr i ed i n f rames a t e i ther end of the appa ratus to form an endl ess trave l ing band . sa i d pu l leys be i ng dr iven i n any suitab lemanner from anv conven i ent source of power .

168


The l owe r perforated flexib le bed may be formed of na rrowper fora ted sect iona l p l a te s of meta l or other sui tab l e mater i a l ,ex tend ing across the a ppara tus . The p la tes may be curved , andthe uppe r surfa ces may be e i ther fla t or prov ided wi th r idges orgrooves . The p late s are connected by l i nk s and trave l on s idera i ls , as i n the ca se of the uppe r band . s imi lar ly supported , andover pu l l eys

,a l so s imi lar ly ca rr i ed on the frame . Th i s mach i ne

i s in tended for use w ith the proces s descri bed in U . S . PatentNo .

PRINTING MECHAN ISM FOR WARP-PR INTINGDEV ICES .

Franz Schmid t,of Oberschonewe ide Germany . Patent No .

da ted June 5 , 1906 .

Accord ing to th i s i nvent ion the pr in ti ng i s done wi th a numbe r of seri es of mounted ro l lers o f

,i f ne ce ssa ry , ve ry sma l l

d iameter , wh i ch duri ng the pri nt i ng process are mutua l ly pressedupon the ya rn . In th i s way the advantage i s obta i ned tha t theser ie s o f ro l l ers ha s on ly to traverse a short pa th

,and neverthe

l ess the pr int i ng process i s a more effect i ve one than that obta inedwith the a ppa ra tus h i therto used having a l arge ro l ler . I f , fori nstance , the ro l l ers a re moved over a path wh i ch cor responds toa mani fo ld ci rcumference o f a ro l ler

,then the same p la ces of the

yarn wi l l , on moving the ro l le r system , be pr i nted over severa lt imes , as a subsequen t ro l l er w i l l trave l over the pa th wh i chhas been traversed by its predecessor . Th i s mu l t i p l e p ri nt i ng wi ththe ro l lers trave l ing i n the same d i rect i on can be mu l t i p l ied a twi l l by ex tend ing the pa th o f the throw . A s ro l l ers o f ve ry sma l ld i ameter can be used , i t i s poss ib l e to emp loy th i n l iqu id co l ors .so th at all the drawback s a ccompany i ng the use of th i ck co lorsa re done away with .

DYEING-MACH INE .

Joseph Hus song . o f Camden . New Jersey . Patent No .

dated June 5 , 1906 .

169

Year -B ook for C olorist s and D yers

Th i s invent i on re lates to ce rta in improvements in dyeingmach ines , des cribed i n U . S . Pa ten t No .

Th e obj ect of the presen t inventi on i s to so const ru ct the machi ne tha t it wi l l be unnm sary i n dyeing ce rt ain c lasses of ya rnto tu rn the dye v sti cks so as to shi ft th e yarn . Thi s obj ect is at

tained by revers ing the d i rect i on of the flow of th e dye l iquor i nthe vat . so that when the flow i s in one di r ect i on the upperport ions of the ya rn wi ll be pres sed upon the st i ck s and

when the flow of l iquor is reversed the yarn will be l i fted offthe st i ck s .

WOOL-SCOURING MACH INE .

Thomas A . Jones , of Esse ndon , near Melbourn e, V i ctor i a , Austra li a . Paten t No . da ted Jun e 12

,1906.

The obj ect of th i s i nvent i on i s to provi de s imp l e and compara t ively i nexpens ive improvemen ts in tank-machi nes for th escour i ng or cl eansing of any fibrous or de l ica te ma te r i a l . Th i si s f ed in to a l on g tank at one end and di scharged in a cl eane rcondi t i on a t the other end the tank con ta ini ng any sui tab l ec l eans i ng agent , su ch a s hot soap l iquor freshened as des i red .

In order not to inj ure or break the de l i ca te s ta p le or fibre o f woo l .rough trea tment thereof mus t be avoi ded.

In th i s ma chi ne the woo l i s by conveyers dri ven longi tudinallvthr ough the tank , pm pe lled toward the di scharge end of the tank,

and at in te rval s i n such propul s ion i s gently agi ta ted or bumpedor gi ven an undul ati ng or i rr egul ar mot i on , wh i ch a l ters itsl eve l

,the l i quor be i ng gent ly agi tate d a l so .

APPARATUS FOR TREATING TEXTILE FAB R ICS .

Wa l ter D . Wes t and V i ctor Mauck . of Cons hohocken , P enn svlvani a . Pa tent No . da ted Jun e 19 . 1906 .

The obj ect of th i s i nvent i on i s to provide an appara tus whereintext i l e fabr i cs may be satu rated wi th l i qu id and have thesurp lus l iqu id d i scha rged therefrom ‘ wi thout remova l from theappar atus and wi thout agi tat ing the lat te r . The apparatus i s

170

Year-Book for C olorists and D yers

t i on of movement of the threads,are obvi ated . The c la ims cover

the deta i l s of construct ion .

SCOURING-MACH INE FOR WOV EN FABRICS .

Conrad Wi lm sen,of V i ersen , Germany , assignor to E . Ohl i s ch

laeger C i e . Paten t No . dated July 31,1906 .

Th i s i nvent ion re lates to improvemen ts i n s cour ing-mach i nesfor woven fabr i cs as used especi a l ly i n the fina l treatment ofs i l ks and ha l f - s i l ks for umbre l las .In the system of most of the scour i ng-mach i nes the scour ingkni fe carr iers make a swi nging or c i rcu l ar mot i on and the fabri cto be treated l i es on an e l ast i c cush i on arranged above or be lowthe scour i ng-kn i fe carr ier s

,whi l e the scour ing -kni ves

,i n conse

quenes of thei r swinging or c i rcu lar mot ion imparted to them bythe i r car r i ers

,re l ease the fabr i c temporar i ly,

wh i ch i s thereuponadvanced by steps .The scour i ng-kni ves i n th i s i nvent i on are so d i str ibuted thattwo or severa l kn ives run c lose or immedi a te ly beh i nd each otherand thus treat the fabr i c i n c lose success i on before it i s re leasedfor the purpose of be ing moved on . As in th i s way the fabr i c i spressed each t ime by the foremost kni fe aga inst the e l ast i ccush i on

,and thus stretched , the fo l lowing kn ives do thei r scour

i ng and rubb ing far more effect ive ly than the fir st . The scour ingact i on i s thus cons iderab ly improved .

CONTINUOU S ROLLER D RY ING-MACH INE .

Bernhard Cohnen,of Grevenbro i ch , Germany . Patent 829 ,14 l .

dated August 21,1906 .

Th i s i nvent i on re lates to dry i ng-ma ch i nes,and espec i a l ly to dry

i ng-mach i nes for loose cotton and other l ike text i le mater i a l . Indry i ng-mach ines o f th i s k i nd h i therto used the mater i a l was dri edwithout bei ng turned up and loosened i n order to a l low the dry i nga i r to come thoroughly i n contact with the mater i a l to be treated .

The obj ect of th i s i nvent i on i s the construct ion of a mach i ne i nwh i ch the mater i a l i s conveyed cont i nuous ly through the dry i ng

172

P atents for theYear 1906

chambe r and constant ly turned up,so a s to a l low the d ry i ng-a i r

ci rcu la t i ng i n oppos i te d i rect i on to exe rt a powerfu l act i on uponthe ma ter i a l .

APPARATUS FOR THE EXTRACTION OF GREASEFROM WOOL .

A rthur Haze ld ine Burt , of Mosman , near Sydney , and HenshawJackson and Cha r les Allt F i nch

,of Sydney , N ew South Wa l es ,

Austra l i a . Paten t No . dated August 28,1906 .

Th i s i nvent i on re lates to appa ra tus for operat i ng a process bywh i ch grease i s extracted from woo l by means of vo l at i le so lvents ,such as benz i ne .Wh i l e the a ppa ra tus i s adapted for ope ra t i ng on loose masses ofwoo l

,it was devised , prima ri ly ,

for obta i n ing grea se from woo l i nba les wi thout break i ng the packs . so as to ut i l ize the pack s asfi l ters to reta i n so l i d and non -so lubl e matters

, and i nc identa l ly tocl ean the pa cks and render them fit for reuse wi th scoured woo l .Th i s appa ra tus i s i ntended to be used i n the process descr ibed i nPa ten t No .

APPARATUS FOR UNGUMMING S ILK FABRICSPete r Schmid

,of Ba se l , Swi tzerland . Patent No . dated

September 25 , 1906.

Th i s i nven t i on re la tes to an appa ra tus emp loyed for ungummingor removi ng the ser i c in e enve l ope from s i l k fabr i cs ; and i t cons i st so f an appa ratus having means whereby the fabr i c treated i s conducted th rough soap - lather or suds i n a vert i ca l d i rect i on— tha ti s to say , wi th i ts breadth d i rected vert i ca l ly , so as to insure thecontact of the l ather wi th a l l pa rts of the fabr i c— and mean swhereby the moving fabri c i s sh i fted to a hor i zonta l pos it i on orwi th i ts breadth d i rected hor izonta l ly , so tha t during the wash i ngi t pa sse s th rough the wash i ng-wa ter i n th i s way. The sud s ors oa p - la ther softens and renders so lubl e the se ri ci ne enve lope on thefibres of the fabr i c . The c la ims cover the deta i l s of construct i on .

173

Year-B ook for C olorists and D yers

DYEING APPARATUS .

Gus ta ve A. Fr i edr i ch s . of V'Voon socket . Rh ode Is l and , as signor

of one-ha l f to Ch ar l es A, Proul x,of Woons ocket . Pate n t No.

da ted October 2,1906 .

The cla im i s for a dy ei ng machi ne havi ng a combi na ti on of atub or vat havi ng an opening in it s bo ttom

,a. condui t connected

with sai d openin g, a. sp indl e extendi ng through the condui t and

into the tub or vat and hav ing a spi der fixed t hereon and loca tedin the condui t . a basket havi ng a foraminate d tube rece iv ing thep indle. and a ba se. rest i ng again st and engagi ng the sp ider of thespindl e and al so having an open —work s i de , a nu t mounte d on thespindl e and resti ng against the en d of the foram inated tube of

the basket,an d a movab le cover whi ch i s exact ly contain ed in

the basket an d compri se s a tubu l ar port i on cl osed at its outeren d an d r esting over the nut an d the foram ina te d tube o f thebas ket

,and a flange sur roun di ng the tubula r po rt i on

D YEIN G-MACH INE .

Wi lli am H . Fl etcher,of Pa ter son New Jersey . Pate n t No .

da ted October 30. 1906 .

Th i s i s a varn dy eing ma chin e of t he box type in whi ch the va rni s car ri ed on rol l s moun te d on a su i t able f ram e . Bv a nove l devi cethe yarn i s kep t in mot i on dur in g the dvein g opera ti on and can

easi ly be removed from the ket tle bv mechan i ca l mean s. Thecla im s cover the detai l s of construct ion

MACH INE FOR PROD UC ING THREADS FROM COLL OD I ON AN D RECOV ERI NG THE SOLV EN TSOF N ITRO -CELLULO SE OR CELLULO SE .

Maur i ce D eni s. of Mons , Bel gi um . Pate nt No. da te dOctober 30 ,

1906 .

The presen t i nven ti on re lates to the ma nufactur e of co l lodionfi lam ents or threads . an d h as for i ts obj ect mean s t o m ks such

fi l ament s and mea ns for the r ecovery of the so lvents of the cellu

174

Year-Book for Co lorist s and Dyers

APPARATUS FOR DYE ING.

Thomas Al exander Stephen Wood . of London. E ng l an d. Pa ten tNo . da ted November 13. 1906 .

The cl aim covers the improved co ns t ructi on of appa ratus forcl ean i ng , dye ing . or otherwi se trea ti ng wool . ha i r, co tton . andother an imal or vege ta bl e fibrous or tex til e material . consi stin gof a fixed tank having blades acros s the bott om w ith a st eam - in l et

,

wa te r - inl et, draw-ofi' tap . and manhol es . and a revol ving cage si tu

ate wi thin the tank and opera ted by gea r out s ide of sa i d tank. areci p rocating plunger or pi ston a rra nged in the washer and Operate d by gea r out s i de sai d tank, wi th doo rs in cl osing an op eni ng insai d p lunger , angled plate on bottom of the cage , al l arrange dand acting for the pur pose descr i bed .

APPARA TUS FOR CIRCULATING LIQUIDS I NDYE—VATS .

Loui s Dumous,of R oubai x. France . Patent No . da ted

November 20. 1906 .

In thi s machi ne two hermeti ca lly-c losed res ervoirs or ves sels ofany sui ta bl e sha pe . A an d B , in tended for the recept ion of thel i qui d whi ch i s to be ci r cul ated, are us ed w i th a thi rd res ervoi r orgroups of res ervoi rs , C , l ikewi se cl os ed. containing the ma teri a lthrough whi ch the li qui d ha s to pas s to effect the requi redac ti on thereon . The ca pa city of each of the two mai n res ervoi rsA and B i s equal to tha t of the res ervoi r or re servoi rs C , con

ta ining the mate ri al to be trea ted,

The bottom of reservi or A communi ca tes vn'

th the bo ttom of

res ervoi r 0 by a sui ta bl e condui t . and the bottom of rese rvo ir Bcommuni ca te s w i th the top of res ervoi r C bv anoth er condui tThe moti ve act i on i s impa rted to the l iqui d by an el a s ti c flui d towhi ch a greater or l es s pres sur e has been commun i ca ted—fi n ch ascompre ssed a i r . an ine rt gas . steam . or the l ike—hereina fte r re

ferred to as the “ pres s ure m ediumf'

R es ervoi rs A and B areconn ected at top to a sui ta ble val ve or di str ibute r, whi ch pla ces

176


them a l te rnate ly in commun icat ion with the pressure mediumand with the atmosphere . These two reservo i rs can , however , beprovided when des i red w ith a hea ting-co i l to a l l ow of heating thel iqu id in ci rcul ation to the des i red degree at - any stage of theOpera tion .

WOOL-WASH ING MACH INE .

James D . Hunter,of North Adams , Massachusetts . Patent No .

dated December 18,1906 .

The invent ion cons i sts in a novel arrangement of the settl ingta nk for the l iquid which i s expres sed from the wool by thesqueeze-rol l s

,i n a novel construct i on of the perforated fal se bot

tom of the main bowl or tank , and in novel provi s i ons for dus h ~

ing the mai n bowl or tank for the purpose of clean ing ou t,s ed iment , etc .

V .—M I SC E L LAN EOUS .

y

CELLULOSE ACETATE .

Arthur E ichengriin and Theodor Becker . of E lberfie ld , G er

many, as s ignors to Farbenfabr iken of E lber feld Co . Patent No .dated January 16

,1906 .

I n another spec ifica tion i s described a new acetyl i zed deri vat i veof cel lulose , be ing a triacety l cel lu lose , prepa red by treat ing cellu

l ose wi th aceti c anhydr ide and sul phuri c ac id . i n the furthercourse o f exper imen ts i t i s found that th i s rea cti on takes pla ce i ntwo phases . At fi rs t, an acetate i s produced whi ch i s so lubl e i na l cohol

,th is product being then trans formed by the further acti on

of acetic anhyd ride sul phuri c a cid into the above -menti oned tria ce tyl ce l lul os e insolubl e in a l cohol . The inventors have nowsucceeded in ca rryi ng out the act i on of a ce t i c anhydride and sulphuric a cid on cel lulose in such a way a s the above -men t i onedace ta te

,solubl e i n al cohol , i s prepa red as ch ief produce . For th is

purpose the process i s s te pped when the bodv solubl e i n a l cohol12 17 7

Y ear-Book for Colorists and Dyers

at first p roduced begins to be trans formed into the tr iacetylcel lul ose insoluble in al cohol .

CELLULOSE COMPOUND AND PROCESS OF MAKI N C:THE SAME .

R obert Wi lhelm S trehlenert , of Dj ursholm,Sweden

,and Fr ied

r i ch R eubold, of L udwdgshafen -cm- the-Rhi ne . Germany, ass ignorsto Badi sche An i l in Soda Fabr ik . Paten t No . da tedFebruary 6

,1906.

The inventors have di s covered that ce llul ose in the form ofcotton -wool can be ea s i ly

,smoothly

,and sat i sfa ctori ly acetyla ted

by treatment wi th a ceti c anhydr i de and sulp huri c aci d in thepresence of an indifi

'

e rent organ i c sol vent whi ch does not dis sol veacetyla ted cel l ul ose— such . for i ns tance, as benzen e . toluene. an d

ether . The cotton -wool may be t rea ted in the dry s tate, al thoughi t i s p referable to trea t i t in a damp state , as then the rea cti onproceeds better and th e ope rat ion can be conducted at a l owertemperature and l ess sul phur i c acid i s necessa ry . As a cetylate dcel lul ose i s solubl e in a ceti c an hydr i de and in glacia l a cet i c a ci d .

i t was necessary when work ing accord ing to the ol d meth od todi lute the solu t i on obtained wi th a considerabl e amoun t of wate ror a l cohol in order to prec ip i ta te the a ce tyl a ted product . and consequently the aceti c anhydride and al so the gl acial acet i c acidformed were greatly decreased in value ow i ng to thei r d i lu t i on .

Bv a l l owing the acetyl at i on . however . to take pla ce in the presen ce of an amount of an indi fferent organi c solvent . su ch that. th eres ul t ing m ixture of sol vent . a ceti c anhydri de , and gla ci al a ceti caci d does not d i ssolve the ace ty lated cel l ul ose. thi s la tter can befi l tered or pressed off and a ceti c anhydr ide and glaci al acet i c ac idcan be obta ined from the l i qui d by di sti l l at i on . “Then workingby the ol d method . the acetyla te d product a lways requi red to beprecip i ta ted from solut i on ( and spun a fterward ) , and since i t wasob ta ined as a. vi scous gel at inous mass i t was a lmost imposs ibl eto wash i t free from the acetvlat in g l i qui d . However . when acety

la ting cot ton -wool in the presen ce of an indifferent organi c sol ven t17 8


The object of thi s inven t i on i s a process for the product i on ofcel lul ose solutions, i n whi ch solut ions of cupr i c oxi de a lky lamineare employed in the place of the hi therto -used solut ions of cup ri cox i de ammoni a .

The us e of th i s sol ven t has the advan tage tha t more concen

trated solut i ons of cel lul ose are ob ta ined than bv a id of cupri cox ide ammonia . Moreover, l ess al ky lamine i s necessarv than em

monia for thi s bette r eflect . Further the solut i ons are morev i s cous and keep unchanged at ordi nary tempe rature .Thi s sol ution can be used in the manuf acture of a rti ficialthreads or ca n be used in the manufacture of fi lms , as agglut i

nants , for impregnat ion, for the produ cti on of ce l lul oid- l ike substan ces , l eather imi tat ions, l inol eum imi tat ions . etc .

PROCESS OF MAK I NG CARBONACEOUS PIGMEN TS .

Dav i d J . Ogi l vy,of Cincinn ati , Ohi o . Patent No . da ted

Feb rua ry 27 , 1906 .

In th is process a carbona ceous flame i s produced from sui ta blemater ia l and impinged on wate r or an aqueous surfa ce . whi chr esul ts i n a ca rbonaceous deposi t on the wa ter . The carbonaceousflame i s produ ced on a moving source from natural or art ifi cia lhydr ocarbons sol i d . l iqui d . or ga seous . and the flame when produced i s th en di rec ted so that i t wi ll strike or impinge a t anvproper angl e and di sta nce ( so as to yiel d the most sat i sfactorv

resul ts ) on the wate r or aqueous surfa ce on wh ich i t str ik es .The water may be of any proper tempera ture and of anv desi redpur i ty and in any proper condit i on of motion . As the ca rbonaceou s deposi t s are often repel l en t in thei r di sposi t i on towardwater , th ere mav when desi red be added to the wa te r wh i ch i sneces sarv i n the Operat ion substan ces wh i ch redu ce or overcomethe repe l lent nature of the deposi t toward the water and whi chfac il i ta te s the mi scib i l i ty of the deposi t and the water . Arnon tv

such sub stan ces are po tass ium a nd sodium hydroxides and ca rbona tes , ammon ia and ammonium chl oride . a cet i c a ci d and aceta tes of

180


po tass ium and sod ium, p lren ic acid , sugar, etc . For mos t pur

poses a d i lute solution of sodium hydrox ide i s suffic ient .

ALKYL-OXYAC E TY L -CYANAM IDE AND PROCE SSOF MAKING SAME .

Arnold H . C . Heitmann and E r i k C . C lemmensen , of Detro it ,Mich igan , ass ignors to Pa rke, Davi s Company . Patentdated March 13, 1906.

The invention relates to a new series of chemica l bod ies ; andi t consi sts

,first, i n the new substance , and , second , i n the process

of forming the same . The various compounds bel onging to th i snew seri es may be des ignated a s alkyl -oxyacetyl -cyanamides ”

and may be formed by the condensa tion of an alkyl -oxyacet i c aci dand a cyanamide . Thi s may be accompl i shed ei ther d i rectly bythe use of a suitable condens ing agent or ind i rectly by treatmentof substances wh i ch a t some poin t i n the react i on form the sa idbod ies whi ch a re subsequently condensed . For commerc ia l manufacture the latter method i s preferred , as l ess cos t ly mater ia l smay be used . For example

,i n place of cyanamides other bod ies ,

such as a thio -urca or a guan id ine may be mixed wi th an alkyloxyaceti c acid and trea ted wi th a condensing agent

,resul ti ng not

i n a condensa t i on product of the sa i d bod ies,but an alkyl -oxy

acety l -cyanamide .Preferred me thod of form ing p roduc t — A mixture , preferablyin molecula r proport ion

,i s formed of an a lkyl -oxyaceti c aci d

( such as diethy-oxyacet i c ester ) and a urea in wh i ch the oxygenhas been repl aced ( such a s a th io -urea ) , together w i th a condens ing agent ( such a s an a lkal i a l cohola te and pre ferably ina l cohol i c solution ) . The sa id mixture i s then preferably warmedfor severa l hours , dur ing whi ch t ime the fol lowing react i on takespla ce:

gCOHCOOL’gH5+t lgH50 Na - C S Na g )

( can )

18 1


The rea ct ion product i s carefu lly neutra lized wi th an ac i d,

preferably di l uted aceti c acid

N aSH+CH3COOH:C‘

H3COON a -l—H 28 .

The a l cohol i s then d ist i l led off and the product crys ta lliz edout f rom the rema in ing aqueous solut i on .

APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING Z I NC - SULPHATESOLUTION INTO Z INC OX IDE .

Chaun cey E . Dewey,of Denver

,Col orado, ass ignor to the Amer

i can Zinc and Chemi ca l Company . Pa tent No . 815 5 16,da ted

March 20,1906.

Thi s invent i on relates to improvemen ts i n apparatus for con ’

vert ing z in c - sul ph ite sol ut i on into zi nc oxi de the obj ect be ing toca r ry out the operat ion on a commerc ial s ca l e . In th is apparatu

two independent ly- revolub l e cyl in ders a re moun ted in axi al a l ignment , the i r adj acent extremi t ies be ing open and in such proximity to each other tha t the heat may readily pass from one to theother . In one of these cy l inders the ca l cini ng opera t i on or t he

operat i on of removing the sulphur i c a cid from the zinc sulpha te i seff ected

,whil e in the other the solut i on i s evapora ted to dryness

or a pproxim a tely so . The ca l cini ng cy l inder or chamber i s l oca tedin sui table proximi ty to a furnace or fire-box whereby the hea t andproducts of combus t i on pass di rectly from the fir e -box in to oneend of the rotary chamber or cyl i nder

,whi l e the hea t and

product s of combustion pass from the ca l c in i ng

- chamber into theevaporat ingchamber

,and thence into a dus t - chamber lo ca ted at

the extremity of the evaporati ng- chamber remo te from the ca lcin ing

- chamber . I n conn ect i on with the appara tus j us t describedsui tabl e means for ro tat ing the sa i d cyl inders or chambers i sneces sa ry and a l so means for feedi ng the z inc - su lphate solut i on inthe fi rst i ns tance to the evaporat i ng- chamber . Means for t ransferr ing the zinc sulphate a fter tak ing i t from the evapora t ingchamber and de l ivering i t to the ca l cin ing-chamber are al so embodi ed in the design .

182

water . To thi s add forty—e ight pounds of gum - tragacanth mucilage ( prepared by di ssolving one pound of gum - tragacanth in six

teen pounds oi water ) . Then add eigh t ounce s of glyce rine andthree ounces of be ta -na phthol. Thes e ing redi ent s are to be thoroughly s ti rr ed and to be heated un ti l the starch is expanded.“

I

hen thi s has be en done,twel ve pounds of propyl a l cohol are to

be added, and to th is ma ss , or such port i on of i t as may bedes i red, the requi s ite quanti ty of any des i red dye is to be addedafte r havi ng been fi rst di sso lved in a smal l quanti ty of water .The ingredi ents a re to be thoroughly mi xed, and it will be wellto pass them through a paint—m il l .In case i t is des i red to imi tate the cfi’

ec t of ordi na ry pigmen twi th thi s c ol ored compound some whi te pigment such as ba s i ccarbona te of lead

,may be added . Thi s wil l produce an opa que

horny coating on the obj ect to whi ch i t i s appl ied. and the dvewhi ch has be en mi xed wi th i t gi ves it the requi red hue or color .The effect to all inten ts and purpose s is the same as i f th e p igment itse l f were a colored p igm ent and not simply a whi te p igmen t , seemi ng to be co l ored because of i ts being embe dded in a

trans luce nt co lored bindi ng medi um.

NON- IN FLAMMAB LE PAINT AND VARN I SHREMOVE R.

Carl eton Ellis , of N ew York ,N . Y .

, as signor to ChadeloidChemi ca l Company . Patent No . da ted Apri l 3, 1906 .

Thi s inventi on cons ist s i n the co mbina t ion, in pa int- removers ,wi th ha l ogenated organi c bod i es , such as ca rbon tetrachl o ride andall ied subs tances . of su ch sol vents as have a vapor tensi on not.

greater than its own , as gra in -al cohol ketones , al dehydes , eta , in

such prepo rti on tha t the evapo rati ve tendency of the forme r predominate

,wh i ch p roduce s compos i ti ons whi ch at ordina ry tem

va pors , the ca rbon tetr ach lor i de so to spea k . dom ina ti ng the othe rvapo rs . Together wi th thi s m ixtu re is combined a waxy evaporat i on - ret arder or thickener . us ing any of the ordinary waxes

184


such as beeswax,ceres ine

, paradine , etc . —producing a pa int - remove r

‘

of the genera l characters of the benzol methyl a l cohol composi t ion des cribed , Pa ten t No. but d is t ingui shed theref rom by i ts uninfiammable character . i n compos i t ion of th is typethe wax i s usual ly d i ssolved in a sol vent thereof and the solu t i onadded to another varn i sh sol vent in wh ich the wax i s inso luble andby whi ch i t i s thrown down in a finely

-d iv ided or ge la tinous form ,

and the quanti ty is somet imes as h igh as a th i rd or more of thetota l mixture . For the presen t purposes much less wax i s useds ince an excess ive amount acts i nj uriously on the un inflammable

qual i ti es . With too much wax the vapori zation of the tetrachloride i s more interfered wi th than that of the other vola ti lesolvents , such as a l cohol , which do not have any such affin i ty forwax . As the specific wax used ceres ine i s preferred .

BLEACH I NG COMPOS IT IONAugust E . Niens tadt

,of Newark

,New Jersey

,ass ignor of fifty

one one -hundredths to George W . Kuchl er . Patent No .dated Apri l 10, 1906 .

The cl a ims cover:1. As a new arti cle of manufa cture a novel compos it i on of matter composed of one part of peroxide of the a lka l i me tal s and fourparts of anhydrous carbonate of the alka l i metal s and ex ist i ng inform of powder .2 . As a new arti cl e of manufacture a novel compos it ion of matter composed of one part of pe rox ide of sod ium and four parts ofanhydrous carbonate of alkal i metal s and ex i st ing in form ofpowder .3. As a nove l compos it i on of matter a dry powder composed ofone pa rt of perox ide of sod ium and four parts o f anhydrous ca r .bonate of s odium .

DETE RGE NT FOR SCOURING WOOL .

Sal o Wohl e , of London , England . Patent No . da te dApri l 24

,1906 .

185

Y ear-Book for Colorists and Dyers

By thi s inven t i on a mucilagi nous l iqui d, su ch as a decoct ion ofl in seed, is mi xed wi th a fat or fatty oi l , such as castor -oi l , andwi th saponin

,whi ch m ay be ad ded ei ther as such or by digest ing

the decoct i on with the addi ti on of soda,preferab ly ca rbona te of

soda , with a mater ial conta ini ng saponi n , such as hor se- ches tnu tsacaci as , or ri tanuts . To the mixture thus made i s added somehydr ogen peroxi de or ma teri al s whi ch produce i t , such as vegetabl e aci d or aci d sal t

,and a sui tabl e peroxi de . For exampl e , two

and one-hal f pounds of l i ns eed or three-fourt hs of a poun d ofothe r vegetabl e ma teri a l yi el d in g mucilage are boi l ed wi th fivega llons of water and the decocti on i s s tra ined and there i s addedan extract made by digesting twelve and one oha lf pounds ofst ripped horse- ches tnuts wi th five gal l ons of water to whi ch carbonate of soda ha s been added , or the l in seed and horse- chestnu tsmay be diges ted together and the deco ct i on stra ined . About onehal f pound of a fatty oil , preferably cas tor - oi l , i s now added . foll owed by about one oun ce of a feebl e aci d . such as a cet i c aci d or ana ci d sal t

,l ike sal ts of l emon and abou t one and one- fourth oun ces

of some sui tabl e peroxi de ( preferably in solut i on ) , such as sodi umperoxi de. Thi s l iqui d i s now readv for use a s a detergent forscour ing wool or the l ike .

APPARATUS FOR THE MANUFAC TUR E OFB I SULPH ITE LIQUORS .

El li ott R . Barker, of Ber l in, N ew Hampsh ire . Patent No .da ted Apri l 24 , 1906.

Thi s apparatus cons i sts of a vert i ca l cy l indr i ca l tank whi ch i sdi vi ded in to four compartments by a plurali ty of pa rt i ti ons .

E ach of these parti t i on s i s provi ded wi th a large number ofperforat ions

,preferab ly of coni ca l format ion , wi th the sma l l er

ends openi ng through the upper surface of each of said pa rti tions .The lowermost parti t i on i s l ocated at a dis tance from the bottomof sa i d tank substantial l y less than the heigh t of any of thecompart men ts , and forms a gas -d i str ibuting chamber , whi ch i sconnecte d by a p i pe to gas

-cool ers const i tut i ng recep tacl es for186


a l lowed to rema in there from five to twelve hour s, accordi ng to thehardnes s of the leather used . The lea ther should then be re

moved from the so lut i on and a l lowed to dry suffic ient ly to handle .

By the use of the above compos it ion the lea ther becomes so ft andp l i ab l e and eas ier worked , thereby prevent ing brea king of channels and cracki ng i n the level ing-ma chin e and at the same timethe le a ther i s b lea ched w ithout impa i ri ng its fibre .

WATER PROOF FABRI C .

Lon A. Bond,of Loganport , Indiana , ass ignor to R ubbe rtex

Cloth and Paper Company . Patent No . da ted Ma y 15 .

1906.

The obj ect of thi s invent ion i s to provi de a flexi ble fabr ic ofpo rous fibrous mate ri al— such as a texti l e fabri c

,rope

,and the

likc e fibres o f whi ch are rendered impervi ous to moi s ture andof increased st rength and dur ab i l ity ; and the res ul t is produced bysubj ect ing the fibres to thorough sa turat i on wi th mol ten aspha l ti n a hi gh ly-fluid condi t i on to ca use the asphal t to imyiregnate thefibres and

,if des i red

,to fi l l out the pores or spaces between the

fibres of the fabri c .It is necess a ry to use aspha l t such as may be rea di ly obta inedfrom crude petro leum having an asphal t base . and wh i ch i s ama teria l tha t has beco me known commercial ly , at least , onlydur ing recen t years . The be s t resul ts are obta ined thus fa r wi thhighly

~fiui d molten aspha lt i c res i duum from crude petrol eum having an aspha l t base approximat i ng ni ne ty -ni ne and ni ne- tenthsper cent . pure and having a melt in

g-po i nt approximati ng 350

°

Fahrenh ei t . By thoroughly sa turat ing twisted str ands of hemp ,j ute

,or the l ik e wi th the highl y-fluid mol ten aspha lt i c res i duum ,

as stated,the strands when twi sted to

gether form a cable of much

greater strengt h than when not thus sa turated , that the asphal trema ins pl i abl e under a comparatively low tempera ture

,does not

so ft en and become st i cky under the heat of the sun . and ten dsto preserve the cabl e aga inst rott ing e ither in fres h or sa l t water ,and that subj ect i on of the cable to water for any l ength of tim e

188


i s beneficia l,ra ther than otherwi se

,and enables i t bette r to wi th

s tand stra in and wea r .Tex t i le fabr i cs trea te d wi th the aspha lt i c res iduum from crudepe troleum to thoroughly saturate the fibres and fi l l the pores orspaces between the fibres a re rendered absolutely wa terproof andposs ess advantages for many purposes over the same fabr i cs rendered wa terproof by mea ns of rubber

,ta r

,or any other usua l

wa terproofing mater ia l . Sacks formed , for exampl e . of bur lap orthe l ike trea ted in accordance wi th thi s invent ion form very durable , inexpens ive , and des i rable receptacl es for the sh i pment andhand l ing of ferti l i zer

,as the aspha l t protect s the fibres o f the

text i l e fabri c aga ins t destruction by the aci d const i tuents of thefert i li zer .

O IL-DRESS ING FOR LEATHER .

Hein ri ch Schowa lter , of Ladenburg , Germany . Patent No .

dated May 22,1906 .

A standard lea ther - preserving oi l wh i ch can act at the samet ime as an impregna t ing ma te r ia l must fulfi l the fol l owingrequi rements:It mus t , fi rst , be able to penet rate eas i ly i nto thel ea ther wi thout l eaving a layer of fat behind or transpi r ing ;secondly , i t mus t hold wel l in the lea ther and mus t not be capableof being soaked out bv a i r , water , steam . etc ; th i rdly , i t mustmake the l ea ther pe rmanently sof t . flex ibl e , and wate r -tight .Accord ing to th i s inven t i on such a lea ther-preserving oi l i s composed of a good tra in -oi l to wh ich has been added an i l ine -oi l anda sol ut i on of ind ia - rubbe r in turpenti ne . Pure tra in - oi l is tooth i ck to penetra te ra pidly into the leather . Moreover . i t l eaves a

layer of grease and transpi res , and a ls o it does not rema in in thel ea ther , but can be eas i ly dr i ven out by water be cause i t i s l igh terthan the la tte r . Bv the add i t i on of ani line ~o i l and a solut i onof ind ie - rubbe r in turpentine i t i s rendered more l impid . penet rate s immed ia te ly on appl i ca t ion into the l ea ther . and rema insfi rmly therein . Ai r . wa ter . or s team have no influence upon thelea ther trea ted with th i s admixture of mater ia ls . The leatherconsequently rema ins permanent ly soft , flex ibl e , and wate rproof .

189

PAINT- REMOVER.

Gus ta vus Mi cha e li s, of Albany, New York, as signor to AlbanyChemi ca l Compan y . Pa tent No. da te d Jun e 19

,1906 .

Many substa nces . mixt ur es, e tc , have bee n in troduced and areemployed at prese nt for the r emoval of pai nt and va rni sh. Someof the se paint removers contai n m a sti c substances

,whi ch a re

lia ble to act upon the wood when brought in conta ct w ith same.Oth er pa in t -r- overs

,Whil e not obj ect ionable on thi s account ,

contain para -nin e and other wax es . fa ts . etc . whi ch a re added towe l l -know neu tra l di s so lving—gr agen ts, fr om whi ch they~ a re precip ita ted and th en pres ent oin tment- like j elli es . and aga in there a reli qui d pa in t- remover s whi ch contain. co mpa ratively speaki ng,

of pam rfine and other wax—li ke substa nces s eparate from the so luti on and ge la tini ze the l iqui d in whi ch they are dis solved if thetempera ture i s a t all below the ord i na ry one preva ili ng— say about60

” to 65°— a nd wh i ch makes thei r remova l from conta iners Wi thont the appl i ca ti on of hea t a difiicult prob lem . The i nvento rcla im s tha t all these . di ffi cul t ie s and obj ect ions a re complete lyovercome when petrola tum i s us ed in comb ina t ion .ir i th wel lknown s olven ts for the purpose of providi ng a. pai nt- remover .owing to i ts physi ca l prope rti es i t combines ext ra ordina ry re ta rd ~

ing quali ties with flui di ty at all temperatures when di ssolved inpro pe r prop orti ons in sui table di s sol ving agen ts . A so luti on ofpetrolatrnn in benzol an d gra in or wood al cohol rema ins li qui d a t

almost any prevai li ng tempera tu re and never ge latiniz es, thusenabli ng the workman to pour it out and a pply i t wi th a brush .

NON -CORROS IVE AND ANT IFOULING PAI NT ORCOMPOS I T ION .

Fran ci s E rnest Dunn et t , of London. Eng land,ass ignor to Humi

din e. Limi ted. of London . E ngland. Pa te nt No. dated

190


or igina l, s imi lar ly to a colored photograph produced afte r theknown method of Jol ly

,or of McDonough , descr i bed in hi s U . S .

Patent No . The woven fabr i c i s thus composed of groupsarranged in j uxtapos i t ion and composed each of three coloredthreads corresponding to the three pr imary co lors and of whi teor of wh ite and black threads cross ing the first -named groups .For the col or effect wh i ch i s to be obta ined i t i s qui te i ndifferentwhether the sys tem of colored threads correspondi ng - to the threeprimary colors wi l l const i tute the warp of the fabr i c or the weftof the same . I t i s, however , advantageous to arrange th is systemof col ored threads as the wa rp of the fabr i c— that i s to say

,to use

the colored threads for the warp and to produce the gradat ion oftints by a white weft— because the warp-threads can be arrangedmore de nse ly and for th i s reason a better tota l effect of the threethreads wh i ch correspond in color to the three pr imary co lors canbe obta ined .

COMPO S ITION OF MATTER FOR PRINTING INKS .

Hugo Friedmann , of Charlottenburg , Germany . Patent No .dated June 26

,1906 .

Th i s i nvention rel ates to a new product to be used as an addit ion to pr in t ing inks or compounds

,whi ch may afterward be con ~

verted , as by gr ind ing and mix ing, i nto such inks , the obj ect ofsame being the production of a varni sh , paste, or addi ti on adaptedto be mixed with the usual ready-made typograph i c pri nt ing- inksor to the mater ial s of wh ich they are to be composed , so a s toenabl e such ord inary ink to be used in l i thograph i c pr int ing without repeated moi sten ing and wip ing .

A comparat ively s imple compos i ti on has been di scovered forsuch a paste , fulfi l l ing both condi t ions and capable of being addedwithout troubl e to the ink i tsel f or to the ground mixture of drycol or and varn i sh aforesai d . Such a paste may be composed ofone hundred to one hundred and s ixty parts of res in , particularlvgum

-dammar ; twenty-five to eighty parts of mineral oi l , preferably petrol eum ; two hundred and ninetv to four hundred and

192


th i rty parts of gly cerine ; one hundred and twenty to two hundred and s i xty parts of varni sh , parti cula rly l inseed -oi l varni sh .

i n prepa ring the compos ition the res in or other gum is di sso lvedin the m inera l oi l . The varni sh i s then added . To the m ixtureglycerine i s added in sma l l quanti ties wh i l e the mixture i s cont inuous ly sti rred . The glycer ine can a l so be added to the solut ion of the gum in minera l o i l in sma ll quanti t ies and the varn i shthen added thereto . The inks prepared with th i s paste are a l sosui table for printing on rotary machines .

ZINC PERBORATE .

Utto L iebknecht , of Frankfort -ou-the-h’la in , Germany , ass igno rto the Roess ler Has s lacher Chemica l Company . Patent No .

dated July 3 , 1906 .

The proces s compri s es genera l ly the caus ing of an alka l i pe rox ide

,such a s s od ium perox ide . borac i c a cid , and ei ther z inc sul ~

phite or z inc ch loride to react w i th one another . The borac i c ac idmay be sti rred i nto a s o l ution o f zi nc sulphate or zinc ch lor ide

,and

wh i le the s ol ution i s being ag i ta ted the alka l i perox ide i s added .

the solut ion , i f neces sa ry , be ing cool ed during the add i tion of thea lka l i perox ide

,or the process may be va ri ed by add ing the a lka l i

perox ide to water , the so lution being kept coo l during the add it ion , then add ing a so lut ion of z inc sul phate or z inc chl oride . andfinal ly st i rring in the bo ra ci c a cid . In e i ther case the resul tingcompound s hould be fi l tered . wa shed with water , dr ied and therema in ing pul ver ized mater ia l decanted wi th water unt i l a l l o fthe sul pha te , ch loride , or other sa l t of the al ka l i perox ide used isin s ol ution . Another variat ion in the process may be ca rri ed outhr rubbing sod ium perbora te and zinc sul pha te or z inc ch loride together with wa te r , whereby a change takes pla ce into zinc perbora te . and a sodium -sa l t or a sodiu in -perbora te solution may be

decomposed by a minera l a cid i nto the sod ium sal t o f the m inera la c id and pcrborac ic a cid o r i ts equi va l ent bora ci c a c id and hvdrogen perox ide . To th is is added a solution o f z inc s ulphate or zin e

13 193


chlor ide,z inc perborate precip i tat ing wh i le st i rr ing with a not

too high ly- concentrated soda - causti c solut ion . Another var iat ionmay be performed by rubbing a fresh ly -prepared moist z inc perox ide hydra te together wi th finely

-pulver ized borac i c ac id, thusobta in ing a thi n p aste of zinc perborate .The zinc perborate result ing from the processes given above i s awhite amorphous l oose powder

,and conta ins a decidedly higher

amount of oxygen than z inc ox ide , the y iel d of oxygen be ing notfa r from the theoreti ca l .

L IQU ID CEMENTING-PAINT .

Herbert Abraham . of Boundbrook , New Jersey , ass ignor to theStandard Pa int Company , of Boundbrook , New Jersey . Patent

dated July 3,1906 .

This pa in t cons i sts of three ingred ients— firs t,a body or hinder ;

second, a pigment , and , th i rd , a more or l ess Volati l e so lvent .The hinder or body shoul d cons i st of a substance or a mixture ofsubstance s fulfi l l ing these cond it ions:fi rst

,i t must be p last i c

,

so a s to y i el d a flex ible coating upon e vaporat ion of the sol vent ;second

,i t must success ful ly w ithstand the ox idiz ing and dis inte

grat ing efi'

ects of the atmosphere ; th i rd , i t must possess a colorsufficiently l ight, so as not to mask that of the pigments employedei ther when first made up into the pa in t or on being kept thusfor a long t ime ; fourth , i t must not y iel d gel at inous solut ionswi th so l vents when both are present in approximately equalquant it i es and when the mixture or solution i s kept i n closedcans for l engthy per iods .

Al l p itches wh i ch comply with the requ i rements above ind icated may be successful ly employed in th e manufacture of theseimproved paints . These pi tches a l l poss ess the character i st i c ofbe ing transparent , translucent , or semitransparent and of a l igh tvellowi sh or browni sh color when viewed in th in layers .As regards p igments . metal l i c ox ides are recommended on ao

count of thei r permanence and inertness . I t wi l l be understoodthat no pigment shoul d be empl oyed wh i ch would enter into harm

194


peroxi de ) can be rendered stable for a long t ime bv t he addi t i onof comparat ively sma ll propo rti ons of such organi c combina ti ons .whi ch ca n be cons idered a s derivati ves of amm oni a . Such combina t ions a re, fir st , acidvlami des . such as acetami de benzami de ;econd acidylim ides , such as succin imide, phtha l imide ; th i rd ,ac idyl deri vat ives of a romat i c bases , such as acetani l ide, phenace t i ne, lactophenin e . para toluol

-

p-t riphenet idi de _

:four th ac idylderi vat ives of u rea such a s the pheny l or benzyl derivati vesof urea , me thy luraci l . A solut ion of peroxi de of hydrogene .g.

,conta in ing three per cent . of sa i d peroxide—d ecompose s, a s

i t i s known . at ordi na ry tempera ture w rapidl y tha t a fter eightto fourteen da vs onl v a bout one- ha l f the peroxi de i s foun d undecompos ed . I f, however, to the sa id soluti on a sma l l propo rt ion.severa l grams or l ess for one l i ter of the dil uted so lu t ion ofperoxi de of hydrogen of these compoun ds — s uch a s of benzamide .phtha l imi de, phena ce t ine succ in imide . Iactophenine eta— has beenadded sai d so lut ion is found to be pra ct i ca lly pe rmanent , asca n be se en from the fa ct. that even a ft er se vera l months a ma rkeddecron se of the amoun t o f pe roxi de of hydrogen or formation ofanv acid ca nnot be found .

MAGNES IUM COMPOUND OF PINENE HALO IDSAND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME .

Al be rt Hess e of Be rl i n . Ge rmanv . Patent No. datedJuly 17 , 1906 .

Thi s new process cons i sts i n ca us ing a so l uti on of a pinenehvdroha loid— for in s ta nce . pinene hydrochlor id e— to rea ct uponmagnes ium in the prese nce of a cata lvti c reagent—a s , for inst anceiodine or an organi c ha logen compound wel l rea ct ing wi th magnes ium ,

such as m ethy liodi de , et hy liod ide . ethy lbrom ide . benzeneb rom ide . be nzene i od ide . benzylchlor izle . borny l iod ide . and the l ike .T he best results a re obta ined i f one proceeds in such a way thatthe react ion i s i nt roduced bv fi rst rea ct ing w i th an etherea l so lut ion of an alkv l or ary l hal ogen compound as above named uponmagnes ium , and that thereupon a so lut ion of a pinene hydroha loid

196


i s added to th i s mixture . I n th is l atter way a y ield o f abouteighty to eighty -five per cent . of the magnes i um compound i sobta ined . Such a y iel d is qui te unexpected in V i ew of the knowninstabi l i ty of such terpene compounds .The pinene hydroch loride i s d i ssolved e ither i n ether or in henzene , toluol , xylol , and other sui table hydroca rbons o r in a ‘

mixture of ether and hydroca rbons . I f the ether be whol ly or

partly repla ced by the sa id sol vents,the am ount of the ether

necessa ry for ‘ the react ion can be considerably reduced,and the

boi l ing-point of the whol e m ixture can be ra i sed i n such a mannertha t only a smal l quanti ty of the ether vola t i l izes . The hydroca rbons may be whol ly or pa rtly repla ced by other su i tabl e or

gan i c. sol vents,such a s an i l ine

,tolu id ine

, dimethvlan i line , d iethylan i l ine , amyl ether , an i sol , and the l ike . The ether used for theso l ut ion of the cata lyti c reagent may be partly repla ced by othersui table sol vents .The cla ims o f th is patent a re for the process only .

PRODUCT OBTAINED FROM CELLULO SE AND THEPROCESS FOR ITS MANUFACTURE .

Maur i ce Ga s ton O l ivi er,of Pa ri s

,France

,ass ignor to Société

Franca ise de la V i s cose . Patent No . dated July 17 , 1906 .

Th is invention ha s for i ts obj ect a new i ndustria l product anda process for i ts manu fa cture . The product i s obta ined fromcel l ul ose .By th i s method the alka l i - cel l ul ose is treated i n the usua l

way by ca rbon bi sul ph ide . The xanthate thus obta ined i s a l l owedto mature for a dav o r two a t the ord ina ry temperatu re . It i sthen , w i thou t any add it ion of wa ter , ground for about hal f anhour in the cold between cyl inders unti l the granula r mass hasbecome pe rtect lv smooth and cont inuous . I t i s then removedfrom the cyl inders and a l lowed to stand for about twenty - fourhours . The xanthate thus obta ined . wh i ch is sti l l solubl e , not

coagulated , is then pa s s ed through a hel ico ida l sausage-mach ine ,197


compres s ed mas s on is sui ng from the machine is rece ived intosui ta b le tube s or mol ds, in whi ch the ce l lul ose i s fix ed or t e

generated, st il l under pres sure, in an ord in a ry dryi ng - room at 30 3

for a per iod of from twen ty—four to thi rty- s ix hour s . I t i s thent horoughl y was hed in wate r and dr i ed in a stove. The mate ria lt hus obta ined pos ses sing absolute homogenei ty, uni form density .

wi thout holes or other b lemi shes ca n then be molded and yi elds ape rfect fini s hed productThe proces s permi ts of the ce llulose bei ng dyed in va rious

colors an d of the inco rporati on of inert matte r , so as to produceaglomera

‘

tes of anv des i red a s pec t and composi ti on

DIASTATIC SUB STANCE:METH OD OF MAKING.

Jokichi Takam ine. of N ew York , N . Y . Patent X0 .

da ted Jul y 24 , 1906.

The inventor claims that an em havin g marked saccha ri fying

r di a sta ti c properti e s may be produced from the seeds or gra insof cerea ls whi ch har e not been subje cted to ge rmina tion nor tothe gr owt h of fung i th ereon or from the epide rmi s or curt icularport ion s of sa id gra i ns rema ining after the removal of the wholeor la rge r pa rt of the sta rchy cons ti t uents and not subjecte d tofungo i d growth . I n order t o obta in thi s enzym ,

take a sui ta blequan tity of broken or coa r sely -

groimd gra in— s uch as bar ley .

corn . Wh ea t. rice,or oth er gra in or t ube rs—o r a qua nti ty of such

gram from wh i ch the whol e or la rger part of the s tarchv cons t iruents har e been removed— c g ,

of bran shorts . middl in gs,or

the li keh and macera te . perco la te . or otherwi se ext ract the samewi th wate r a t the ordina ry tempe ra ture or sl ightly above.The ext ra ct, so obta ined i s a browni s h or yel lowi sh l iqu i d , the

col or be ing de pendent upon the ma te rial s selecte d .

Thi s extract or the raw ma te ri a l from wh i ch it is obta ined i swi thout effect or Wi thout apprec iable efi’ect u pon ge la tinizeds ta rch , so that in the ordinarv sense of the word such ext ract ha sno dia sta t i c power . except p os s iblr in ve rv m i nute qua nti ty of

198

Year-Book for Co lorist s and Dyers

The pa in t thus produced may be sti ll further th inned a t an y t imetherea ft er wi thou t in j ury by ad ding more l inse ed-oi l or its

equi val en t . The densi ty of the sol ut ion depends upon the na tu reof the work for whi ch it i s requi red .

PAINT .

Claus A . Lun dqu i st . of Moscow . I da ho . Pa ten t No .

dated Ju lv 31 1906 .

Thi s i nvent i on rela tes to pa in ts used for coati ng va r ious substa n ces and more pa rti cul arly to a kin d of pa in t afiordi ng excell ent working qual ifies and act ing as a pres erva tive for wooden orother surfa ces upon whi ch it. may be pla ced .

The propo rtions a re pul ver ized charcoal twelve and a hal f percent :wh ite l ead . twel ve and a ha lf per cent :l in seed-oil

,fifty

per cent:kerosene . n ine and three eighth s per cent :borax.three and one—eigh th per cent . and chrom e green twelve and a hal fper cent . The col or mav be va ried, however and for producingother colors va ri ous proportions of sui ta ble colorin

g-matter are

used . The. ingredi ent s sta ted mav be readi ly obtai ned in sma llquant i t ies and adm ixed t oge ther so as to make, say . one ga l l onof pa int . whi ch mav be known as cha rcoa l - pa in t The cha rcoa lmust. be groun d fine enough to dus t thr ough a hea vy cl oth . anda fte r the mate ri al s a re wel l adm ixed and worked toge ther thevshould be pas sed throu crh a mi l l . a fter whi ch the pa in t i s readyfor use.

PAPER.

Jason H . Greenst reet . of Indianapol i s, Indiana . a ssignor to t heProte ct i on Pa per Company . Patent No . da ted Aug ust 7 .

1906 .

Thi s inventi on consi sts in ad ding to ordi na ry wrappi ng ors imi la r pa per a composit i on of in fusori al ea rth and pulverizedcha r coa l as the pa per wi ll ca rry. In maki ng th i s pa per introduce th i s compos iti on in d ry powdered form into the pul p befo re

200


i t i s made in to paper . s o that sa id compos i tion w i l l be conven ient lymixed with and d i s tr ibuted through the paper .In prepa ring thi s compos i t ion take of in fusoria l ea rth froms ixty to seventy per cent . and o f pulveri zed charcoa l from thi rtyto forty per cent . and mix them thoroughly and then introducethe compos i t ion into the paper . as above stated .

GREASE AND MO ISTURE PROOF PAPER .

August W'

eingaertner , o f Ch icago , Il l inoi s , a s s ignor to Nat iona lB i scu i t Company , o f Chi cago, I l l i no i s . Patent No . datedAugus t 7 , 1906 .

Thi s improved paper is made by t rea ting any ordinary sui tabl epaper - stock fin i s hed paper— by apply ing an impregnating so

lut ion and a s ubsequent moi sture -proof coat ing .

In ca rry ing out th is invent ion make a solution of ca se in by

d issol ving about two hund red pa rts of ord ina ry commercia l ca seini n a suffic ient quanti ty of alka l ine water to ful ly l iquefy the

ca sein . To fa ci l i tate the solution add to the water about fi ftyparts . by weight , of strong aqua -ammon ia al so warm the l iquid .

After the cas ein has been di ssol ved add a bout fifty pa rts,by

weight,o f a ve ry di lute commercia l aqueous solut ion of sul phur

ous acid and about one pa rt . by weigh t . o f a fl uoride sa l t . prefe rablv bi fluoride of ammon ia

,but bifluoride of sod ium or of pota s

s ium o r free hydrofluori c acid may be us ed . After these ingredients ha ve been thoroughly mixed d i lute the mixture by the ad

dit ion o f a bout s eventeen hundred pa rts o f water,and the mixture

is then ready for us e a s a bath through wh ich the pa pe r may bepas sed . O f cours e i f there a re impuri t ies in the chemi ca ls themixtu re may be stra ined or fi l tered be fore u s e . Th rough the baththus prepa red pa s s a ny su i tabl e abs orbent paper . subj ect ing thepaper to the a ction o f the bath l ong enough to permit i t to become substantia l ly saturated therewith . O f course the mixturemay be appl ied to the pa per otherwis e than by pass ing i t th roughthe bath . Afte r the pape r has been trea ted and dri ed i t i s rendered moi s ture proo f by coat ing i t . us ua l lv on one s ide only . wi th

20 1


a suitable wate r- repudia ting substance ,such as parafi

‘

me—wax orthe l ik e. This coat ing may be accompl i shed in any usual way.

ANTHRAQU INONE ALDEHYDE AND PROCESS OFMAKING SAME .

Max Henry I sl er,of Mann he im

,Germany , as sign or to Bad i s che

An il in Soda Fabrik . Patent No . da ted Augus t 141906.

The inventor c la ims that. the omega—diha l ogen deriva t ives of2 -methyl - anthraqui none compounds can by treatment with coneentrated sul phuri c aci d , wi th or wi thout the addit i on of bor i c ac id,be converted in to al dehydes of the anthraquinone group .

These new a ldehydes are c ry sta lline compounds , which aresolubl e in con centra ted sul phuri c aci d

, yi el di ng from yell ow to

yel l owi sh -red solut i ons, and in ani lin e yi el d ing reddi sh-yellowsolutions . They are a l so solub l e in alcohol and in gl ac i a l a cet i ca cid_ On oxi da ti on they can be converted in to anthraquinoneca rboxy l i c a cid .

The al dehyde cl a imed specifical ly i s 2 -anthraqui none a ldehyde.Thi s possesses the aforesa i d generi c propert i es and in parti cul argi ves a vellow solution in con cen trated sul phuri c a cid and is ihsolubl e l I l causti c- soda solut ion and on suita ble oxi dati on yi eld sthe 2 -anthraquinone ca rboxvl ic acid .

APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING WH ITE LEAD .

John W . Ba i l ey . of Jersev Ci ty . N ew Jersey , ass ignor by mesneassignments

,to Un ited Lead Company . Patent No . dated

September 4,1906 .

The invention relate s to an improved apparatus for manufacturing lead carbonat e . or wha t i s kn own as “ whi te l ead .

” or anys imi la r product:and the obj ect of

,the invention i s to provide

means for handl ing fin ely di vi ded or comminuted meta l l i c leadwhi l e i t i s pass ing through the various stages of trea tment neededto convert i t in to l ead ca rbona te or commercial wh ite l ead . ex cept

202


soap . Wherever so much a lka l i borate i s not des ir ed any otheraci d can be used . e ither organi c a cids , acet i c , formi c , and lact i cac id or inorgan i c ac ids for instance

,hydrochl or i c and sul phur i c

a cid . The last two acids have to be proper ly di luted wi th wa terand added s lowly, drop by drop , we l l s t i rr ing a l l the t ime, to thesoap sol ution conta ini ng the hydrolyt i c products of perbora tenamely

,hydrogen perox ide

,a lka l i borate

,and free caust i c a lka l i .

I f tha t i s not done,the l iqui d becomes warm . and a loss of hvdro .

gen perox ide w i l l be the resul t .

PA INT .

Hen ry Noel Potter of New R ochel le,

New York . ass ignor toGeo . West inghouse . Patent No . 830 740 date d Septembe r 11

,1906 .

The inventor has found that. s i l i con monox ide in a very finelv

div i ded sta te forms an excel l en t bas i s for a pa int and tha t whenmixed wi th l inseed-oi l or other sui table vehi cle i t i s eas il y spread

,

so a s to fo rm a pa int e ither with or wi thout the addi ti on ofcoloring

vmatter other than the monox ide itsel f . When mixed witho i l , oil and turpentine . or other usual veh i cle i n p rope r proport i ons , a t rue pa int i s produced wh i ch when la id upon a nonabsorbent sur face— such as metal fi l led wood

,etc— gi ves a gl os sy

enamel - l ike surfa ce when drv . Thi s gloss appea rs usual ly in thesecond coat upon porou s sur faces— s uch as freshly-planed wood .

bri ck etc — the fi rst coat act i ng as a fi l l er . The monoxi de pa intmay be modified in color by adding colored p igments the monoxi deg ivi ng the body and s l ight ly modifyi ng the shade or color of thep igment added . A good red i s produced with verm il ion

,a beaut i

fu l gr een with cobalt -blue or ul trama ri ne . an intens e b la ck wi thivory-black . The monox ide may

,of course

,be mixed with auv

sui table col or ing-matte r o r comb ina t ion of co loring materi als toproduce a var iety of colors as m ay be des ired .

The monoxide form s an exce l l en t subst itute for wh ite lead as amateria l to be used in certa in col ored pa ints

,and i t i s found that

a given weight of the monox ide in i ts powdered form when combined wi th l inseed -oi l wi l l gi ve a much higher vis cos i ty than the

204


same weight of whi te l ead . zinc~white . ochres . unibe rs . i ron oxidepigments . graph i te , or connnercia l lamp -bla ck .

METHOD OF MIX IN G PAINT .

Henry Noe l Pot ter . o f New Rochel le , York , ass igno r toG eo . West inghouse . Paten t No . dated S eptember 11. 1906 .

Th i s pa tent des cri bes an improved method of making pa intconta in ing s i l i con monox ide . whereby the pecul ia r propert ies o fthe latter a re certa i n to exert thei r max imum influence . I f s i l icon -monox ide powder be mixed dry w i th another pig ment and thetwo ground together and then added to o i l or other vehi cl e thecfl

'

ec t of the s i l i con monoxide ( S iO ) i s l ost or mas ked . The finepa rt i cles o f s i l i con monox ide ( S iO ) a ppea r to s t ick to the relat ive ly la rger pa rti cl es of the other pigment , and thus lose the i rident ity a s sepa rate parti cl es . The same to a lesser degree i s truei f dry S io be added to a pa int conta in ing another p igment or i f ad ry pigment be added to a s i l i con -monox ide ( S iO ) pa int . The bes teffect is s ecured by mix ing S iO to the extent of ten per cent . totwenty pe r cent . with oi l or veh i cle and add ing th i s to a pa int ofother pigment and veh i cl e properly prepa red by grind ing

,etc

,

before the s i l i con -monox ide ( S iO ) pa int i s added . After add ingthe la tter the two mav be paddled together or ground . thoughthe latter i s no advantage over the former i f the pa int to wh i chthe s i l i con -monox ide ( S iO ) pa int is added ha s been properlv prepa red .

MANUFACTURE OF CELLULO ID .

Augus t Beha l . of Pa r is . France . as s ignor , by mesne a s s ignments .

to Spe cia l Products Company . Patent No . dated September 19 . 1906 .

This i nvention relates to the manufacture o f ce l lulo id ; and i tconsi st s i n an improvement on the ord ina ry manu facture wherebvbo rn eo l is subs t ituted for the who l e or a pa rt of the camphorusua l ly employed.

205

Year-Book for Co lorists and , Dyers

The in ventor has di scovered t ha t the borneo l s, pa rt i cularly themixture consi st ing almost ent irelv of i so—born eol . obt ain ed by adi rect or in direct hvdration oi camphenes, possess a p roperty of

formi ng a homogeneous m ixtu re with n i trocel lulose in presenceof solvents for that substan cH u ch as. for exam ple

,e thyl ace

tate . amyl a cetate . acetone , a. mixtu re of al cohol and eth er . or the

l ik e— and'

that the product from whi ch th e sol vent ha s been r e

moved const i tutes an ex cel len t ce ll ul oid

PAINT COMPOS ITION .

Frank L . Buchanan,of St . Loui s , Mi ssou ri . Patent. N o.

dated Septem ber 18 1906 .

Thi s pate nt descri bes improvements in composi t i on s of matterpr imari ly intended for u se as a m ixed p ain t, but. whi ch wi thslight vari ati ons in the proporti on s of i ts several i ngred ien ts i scapabl e of use for a. vari ety of purp oses . Am ong the se m ay be

menti oned i ts use as a slate - roof paste . wood-preserving compoun d , j oint -p reserver . horse- hoof dr ess ing . horse—hoof paste. andthe l ik e. For purposes of a pa int the several ingr edi en ts of

whi ch the sam e i s composed are as fol l ows , mi xed prefer ablv in the

fol l owing proporti on s , by weight , viz .:mi ca ceous iron one poun d:l in seed- oi l ( boil ed ) . one poun d ; ' shell ac va rni sh . one poun dJapan varni sh . one pound . When us ed for roofing purp oses theproporti ons above specified may be qualified in the follow ing pa rt icul ars:mi cace ous i ron , on e-hal f poun d:s i li ci ous sand on e-hal fpound: l in seed- oi l ( boi led ) . on e pound: shel l a c va rni sh one

poun d:Japan varni sh . on e poun d .

APPARATUS FOR EXTRACTING TERPEN ES ANDRO S IN .

Ge orge A. Kerr,of Lvn chburg. V i rgi ni a. Paten t No.

dated October 9 . 1906 .

The primary object of th i s invent i on i s to provi de a m achine206


a te d and then wa shed. The new method resul ts in not only agre a t economv of chemica l s

,whi ch are used for the fol lowing

bl eachi ng and mace ra ti ng process, but al so causes that the treatment of the bones with chemi cal s to prevent putrefacti on is superfiuous . Thi s wash ing process onl y requi res a short t ime

,so that

no ch emi cal s to prevent putrefact i on need be added . whi ch i s ave ry great advan tage as s uch chemi cal s are lmown to have avery unfavorable influence upon the fin al product .

According to th i s improved method i t i s no l onger necessarv toemploy ac i ds or other chemical s as addi t ions to the glue ext racte d from the bones . Only when i t i s des i red to obta in col orles s glue a sma l l quant itv of sul phurous a cid mav be added toefiec-t the decele rati on.

APPARATUS FOR MAKING NITRIC ACID .

Oscar Heinri ch U l ri ch Brfinler , of Lei ps i c—Gohl i s , Ge rmanv .

Pate nt No . da ted O ctober 30 1906 .

For the pur p os e of effect i ng the oxi dat ion of the ni trogen ofthe a tmosphere and the conversi on of the ox ida ti on product intoni t ri c aci d i t is necessary to exp ose the ni trogen and oxygen whi chare to be comb in ed to a tempera ture of 25 00 " centigrade . Thenthe n i tr i c oxi de obta i ne d i s to be conducted into wa te r in order toconvert the same into n i t ric aci d. Since there were no furnacesavai lable by whi ch with a process of combust i on such a. h ightemperature coul d be obta ined

,

“ expensi ve el ectri c energy hashitherto been used. Bv the inventi on i n questi on thi s drawbacki s remedi ed.The cla im sp ecifies in an apparatus for the ox ida t ion of theni trogen o f the ai r for the pur pose of obtai ning ni tri c ac i d

,the

combi na ti on a pressure-res i sting ves sel , a gl obula r furnace inconn ecti on therewith wi th mouth proj ecti ng downward, radi al lya rranged condu cti ng- pi pes Opposi te each other i n the wa l l of thefurnace for leadi ng oxygen combusti bl es and ni trogen

,and a val ve

for the e sca p e of ga ses,a s and for the purpose spec ifi ed .

208


COLORING-MATTER FOR PRODUCING S ILK-LIKEOR PEARL-LUSTER EFFECTS .

Leon L i l i enfel d,of V ienna , Austr ia -Hungary . Patent No . 834 ,

739 , dated October 30, 1906.

The obj ect o f the invention i s to prov ide a new and improvedcolori ng-matter fo r printing

,pa inting , coati ng , or otherwi se treat

ing various a rti cl es made of wood,meta l

,paper

,l ea ther

,texti le

fabr i cs , etc . , to produce a si lky or pear l - luster effect .The coloring-ma tter cons i sts

,essentia l ly

,i n a m ixture of finely

pulveri zed mi ca wi th v iscose .By the us e of m ica in combinat ion wi th d i ssol ved viscose i t i sposs ibl e to produce a co l oring -matter wh ich has a si l k - l ike pear ll uster bri l l iancy .

I t i s understood that the v iscose i s not exclus ively used a s abinding substance or fixing agent for the finely -powdered mica

,as

i t i s poss ibl e to bind the mi ca perhaps far better wi th other fix ingagents— such a s glue , a lbumen , res inous so lut ions , and the l ikei t be ing understood that the ma in feature of the invention is tocombine m ica wi th vis cose to cause the two subs tances to a ct together

,each a id ing i n producing a col or ing-matter o f s i l k - l ike or

pea rl - lus te r bri l l iance . especia l ly as both the m ica and the v iscosehave a s i l k - l ike or pear l - lu ster br i l l iancy .

The bind ing substance ( disso lved vi scose ) can be read i ly col oredwi th a su i tabl e pigment without i nfluencing i ts own bri l l iance orthat of the m i ca and wi thout the mi ca affecting the hue or shadedesi red , so tha t i t i s poss ibl e by the sel ecti on of the proper pigment for th e bind ing substance to produce auv des i red hue orshade Wi thout los s of the s i lky or pea rl - l uster bri l l iancy .

MANUFACTURE OF GELATINE AND GLUE FROMBONES .

Hermann Hi l be rt . of Heu feld . Germany . Patent No .

dated October 30,1906 .

The proces s i s e ss ent ia llv as fo l lows: The bones a re ground to14 209


a fin e flour and introduced into a vess el whi ch i s fitted with ast i rr ing apparatus . In th i s apparatus the powdered bones arebo i led wi th water whi le being st i rred

,and at the same time wh il e

the glue i s being extracted sul phurous -acid gas or other b leaching agents , such a s sulph ites or bisuph ite s, wi th other ac ids orother sulphur ous or hydrosul phurous compounds, nascent hydrogen

,hydrogen peroxi de, and the l ike , a re introduced . I n thi s pro

ces s the glue , whi ch goes qui ckly in to the solut ion , i s b l ea chedat the moment in whi ch i t i s di ssolvi ng. In the same momentthe sul phurous aci d i s us ed up , so that there i s no exces s whi chcan spoil the glue solut ion . As th i s glue-extra ct ing proces s takespl ace very qui ckly, the b l ea ch ing process also i s fin i shed i n thesame short t ime

,so that no glue i s wa sted and the glue rema in s of

a very super ior qual i ty . The process posses se s the further grea tadvantage that the ext racting of the glue ta kes pl ace a t a tem ~

peratur e which i s substant ial ly much lower than i s the case wi thprocess es a s hi th erto ordinar i ly employed , whi ch exert a very importan t i nfluence on the qual i tv of the product .

TEXTILE COV ERING FOR WALLS AND OTHERART ICLES .

Paul R i chte r of Tenaflv , New Jersev . Patent No .

dated November 13, 1006.

Th i s invention relates to a text i l e cover ing more particul arlydes igned for wa l l s though i t may al so be used for screens , boxes ,book -covers , and other a rt icl es . The cover ing i s composed ofburlap or s imi la r coarse texti l e mater ia l ; and the obj ect of theinvent ion i s to so construct the cover ing that the s iz ing or otherlayer back of such mater ia l i s not vi s ible through the i nte rsticesthereof . For th i s effect the invention cons i st s in cl os ing suchinterst i ces by rough ing or felt ing the text i l e mater ia l at theback such fel ted rea r face efi

'

ectivelv concea l ing and excludingthe back ing without in any way impa i r ing the woven appea ranceof the front of the covering .

210


BASE FOR PAINT AND THE L IKE.

Ma tthew C . Jaquet, of Omaha . Nebraska as s ignor of one-hal fto Wi ll iam W . Powe rs, of Chi cago, Il lin o is . Patent No .da ted December 4 . 1906 .

Thi s invent i on co ns is t s in the product ion of a new composi ti onof ma tter whi ch is a base for. pa ints and the l ike. used for thesame general pur poses and wi th the same general results a swh i te l ea d and adapted to be employed as a subs ti tute for suchwh ite lead or to be inte rmi xed therewi th, a s mav be des ired .

The ba se when used as a substi tute for white l ea d m av be employed alone and mi xed wi th a sui tabl e pa int vehi cl e=such asl in seedo i l . or may be mixed wi th zinc oxi de. Moreover, the zincoxi de may a l s o be in co rporated wi th the ba s e an d the whi te leadwhen the latt er two ingred i ents a re use d together .The new product c ompri ses pul verized mus se l - shel l s of thefres h -wa t er spec ies

,a pa i nt veh i cle. such as l inseed -oil or i ts

equi val ent . the shell s being cru shed ,ground . and otherwise trea ted .

and th en mi xed wi th the l inseed—oil , i n whi ch mi xture mav be

i nco rporated a sui table proport i on of whi te lead or z in c oxi de.or both . The resul t ing base i s not only equa l in qua li tv andproperti es to the wh i te lead . but i s much more eco nom ica llv

produce d . es pec iallv as the musse l - shel l s . which provi de the ma iningred ient of the base . a re com pa ra t ivelv i nexpe n s ive.

ME THOD FOR OBTAIN ING MATERIAL FORSAPONIFY ING FATS AND O ILS .

Maur ice N icloux . of Pa ri s . France . Paten t No . datedDe cembe r 4 . 1906 .

I t is known tha t when ca ste r-o i l seed or ca s t e r-o i l cake i s tri turat ed wi th cas te r oil o r a nv other oi l i t gi ves r i se to a saponifi

ca t ion p rovi ded there be present a smal l quant itv of mineralor organ ic acid . Ti

'

s a pon ir’

vine act i on has been attr ibutedto the prese nce of a ferment .

212


The severa l methods of obta in ing th is active pr incip l e accord ingto the pres ent invention fol low

a . The ca ste r -oi l seeds a re crushed and mixed with a sui tableo i l , such a s cotton -seed oi l . The mass

o

i s s tra ined or fi l te red ons i l k fabr i c or some other suitable fi lter . The oi l wh ich runsthrough con ta ins a lmost exc lus i vely the active mate r ia l .b. Castor-oi l cake i s trea ted a s in a . The ch ief part of the o i lconta in ing the act ive mater ia l i s in th i s case cotton -seed o i l orany other o i l wh ich may have been used .

0 . The crushed castor-oi l s eeds are m ixed wi th a suitable o i l ,such as cotton -seed oi l . The mixture i s subjected to centri fuga lact ion, whereby the a leurone gra ins a re col lected together . Thesupe rnata nt o i l conta ins the act ive ma ter ia l and by add ing ac id ilied wate r may be sapon ified d i rectly .

d. The ca stor -oi l seeds a re crushed and mixed wi th a su i tableoi l , such as cot ton -seed oi l . The mas s i s fi l tered through ord inaryfabr ic and the oi l i s m ixed w ith a so lvent

,such as l ight pet ro

leum ( benzine ) and subj ected to centri fuga l a ction . Two layers ,a leurone gra ins and the active mater ia l

,are obta ined and sep

arated. The centr i fuga l trea tment may a l so be arres ted at theprec i se moment when the aleurone gra ins have segregated . Thel iqu id may then be decanted and aga in subj ected to centr i fuga lact ion to obta in the active materi a l .

e. The oi l - cake from decortica ted ca ste r-o i l seeds is crushed ,trea ted with l ight petroleum

,and al lowed to settl e . Two layers

are formed , the lower cons i st ing of a leurone gra ins a lmost dest itute of act ive mater ia l , the upper cons i st ing of the act ive mate r ia lw ith some cel l ular debr i s . The active materia l may be obta inedby sepa ra ting the upper layer and evapora ting the petro leum .

f. The crushed s eeds a re treated with hot ca s tor o i l . The massi s fi l te red through ord ina ry fabri c , and the fi l trate a l lowed to restat 80° to 90° C . , whereupon the a leurone gra ins settl e rap idly .

The supernatant turbid oi l i s mixed wi th a solvent,such as

l ight petrol eum , and subj ected to centri fuga l action . The activema ter ia l is thus separa ted.

213


g. The crushed seeds are trea ted wi th l ight petroleum and themass fil tered through ex tremely fin e fabr i c . The so lut ion of o i lwh i ch run s through conta ins the active mate r ia l a lmost exclusi vely . The petrol eum is evapora ted to ob ta in castor oil conta ini ngthe act ive mater ia l .h . Same treatment as in g.

,wi th subst itut ion of centri fuga l

trea tment for fi l trat ion . The centri fugal treatment is stopped atthe prec i se moment when the al eurone grains are complete ly segre ~ga ted . On decan tation and evaporation of the petroleum therei s obta ined the active mate r ia l ca stor oi l .i . The o i l cake is treated with about a quarter of i ts weightof a sui table oil , such as co tton - seed oil . I t i s - crushed, mixedwi th l ight petroleum , and otherwi s e trea ted as in g. The activemater ia l is thus obta ined in the cotton - seed or other oi l .

j . Same trea tment as in i , except that ins tea d of fil trat ioncentri fugal treatment i s us ed . The fin i sh is as in h . The activemater i al i s thus obta ined in the cotton- seed or other oi l .k. The castor -oi l seeds are crushed wi th ca stor -oil or someother oil . The mass is fil tered through extremel y-fin e fabr i cor subj ected to centri fuga l action to remove the aleurone gra in sand then fi ltered thr ough ful l ers’ earth , whi ch reta ins the acti vemater ia l .I . The des cr ibed method and the mod ifi cations descr ibed under

a , b, d, f, k, may be effected from the beginn ing of the treatmen t, so that the oil wi l l con ta in more and more act ive mate r ia l .Th is methodi ca l enr i chm ent i s obta ined by the passage of th e oi lover seeds wh ich are more and more r i ch, and vi ce versa , thetrea ted oil extra cts from the begi nni ng the substance conta inedin the seeds whi ch have already been extracted and whi ch lose bydegr ees the act ive mater ia l whi ch they con ta in .

m . To prepare the dry active mater ial , the proport ion of so lven t ,l ight petroleum ,

or another i s increa sed,the mass subj ected to

centr ifugal action , the depos i t aga in mixed wi th so lvent , andaga in subj ected to centr ifuga l act ion . The act ive mate ria l i sthus freed from the o i l wh ich was i ts vehi cl e . Thi s dry prepa ra

214


APPARATUS FOR EXTRACTING O ILS, 85C .

Herbert A, Si lver-a . of New York,N . Y . , a ssignor to Edward

H Fal l ows , t rustee, of New York, N . Y . Pate nt datedDece mber 18, 1906.

Thi s inven t ion re lates to improvements in apparatus for extracting oi l

, grease, and glue from fish,animal

,and vege table ma tter

and is pa rt icula rly inte nded for use in ext ra cting oi l, grea se , is ingla ss, and the l ike f rom fish ma teri al .I t cons i s ts in divi ding the i nte ri or of a digesting ves sel into apl ura li ty of relatively sma ll di gestin

g

- chambers surrounded by aninclosed space into which hot wa te r , steam, or other conveni entheating agent may be introduce d, sa id chambers commun icatingat the top wi th a la rger chamber through which a cha rge maybe intr oduced and the oil and gr ease l iberate d may be removed .

By thi s co n s t ructi on the neces s ity of mechani cal ly sti rri ng thema te ri al being treate d during the digest ion is avoi ded. Sti rr ingis to be avoided . becaus e i t tends to prevent sepa ration of the oil sand greases from the i s ing lass, glue . and other heavi er ma te r ia l sl iberate d by the tr eatment and to form an emul s ion, thus injur ingboth products .

APPARATUS FORwASH I NG BARYTES .

Wi l l iam R Mackli nd, of Mi nera l Po int . Mis souri . Patent No .

date d De cember 25, 1906 .

Thi s invention relates to ma ch ines for cl ea ning baryt es, and ha s

for i ts object to provi de an apparatus by whi ch sul phuri c ac idcan be wa shed from powdered and bl ea ched ba ryt es in a shortspace of t ime and al so w ithout l ia b il i ty of waste or overwashingthe ba rytes and thus destr oyi ng its col or .W i th the mach ines in common u se i t took from ten to twelvehour s to wash barvtes . as i t was necessa ry tha t the wate r shoul dflow very sl owly to prevent the barvtes from pa ssin g out of theta nk w i th the wa ste water ; but even when the wate r was a l lowed

216


to fl ow sl owly through the tank some of the barytes would pa ssout wi th the waste water

,and thus be lost .

The inventor cla ims that the presen t invent ion provides anappara tus by which ba rytes can be washed absol utely f ree fromsul phur i c a cid i n a short space of t ime

,approximately one-ha l f

hour.and a l so prevent any of the ba rytes from being los t during

the wash ing opera ti on or from being overwashed .

The cla ims cover the deta i l s of construct ion .

Notes on Processes , New Colors , etc.

FIN ISH ING AND WATERPROOFING W ITH C E L LU

LO SE PRODUCTS .

Fin ish ing and waterproofing with subst itution products ofcel lu lose , such a s cel lulo id and the n i trates and acetates of cellu lose

, a l though they give excel lent results in most respects , laborunder the d i sadvantage of giv ing a d i sagreeable papery handle .Hi therto

,the attempts whi ch have been made to avoid thi s di ffi

cul ty and to make the good qua l i t i es of the cel lulose compoundsava i labl e have been restr i c ted to the add it ion of a softener u r

l ubri cant , but , i n every case , lustre , or the fastness to wea r , o rthe impermeab i l i ty , has suffered , or perhaps a l l of them togetherDr . L i l i en fel d

,of V ienna

,has taken out a patent for us ing esters

of sebaci c acid to give the proper hand le . It i s cla imed that theyenable la rge quantiti es of the cel l ulose products to be used wi thout affecting ei ther the lustre or the feel , and al so tha t theyenable the cel lulose compounds to be used for fin i sh ing and waterproofing good s whi ch have been lustred mechan i cal ly by engravedro l le rs . The fol l ow ing i s an exampl e of the method:10 l l ) . ofn i tro cel lul ose or cel l ulo id are d i ssolved together wi th 4 o r 5 lbs .

o f scba tc of ethy l or methyl' i n methylated spi r i t or fuse ] o i l .

The result ing s o lu tion i s printed in the usua l way, and d ri ed to

evaporate the so l vent . I t ca n be mixed w i th any colo ring matte rtha t may be wished — Dyer and Ca lico P rin ter.

WATERPROOFING WOOLENS .

Woo l en fabr i cs a re natu ra l ly l es s pervious than cottons andhence requi re les s trea tment to make them wa terproof . or at

221


l east showerproof . Wool , i n i ts or igi na l state, i s a l rea dy waterproof by i ts natural oi l or su int , and i s the perfecti on of impermeab i l i ty to wate r comb ined wi th the permeab i l i ty to ai r . Thepr inci pl e

,therefore

,upon wh i ch i s ba sed a lmost a l l methods of

proofing cloths made from wool,that i s both woolen and worsteds

,

i s that the fibre can be made repel l ent to wa ter . The repel lenta ction is so st rong that the moi stur e has more attraction fori tsel f than for the fibre

,and , assuming a spheroid shape, runs

off i n drops .Hence the best method of waterproofing a woolen fabr i c i s torestore the natural grease . Thi s i s don e by apply ing crude orpurified lanol ine

,and forci ng i t in to the fabr i c by pressure

,

usuallv by pass ing the good s between roll ers . The only obj ecti onto the process i s t hat the lano l ine may become sl ightly ranci d andthereby impart a d isagreeabl e smel l to the goods .Another excel l ent way of wate rproofing woolens wh i ch i s freefrom th i s d ifficulty i s to wax them wi th paraffine . Beeswax wasformerly used . but s ince parafiine

'

ha s been procurab le on a l argesca l e and at a l ower rate than beeswax , i t has replaced the animalwax ent irelv . Consi derabl e ca re has to be exerci sed . however , notto use the paraffine wax in too l arge a quant itv . whi ch woul dh inder the penetra tion of the a i r and not to use more hea t in itsa pp l i cat ion than i s ind ispensable to secure the due penetrat ionof the hydrocarbon .

The best but most expens ive plan i s to impregnate the goodswi th a sol ut ion of wax in ben zine , whi ch l eaves the sol i d matte ri n the interst i ces of the fibre a fter evaporation . I t i s . of coursemuch cheaper to hea t the fabr i c between rol l ers , from whi ch itpasses over a bl ock of sol i d parafiine wax and then between a second pa i r of hot rol lers . The pressure of the goods upon the bl ockand the tempera ture of the rol l ers requi re careful regula ti on .

The benz ine method i s i n use . but for h igh - cl ass ladi es” dress go odonly

,and a very smal l per centage of wax i s employed . As regards

the use of heated rol l ers . th i s must be done with great ca re, wi thhea t and pressure just. suffi cient to do the work . Otherwi se the

222

of alumi na. The us e of lea d soa ps i s mo re over ina dvisable onaccount of the da rkeni ng whi ch ta kes place when the wate rproofing fabri c i s exposed to the air of gas - li t towns . This

,of cou rse,

appli es to the use of lm d m ps on co ttons or any other clas s of

p roofs well, and if j udi cious ly use d does not weight the mate rialexcess i vely .

a so l uti on of aceta te of alumina , runnimg th e cloth through thi sba th and drving thoroughly wi thout wri ngi ng. The aceti c ac idevapora te s lea vi ng hydrate of alum ina in the fibre . Thi s i s

han dl e to the d oth. The time-honored wav of pre pa ring the

proofing so luti on i s to m ix solut i ons of alum and sugar of lea d.A preci pitate of sul phat e of lea d falls down and the supernata n tso luti on of a cetate of alumina is decan te d 05 .

V a rious att empts have been made to wate rproof wool wi th oil sotherwise than natura l grease , but the tendencv of the oil tobeco me rancid= es pecia lly when the woo l is worn as a garment and

expos e d to the influence of pe rs pira ti on, and the efiects of theatmospher e agen ci e s have made thems el ves . fel t. even to a grea te r

so fa r aborti ve . I t i s probable that. i f a sui ta bl e oil we re foun di t. woul d he too expensi ve.Indi a rubbe r a lthough largely use d for fabri cs made of vege ta '

bl e fibre . i s never used for wa terproofing a ll wool . but wate rproofcl oths a re made wi th woo l en fabri cs ce m en ted to a co tton lin inghv means of a so lu ti on of rubber .— R . S limmm ss . i n The Dyerand Galim Prin ter .

FIREPROOFIN G.

Ammoni um borate and potass ium ca rbonate, e specia llv the

former are excel l ent firep roofing age nts . but the bom te is expen

si ve, al though sm a ll quantifies are refl ecti ve. and the ca rbonate ,2 4

N otes on Processes , N ew Colors , etc .

when used in sufficient amount to give the necessary protecti on ,has a tendering action on the fibre . I f

,however , the two sal ts a re

used in comb inat ion both these d isadvantages are avoided to agreat extent a s smal ler quantit ies of each are found to answerbetter than of e i ther used separately . A solution of 10 lb . of carbonate of potash and 4 l b . of ammonium borate i n 10 gal . ofwater i s recommended . The fabri c i s passed through the l iqu idand then th rough wringing rol l s unt i l the bath

,i nclud ing what i s

returned to i t from the wringing , has been enti rely absorbed bythe mater ia l .— Dyer and Ca lico Prin ter .

GOR IL LA YARN DYEING.

Gori l l a yarn i s a complex mixture of wool s , a lpaca , sheep , andmoha i r , with vegetable fibre and s i l k waste , and i s rugged andknotty . I t i s used ch iefly for women’s garments .As the mater ia l i s of compl ex and varying composi t i on

,the

scouring and other opera tions prel imina ry of dyeing are of thegrea tes t importance . The scour ing bath i s used l ukewarm

,and

conta ins ca rbonate of soda , soap , and ammonia , i n quanti ties varyi ng with the amount of d i rt to be removed . The yarns areworked in i t with sti cks for ha l f to th ree -quarters o f an hour ,or even l onger . An expert can judge a t once , from the fee l andl ook of the yarn how l ong i s necessa ry . The yarn i s r i nsed fi rsti n ca rbonate of soda

,then i n warm water

,and final ly with co ld .

The yarn mus t be bl ea ched for dyeing l ight and med ium shades .Th is i s best done with peroxide o f sod ium .

The demands made upon gori l l a ya rn dyeing are ch i efly fastness to wash ing and wear , and to a l ess degree fastness to l ight .The dyes a re a lways substantive dyes . L igh t shades are dyedwith common sa l t and soap . E nter fa i rly hot , br ing sl owly to thebo i l

,and boi l t i l l the wool i n the yarn has the r ight col or

,and

then let the cotton dye in the coo l ing bath , add ing more dye i fnecessa ry . Th i s must be done very cauti ously wi th l igh t shades .The add i tion to the bath of a l i ttl e a ceti c a cid o ften promotes the

15


dyeing of the wool . whil e in ma ny ca ses common sa l t does thesame for the cotton .

Afte r dye ing,the gor ill a i s r ins ed and soaped wi th lukewarm

qui ll aia decocti on,or a very weak soap ba th . Then rins e, pas s

through weak aceti c a cid, hydroext ract and dry.

AZO ACID RED 5B .

Thi s i s an ac id dyes tufi" of s imilar na tu re to Azo Aci d R edBA, but much bluer in sha de . The resul t ing shades ar e fa st toli gh t, alkal i , and wil l s tand chromi ng, therefore i t can be us edin a grea t va ri ety of work .

I t i s very l evel -dyeing and can be u s ed for feeding in bo i lingbath

,and as i t i s not aff ected by chromi c aci d, can be us ed for

sha di ng chr ome—devel oped colors, when absol ute fas tnes s to fulling is not es sent ia l , as in p i ece- dyeing .

Inte rwoven cotton and a rtifi cial si lk efi'

ects are not sta inedand when dved wi th weak a ci d, s ilk effects are so slightly s tai nedtha t they can be eas i ly cl ean ed .

Azo Acid Red 5B can be ca rboni zed wi th sulphur ic acid wi thoutchang ing shade and wi ll not a l ter w i th hot-pres s ing or dry

I t wil l gi ve cl ea r whi tes wi th Hydrosul phi te NF cone. di s

charges . and so can be us ed for di scharge work .

Azo Acid Red 5B i s r ecommended as a chea p and level~dyeingred col or for ladi es’ dre ss goods and other l igh t fabri cs . and forca rpet ya rns

,kni tti ng ya rns ,

and wool hat s . and al so as a shadi ngcol or for chr ome-devel oped dvestufi'

s .

ACID AL IZARINE BLUE BLACK 3B .

This i s a chrome developed co l or whi ch i s consi derably bluer inshade than the corresponding B mark. It may be dyed eitheras a mordant co lor on chrome or by devel oping the aci d dyeingwi th chrome . and therefore can be compared wi th ei ther cla ss ofdves tufis for maki ng compoun d shades .

226


For the production of l ight shades and with the use of purewater, l ess a cid i s necessa ry than where deeper shades are re

qui red and hard wate r i s used .

In dyeing loose yarn and goods whi ch are easi ly dyed level, 10

per cent . of G laubers’ sa lt i s sufficient ; but in dyeing th i ck goodswhi ch are d iffi cu lt to penetrate, about 20 per cent G lauber’s sa l tshoul d be used . Where d i rty wool or goods diffi cul t to dye evenlya re employed , i t i s neces sary to add during the dyeing , a weakera cid than sul phur i c a cid

,such as acet i c aci d or form i c acid

,and

the bath exhausted by the addit i on of a smal l quanti ty of o i l ofvi tr i ol .In a bath of usua l s ize, the amount of potass ium b ichromate isequal to one-ha l f the amount of dyestufi

' used , l ight shades requ iri ng a somewhat l arger proport ion of potass i um bi chroma te .On Chrom e Mordant .— The goods are mordanted in the usualway by boi l ing them wi th 1 to 3 per cent . potass ium bi chromateand 11743 to 2 1742 per cent . ta rtar , or the corresponding amoun t oflacti c aci d or form ic acid . They are then washed and dyed in afresh bath conta in ing 5 to 10 per cent . of a cet i c ac id and thenecessary quantity of dyestufi

‘

,the bath being boi l ed one to one

and one- ha l f hours .For p iece dyeingthe addit i on of G lauber’s sa l t to the dy ebathi s beneficia l . The shades obta ined on chrome mordant are b righterthan those devel oped with b i chromate

,but the fastness to fa l l ing

i s not as sat i sfactory, but th i s can be improved by back- chroming .

a lthough i t makes the shade greener . As far a s poss ibl e , woodenkett les should be used in dye ing .

The fastness of these colors produced w i th Fast Mordant Blue l {i s very sat i sfactory . They are very fast to l ight , being equal toa l i zar ines . The fastness to fa lling of the b ichromate devel opeddyeing answers a l l requi rements

,and with proper handl ing w i l l

not sta i n cotton,wool

,or s i l k . The mordant dyed shades without

back - ch roming are not so sa ti s fa ctory . Dry fin i sh ing practi ca l lydoes not change the chrome developed shades ; the others aremade somewhat greener . I n pott ing the same difference i s shown .

228

N otes on Processes , N ew Colors , etc.

Al l Fast Mordant B lue R shades a re fast to rubbing,stoving

,aci d

and carbon iz ing . Interwoven vegetable fibres are l ef t perfectlywh ite by e i ther method of dyeing

,and s i l k i s only s l ightly sta i ned

when the col or i s dyed with aceti c a c id and developed w i thb i chromate.Thi s col or i s recommended for the product ion of very fast bl ue

shades on a ll classes of woolen materi a l .

WH ITE AND COLORED D I SCHARGES ON ALPHANAPH THYLAM INE CLARE T BY MEAN S OF

HYDROSULPH I TES .

Whi le the practi ca l appl ica tion of the hydrosulph ites as d ischarg ing agents for azo co lors developed on the fibre has been verys uccessfu l i n certa in l ines

,the i r use for th is purpose on al pha

naphthylamine cla ret has been h indered by unexpected d ifficu l t ies .As a resul t during the year many inves t igations have been madeand va rious methods advanced as offering so lutions of the problem .

The fol lowing seem worthy of noti ce,as the resu l ts shown have

been sati s fa ctory and the processes are not more compl icated thanthose i n use for other col ors .In the R evue Ge’néra le des Ma tt eres Colorantes for July, 1906,P . Wi lhelm publ i shes the resul ts of some of h i s practica l expe riments . Starting wi th dry hydrosu lphi te he found that these whenused al one in neutra l pastes gave on ly imperfec t d is cha rges onAlphanaphthylam ine Claret, but when certa in bas i c colors wereused for col ored d ischa rges these came out very bri l l ian t

,and he

concluded tha t these exerci sed some ca ta lyti c a ct ion on the groundco lor .The print ing pas te s were made up wi th300 par ts Hyd ros ul ph i te dry B A S F130 parts G lyceri ne

grind to a smoothpaste then s ti r i n

part s Dextrine29

50 pa rts Waterthen add so lut ion of

30 pa rt s Dyes tnfi’in

75 pa rt s Phenol and las t

75 pa rt s G lyce rine

1000 pa rts

Th e co lors used for blue were Thi oni ne Blue or Di scharge Na t”

?

green, 3 mi x ture of Anra rnine and Thi onine Blue.

250 par ts causti c Soda 40 °Be.

D is so l ve then add550 part s H vdrosu lph ite G lyceri ne pa s te 66 pe r ce nt.

After p rinti ng, steam 4 mi nutes . pa ss through antimonv ba th

and soa p at. full Wi dth.The di sadvantage of th is method was tha t the resu lts wer enot. regul ar . Thi s is due to the fa ct , tha t the hydros ul phi te wasnot in so luti on and the eg rar ing of the roll s gra dual lv fil l ed up.thus inte rfering with proper execut ion of the des ign s.Fonm nnm n-m nos m nn ns When these compoundsused for di scha rgi ng agents for alphana phthy lam ine cla rets in thesame manner as for pa rani tra nili ne red, the res ul ts a re only hal f

condi ti ons and bv the addi ti on of ce rtai n co lo rs to the di s chargepastes , i t is poss ibl e to obta in per fect di sc harges . The act i ona ppears to be esse ntially ca ta lyt i c a s the res ul t. is obta ined by aquantitv too sma ll for anv di rect act ion . The inves tigator found

230

ali zar ine ha ve a brigh t ye ll ow col or , and Wi th Setopali ne slightlyblui sh. However

,the S etop al ine has been t ran sferred into a

colorles s body, and is not r es tored by oxida ti on. A sl ight soap ingin both cas es will bring out the White. The author finds that the

wi th N in e-alka l i n e, and besi des can be u sed at the same timewi th Anilin e Bla ck, as the aci d vapors from the la tte r give

The N i tro al izarine di s charge can a l so be prepared from Hydr osul phi te NF con e. Hoe chs t , Whi l e the S etopaline di scharge cannotbe advantageously prepar ed w i th thi s . In some cases other dyestnfis exercise snfi'

i cient catalyti c acti on to di scha rge th e Al phanaphthylazmn e Cl ar et comp l etely an d in thi s way bri l li ant col or

a n be obtain ed Wi thout an addi ti on of other reagen ts

there fore wi th th ese it is com p arati ve ly easy to obtain brigh t pi nkand yellowr

shades . Thes e colors ar e use d in the same way,and

i t . is. necessa ry to have the sam e condi t i ons . As for the pas te sp i t

-aw e d wi th S etopaline, the colors m en tioned can all be used in.oomhinat ion for the p roducti on of com poun d sha des . The fol l owing are the formulas u sed for the prepa rat i on of the p ink and

PM D I S CHARGE PAS'

D E.

parts Gum T raga canth solution 6—100par ts Glycerine, di ss olt e by heatin g

In to thi s di ssol ve at 130° Fpar t s Hydro sulphi te NF con c. and then cool to

an d add

par ts Form al dehyde andp art s Aceti c Acid Wh en col d add

Notes on Processes , New Colors , etc .

YE L LOW DI S C HARGE PAS TE .pa rts Auram ineparts G lycerinepa rts Gum Tragacanth solut ion 0—100

d i ssolve and s t i r into mixture ofparts Gum Tragacanth solution andparts N i tro -a l i za r ine 20 per cent .

Then addpa rts Hydrosul ph i te NF cone.

d issolved at 130° F.,add at 100° F .

parts Formaldehyde andparts Aceti c Acid , when cold addparts Tann in d isso l ved i nparts Waterparts Para Soap PN

Make up to 1000 partsAfter prin ting , the print p i eces wi th color d i scharges a res teamed from 4 to 5 minutes and then passed th rough an Antimony bath

,soaked at ful l width at 150° F .

The Alphanaphthylam ine Claret for these experiments was dyedby us ing the fol l owing proport ions i n the Naphthol grounding:

25 parts Beta Naph thol500 par ts Wa ter45 parts Caust i c Soda 22 ° Be.

50 parts Para Soap PND isolve then add when cold

,the fol lowing soluti on

made from3 pa rts Tar ta r Eme ti c i n

100 parts Wate r20 pa rts G lycerine10 pa rts Caus t i c Soda 22° Be.

Make up to 1000 parts

233

I n a sub sequent number of the Hem e , the author makes furthgrmenti on sta ti ng that he has d i s cover ed 13131 by u sing a small

quan t i ty of formfl dehr-de in th e preparat i on of the S etoml ine di s

NF cone. H oech s L He has ioun fd 1113 1 when thei s made as f oll ows:

part s Hydr osul ph i te NF eon-c. Hoeeh st

Cool and add cold solut ion; of

15 parts Formal dehvde 40 per (sen -t

Whi te than f rom ln dnli ne S car le t.

HYDROSUL PH ITE NF CON C SPECIAL

Other inves tiga t ors harm-g had mosi a ee'

ll em-t resul ts “Wi th

niimntes in a Mather -P 1311. ste am er at

150 parts Wat er

50 parts G lx‘ seer'

m e


thi s so luti on is sti rred into the thi ckening and fina lly the tann insoluti on is ad ded,The grea t advan tage in us ing these i s that abso lutely no mi neral ac i d is presen t

,and they may be pr in te d in l arge patte rns

and steamed for one hour wi thout fea r of tendering the fibre .For medi um shades the prin ting paste s mav be made up wi th

4 0 parts Col or B asedis solve in warm solu t i on of

134 parts Aceti c Aci d 6 °

Be.

30 parts A cetine6 part s Tartari c A cid

sti r in600 part s Aci d Starch Th i ckeni ng

and add cold160 par ts Acet i c Acid-Tannin solut i on 1- 1

1000 parts

AC ID S TABC H TH I CKEK I ‘S G.

2 10 parts Wh ea t Starch570 pa rt s Wate rpa rts Aceti c Aci d 6 Be.

1000 pa rtsBoi l for 10 minu tes and cool .

Afte r pr int i ng the pieces are s teamed one hour wi thout pressure ; passed through ant imonv - cha lk ba th ; washed and soaped .

TH I OGE NE NAVY B LUE R CONC .

Thi s new member of the Th iogene group yi el ds h eavy blueshades

,whi ch in comb inati on wi th the bri ghte r Thiogene Cyani nes

and Thi ogene Blu es wi l l gi ve shades whi ch are good imi ta ti onsoL ike most of the Thiogene col ors i ts fas tness i s very satis fac

236


tory stand ing every requi remen t of ord inary usage,but i t i s not

fa st to ch lori ne bl each .

The method of handl ing i s the same as for other ThiogeneBlues , the dyes tutl

' i s d i ssolved wi th the necessa ry sodium sulph ide , about twi ce the weight of the dyestufl

'

,and added to the

dyestufl'

. The mater ia l i s then entered and the dyeing continuedfor one hour a t 190° F . In mixtures of Thiogene Blues the tempe ra ture should not ri se above as the two dyestuffs w i l lexhaus t evenly a t the l ower temperature .Raw stock should be dyed in wooden or i ron tubs . In dyeingva rn in the kettl e i t may be dyed in ord inary way or under thes urface of the bath . After wringing out , ea ch head of ya rns hould be immed iately placed i n the wash bath under the waterand not thoroughly washed unti l the whol e lot i s taken out of thedy e kettl e .P iece goods:Piece goods may be dyed in a Jigger wi th f rom

two to fou r r im s in a s short a bath a s poss ibl e . After dye ing themateria l must be squeezed out evenly and immed iate ly washed .

In dyeing m ixtures o f th is bl ue and the other Thiogene Blues ,i t i s necessa ry that be tween the dyeing j igger and the washerthere should be an ox id i zi ng arrangement in order to develop theThiogene Blues before wash ing. The addi ti on of sa l t in j iggerdyeing i s not absolu te necessa ry

,but i t i s advantageous to add

Turkey R ed O i l i n a l l ca ses .For the dyeing of p i ece goods i n l arge quantit i es , i t i s advi sabl eto use a box wi th rol l ers connected with the ox id i zing apparatusand washing mach ine . In a mach ine of th i s k ind wi th a boxcon ta in ing 375 gal l ons ,

600 ya rds of goods per hour can be dyed .

The fi rst bath i s made up with10 lbs . Dyes tufi‘20 lbs . Sodium Sul phide ( ‘

rys t

l bs . G lucoselbs . Caus t i c S oda 7 7 ° Tw .

1175 lbs . Sod ium Ca rbona te dry .

The above quanti ties are to be cons idered as remain ing in the237

[0

IO


dyebath, and the amount of color used in dye ing shoul d be addedby means of a feed ing l iquor whi ch conta ins the same preportionsas the first bath

,but i s more concentrated

,and i ts add it ion i s

regulated accord ing to the weight of the goods , and the ra p id i tyof the passage through the dye l iquor

,i n such a way that the

amount of dye and the strength of the dyestuff rema in constant .

T H I OGE N E DARK REDS G and R .

These new dyestufi'

s produce bordeaux shades , and are sui tab lefor dyeing a l l cl a sses of vegetabl e fibres , and may be used eithera lone or i n combination with other Thiogene colors .These dyestufi

'

s are d i ssolved with an equal amount of sod iumsulph ide and the solution added to the dyebath conta in ing therequi red sa l t and sod ium carbonate . The mater ia l i s dyed underthe surface of the dyebath for one hour at I t i s thenqueezed, thorough ly wa shed and dr ied cool , i f conven ient , asoverheat ing in dry ing makes the shades flat and yel l ow . Theaddit i on of oi l to the dyebath i s beneficial .In a stand ing kettl e only two-th irds of the or igina l quantity of

dyestufi‘ i s requ i red

,wi th a corresponding amount of sod ium

sulph ide . These col ors shoul d a lways be di ssol ved W i th hot water,and the solution added to the bath . The amounts of sa l t andsod ium carbonate are proport ionately reduced .

W' ooden or i ron dye - tubs should a lways be used . These colors

have al l the advantages of the other Thiogene colors , and the fastness to every influence but chl or ine b l each wi l l be found mostsati sfactory .

T H I OGE NE BLACKS EX TRA CON C .

These blacks whi ch corres pond in shade to the cone . marksare cons iderably stronger and have some dec ided advantages onth i s a ccount . The amount of dyes tufi being l ess and only requi r

i ng the same proport ion of sod ium sul phide , the amount of thelatter in the dyebath i s therefore reduced , which i s of great advan

238


wel l fix ed by both hydrosul ph ite s, and therefore i t is advisabl e to

mix them in order to get s tabl e and cheaper pr i nting past es . TheThiogene color i s made into a paste with gyeer ine, wate r, kaol inpaste, soda lye, and hydrosulph i te and the whol e hea ted on thewater bath unti l proper ly di ssolved . The reduced color soluti oni s then m ixed wi th alka l ine th i ckening and aga in heated to about120

° F .

For l ight shades, the amoun t of soda lye i s reduced to a mi n imum

, j us t as much i s used as i s requi red to di s so lve the col or .and neutra l gum pastes are used instead of alka l ine thi ckeni ng .

Thi s i s especia l ly necessary for Thiogene Brown GCD cone . ,(Wani ne GD cone . , OD conc Green GLD extra cone. , V i ol et BDextra strong, and R ub ine OD extra strong. The advantagas ofs l ightly a lka l ine pr inting colors are: ( l ) The pr in ts stand outbetter in steaming ; ( 2 ) the end cloths are not eas i ly ten dered ;( 3 ) soda lye spots ( on end cl oths ) are avoi ded ; ( 4 ) the col orsare mani pulated wi thout any d ifficul ty and the workmen are noti nconveni enced by the al kal i . The Thi ogene col ors are fixed bvmeans of moi st s team under pressure . G lycerine whi ch i s veiwhygrOS COp ie, ass i s ts the fixation

,wh i l st the addi t ion of kaol in i s

needed to prevent the color s from bl eed ing dur ing the s teamingoperation . After pr i nt ing, the goods are wel l bu t not too rap idlydr i ed and then steamed at 100 to 102 ° C . in the Mather Pla tt( free from a ir ) wi th moi st steam from three to s ix minuteaccording to depth of shad e . The pieces are best was hed at ful lw idth . Thiogene Green , R ub ine, V i ol et , and Yel l ow are pa ss edbefore washi ng through a col d or lukewarm weak ac id bath forhal f to one m inu te . The other col ors are taken through aci d or anaci dified copper sulpha te solution whi ch-yi el ds fu l l er shades andprevents the col ors from bl eedi ng into the whi te .The Thiogene Colors are fast enough for a l l materia l whi chhad not to undergo a treatment of ch l or ine i n wash ing

,etc . The

fastness of Thiogene Cyani ne OD cone. and GD cone. to chl orinei s fa i rly sa t i sfactory . In a l l those ca ses where a blue or b la ck i spr in ted next to reducing di scharges or ve ry a lkal ine printing

240


pas te s , the Thiogene Colors ofi'

er di sti nct advantages:Ani lineand amido bla ck s are a lways more or l ess impai red by theinfluence of the reducing ingredi ents

,whi l st the fastness of l og

wood black or noi r reduit—which,moreover

,presents d ifficu l t ies

i n ra i s ing—can i n no way compare wi th that of Thiogene B l ack .

As the Thiogene Colors a re very eas i ly and qu i ckly fixed in theMather Pla tt

,they may al so be appl ied w i th advantage upon

naphthol ground next to para red and a lpha -naphthylamine cl aret .The Thiogene Col ors are sui tabl e for d i scharge and res i st styles ,i .e . , an i l ine bla ck over-prin ts are easi ly res i s ted , and the insolubleazo colors produced upon the fibre and al so the d i rect dyeing dyestufl

'

s are eas i ly d i scharged ‘by the printing pastes,by the hydro

sul ph i te con ta ined in them . The dis charge effect s do not qu iteequa l those obta i ned with basi c and chrome -mordanted dyestufl

'

s ,

but a re infin i tely superior to them as regards fastness to wash ingand l ight . Furthermore the al kal in i ty of thei r p rinting pastesopen s out the appl i ca ti on of these col ors for d i scharging Turkeyred

,tann in , and chrome grounds . For the last named appl i ca ti on

i t i s advi sable to add to the printing pastes some sod ium citrate .— Dyer and Ca lico Printer .

TH I OGE NE COLORS IN COLORED D I SCHARGEWORK .

With the new printing brands of Thiogene colors i t i s possibl eto make a l ine of sat i sfacto ry co lored d ischarges with sul phurdyestufl

'

s , which has not been done before . When made up by thefol l owi ng formulas these d ischarges can be used on azo col orgrounds

,and those wi th Dian i l or other one -d i p col ors wh ich are

read i ly d ischa rged with hydrosul ph ites . The fol l owi ng are givenas exampl es ,

but any of the Th iogene D dyestuff s mav be subst i tu ted '

DI S CHARGE BLUE ON PARAN ITRAN ILINE BED .

40 parts Thiogene Blue BD cone .50 parts G lyce r ine

24 1


1000

1000

1000

pa rts Kao l in Paste 1—1

parts Soda Lye 4 0° Be.

pa rts B ri t i sh Gum - starch Th ickeni ngpart s Hydrosulphi te NF conc. Hoe chs tWarm to 120° then cool and add

parts Soda Lye 40° Be.

pa rts by we ight

D IS CHARGE BLUE ON TURKEY -BED .

parts Thiogene Blue BD cori c.

pa rts G ly cerineparts Kaol in Paste 1—1pa rts Soda Lye 40° Be.

pa rts Hydr osul phi te NF cone . Hoechstparts Waterpa rts Alkal ine Th icken ingWarm to 120° F , then coo l and add

parts Sod ium S il i cate 36° Be.

parts by weight

D IS CHARGE BLACK ON PABAN I TBAN I I JN E

part s Thi ogene Black MD conc .parts G lycerinepa rts Kaolin Pas te l - lparts Soda Lye 40° Be.

part s Br it i sh Gum - sta rch Thi ckeni ngpart s Hydrosul ph ite NF conc . Hoechs tWarm to then cool and add

pa rt s Soda Lye 4 0° Be.

pa rts by weight242


In thi s method of dyeing the mate ria l is dyed wi th Thi ogeneBla ck B2B li qui d for one hour at 95 ° F . in a ba th containi ng for100 lbs . mate ri a l .

l s t Kett le. 2d Ket tl e. Standi ng .

Thiogene B lack B '

ZR li qui d . 24 lbs . 2 lbs . 16 lbs .

Sod ium Sul phi de 12 lbs . 7 lbs . 6 lbs .

Sa l t 40 lbs . 16 lbs . 5 lbs .

Bran per 1000 Dyeba th 18 lbs . 18 lbs . I 2V? lbs .

The bran is mixed wi th warm wate r and added to the dyebath through a s i eve. Aft er dyeing the co tt on , the mate ri a l iswashed and the s il k dyed wi th aci d colors in a ba th conta in inghydrochl ori c acid.

TH I OGE N E COLORS FOR HALF-WOOL DYE IN G.

R ecent inves tigati ons of the Farbwerke -Hoechs t ha ve shown thatthe Thiogene dyestuffs can be success fully us ed in dyeing mixedcotton and woo l fab ri cs if sodi um phosphate is used in the dyebath . By the us e of th is assistant onl y the co tt on is dyed,

whil ethe wool reta ins its origina l st rength and is only sl ightly sta i ned .

By th is method it is pos s ib l e to obtain two color effects in fastcol ors as the woo l may be dyed wi th either aci d or chromedeveloped col ors a ft er dyein g the cott on , or i t i s possi bl e to obta inperfect ly soli d colors as the wool may be dyed any des i red shadewi thout difiicultv . In thi s way a pe rfect blendi ng of the cott onand woo l shades may be obta ined .

NAKO COLORS .

In additi on to the co lors introduced by the Farbwerke-Hoechs t .under thi s ti t l e i n 1903 thev have brought out severa l new co l orsof thi s c lass dur ing th is vear . These are Nako Browns PS . DD .

Nako Blacks DB , OP .

Ki lling the skin: I n order to dye the ha ir prope rly it i snecessa ry to put it in sui table condi ti on for dyeing by th e ope ra

244

Notes on Processes . New Colors , etc .

t ion known as k i l l ing . Thi s cons i sts of a treatment with a lkal i ne sa l ts , such a s soda , l ime , sodium phosphate , soda lye , etc .Lime Trea tmen t: The sk in i s la i d for two hours i n cold mi lkof l ime ( 10 parts to I t should be worked i n th is unti lcomplete ly wet and then l et stand the requi red time . I t i s thoroughly washed and neutra l ized by a further treatment in a coldbath o f aceti c a ci d ( 5 parts 50 per cent to 1000 ) for one -quarte rhour and washed aga in .

In the soda treatment the mi lk of l ime i s replaced by sodaso lution ( 10 parts to otherwi se the trea tment i s the same .Unshorn pel ts are frequently sprayed wi th Caust i c Soda sol ut i on 3

°

Bé . , and washed after ly ing for two hours . By th i streatment the ha i rs

,etc . , a re covered better and the dyeings are

more sol id .

The l ime prepara t ion i s recommended for Nako Yel low 0 ,Nako

Red 0,Nako Bla ck OP aad

°DB , and for the Nako Browns i f theyare to be used wi th copper - i ron mordant .The soda trea tment i s used for Nako Browns PS and P anda l so for the Nako Blacks when used wi th a chrome mordant .Mordan ting:The pelts a re mordanted i f they are to be co loredmedi um or dark shades , for l ight shades prev ious mordan ti ng i snot necessa ry . The usual sa l ts for th i s purpose are potass iumbi ch romate , copper , su lpha te , Coppera s , and ta rta r . Fol lowing arethe proporti ons of mordants used for the var ious colorsFor Nako Browns , Nako Yel low, and Nako Black DB:2 176parts po tass ium bi chromate and I V; parts ta rtar pe r 1000.

For Nako Black DB and blacks f rom Nako Browns D and DD2 parts copper sul phate , 2 pa rts coppe ra s and 2 parts aceti c acid50 per cent . per 1000.

Nako Browns P and PS and greens from Nako Red 0 : 4 partscoppe ra s and 2 parts a ceti c aci d 50 per cen t. per 1000.

Nako Black OP . 2 parts po ta ss ium bi chromate ,2 pa rts copper

sulpha te,2 pa rts a cet i c aci d 50 per cen t . per 1000 .

The pelts are usua l ly soaked for 24 hours in the mordant bathand then thorough ly wa shed .

24 5


Dyeing: N ako Browns l’, PS , D and DD ,Nako Ye l l ow 0 and

Nako Red 0:The necessary quanti ty of dyestufl i s d i sso l ved in cold water andthe sk in i s worked for two hours in th i s solution . Then hydrogenperox ide 3 per cent . solution equa l to ten t imes the amount of dyestuff i s added and the dyeing continued for e ight hours .In us ing Nako Brown PS , the addi t ion of 60 parts ammonia toeach 100 of dyestufl wi l l give much deeper shades . Accord ing tothe depth of shades

,1—2 parts dyestufi

' per 1000 of dyebath wi l l berequ i red .

Blacks f rom Nako Blacks OP, DB and Nako Browns D and DDIn dyeing blacks from Nako B lack OP paste about 10 to 12parts per 1000 of dyebath are needed . In prepar ing the dyebath4 parts of borax

'

per 1000 dyebath are first di ssolved in it , andthe necessary amount of dyestufi

" added . The mordanted pel ts areentered and worked for two hours and then 30 to 40 parts per1000 of hydrogen perox ide added and the dyeing continued for 24hours .When using Nako Black DB and Nako Browns D or DD

,the

dyebath i s prepared wi th 4 par ts of dyestufi' per 1000

,the sk ins

worked for two hours and then 40 parts hydrogen perox ide addedand the dyeing fin ished in 24 hours . The pel ts are then thoroughly washed and fin i shed in any sui tabl e way.

THE PREPARATION OF COLOR LAKES .

Color l akes are i nsoluble compounds of dyestufl'

s with su itabl eprecip i tants on an insolubl e base . Thi s base i s s im i lar i n act ionto the fibres i n ord inary dyeing . Accord ing to i ts nature i t mayass i st i n the preparation of the dyestufl

’

s or may act merely as acarr ier for the color . The phys i ca l condi ti on of th i s base i s al soimportant

,as i t effects the covering power

,cheapness

,and char

acter of the p igments produced . The precip i tants used are suchchemical s as w i l l render the dyestuffs insolub le . Those ord inar i lyused are bar ium chlor ide , cal cium chlor ide, l ead acetate or n it rate ,zinc sul phate

,tann in, etc.

246


The fol lowing formul as give good resul ts in the preparati on ofl i thographi c ink p igmen ts

S TAN DARD YEL LOW 3 G L .

100 parts Al umi ni um Hydrate base made w i th30 parts Alumi ni um Sul pha te di ssolved in300 parts Water15 parts Sodium Carbonate dry di s solved in150 part s Water .

Preci p itate co ld and wash twi ce . To th i s add4 par ts Standard Yel l ow 3 G L di ssol ved in

300 part s Water, then add10 pa rt s Bar ium Chlor ide cryst . d i ssolved in100 parts Alumi ni um Sul phate in20 parts Wate r

Th is shoul d be precip i ta ted at 40 °

C . , and after preci p i tat ion ,was hed twice .

ALIZARI N E I B EXTRA.

2 par ts Al uminium Sulpha te di ssol ved in13 pa rts Water

Precip i ta te wi thpart Sodi um Carbonate dry di ssol ved i nparts Water

Boi l half hour, then let stand over ni ght and add16 pa rt of Sodi um Phosphate inparts Wate r andpart s Cal cium Chl or ide 24 ° Bé . di lute d wi th

2 parts WaterPrec ip i ta te co ld wi th constant st i rr ing, then add

parts Al izar in e I B extra mixed wi thparts Water andpart Tu rkey Red O i l 50 per cent . di l u ted wi thpart of Wate r

After st irr ing wel l together , work up to the bo i l during onehour and then boi l for two and one-ha lf hours and wash .

248

~1

r~

W

Q

N

NJ

Notes on Processes , N ew Colors , etc.

LAKE BED D .

parts Base made up fromparts Alum i n ium Sulpha te inpa rts Wa terpart s Sod ium Carbonate dry di ss olved inparts Wate r

Prec ip i ta te at 70 to 80° C . ,bo i l , then al l ow to

stand over ni ght and addpa rts Bar ium Chl oride crys t . di sso lved inparts WaterWash and make up to 150 parts then add

parts Lake Red D mad e into a paste wi thparts Wate rPreci pi ta te co l d wi th

par ts Bar ium Chlori de cryst . d i ssolved inparts WaterBr ing to the boi l and bo i l 15 m inutes and washthree times .

BRI LLIAN T LAKE RED R.

pa r ts Bri l l iant Lake Red R made into a paste wi thpa rts Water , then addparts Cal ci um Aceta te 18 ° Be. andpa rt Turkey Red O i l d i lu ted wi thpa rt s Wa ter andpa rt of Sod ium Carbona te dry d i ssol ved inpa rt Wate rPrec i pi ta te cold , br ing to the bo i l , boi l hal f an hour ,wash and then add the fol l owing base

parts Alumin ium Sul pha te di ssol ved inparts Waterpa rt Sod ium Carbonate dry di s so lved inpa rts Wate rPreci pi ta te at 70—80° C .

, then boi l and a l low to

s tand over night and add

249

2 part s Bar i um Chl oride c ryst. di ssolved in18 parts Water

Wash twi ce,and mix thoroughly wi th the precip i

ta ted co lor .

Pmmzzvr S CARLET 33 .

parts Pigm en t S car let 3B di ssolved inparts

.

Waterpar ts Caus ti c Soda 40 °

Be. di lu ted wi thparts Wa ter

,then add

par-ts Ba rium Chl ori de cryst . i n 180 part s wate rPreci p i ta te col d

,then add the fo l l owing

par ts Al umini um Sulpha te in

5 parts Sodi um Carbona te drv and50 part s Water

Precip i ta te col d and wash thr ee times

PI GMEN T S CARLET G .

9 part s Pigment Scar l et G di ssolved inpart s Wate rpar ts Sodi um Carbona te dry

19 parts Bar i um Chlori de in190 parts Water at 30

°C .

, then add the fol lowi ng

parts Al um i num Sulphate di sso l ved inpa rt s Waterparts Sodi um Carbona te dry di ssolved inparts WaterPreci pi tate col d

,wa sh tw i ce

,and make up to 50

parts,add to the preci p i ta ted col or and sti r wel l

togethe r then wash twi ce.250

AC ID ALI ZARLN E BLUE B B .

Dissol ve 20 parts Acid Aliza ri ne Blue B B and Alumi niumSul phate in

300 parts Water,then prec ip i tate w i th

4 5 parts Bari um Chl or ide in4 50 parts Wa ter , fini sh by adding24 parts Alum ini um Sulpha te25 parts Water

These operati ons should be carri ed out col d and the preci pi ta tewashed three t imes .

LAKE RED P .

Make up base wi th96 parts Alum in ium Sulpha te di ssolved in

960 parts Water24 parts Lead Nitrate and

240 parts Water4 0 part s Sodi um Carbonate dry400 par ts Water

Precip i tate col d wash twi ce and then add80 parts of Dyestufi

' make i n to paste wi th800 parts Wa ter and precip i ta te W i th24 part s Bar ium Chl ori de di ssolved in240 parts Water

S ti r for sometim e,wa sh three t imes

fi l ter . Add5 par ts of Barium Chl ori de in50 parts Water , then fi l ter .

PABATOL BED B .

Make up base wi th96 parts Alumi nium Sul phate di ssol ved in960 parts Water24 parts Lead Ni tra te in240 parts Water

252


40 pa rts Sod ium Carbonate dry di ssolved in400 parts Water

Precip i ta te cold, wash twi ce and then add80 parts of Dyestuff make in to paste wi th800 parts Water and preci p itate wi th24 parts Ba r ium Chlor ide d i ssolved in240 parts Wate r

St i r for sometime,wash three times and then fi l ter .

Add5 parts Bar ium Chloride i n150 pa rts Wa te r, then fi l ter .

CLARET RED FOR LAKE B .

Thi s i s a product whi ch i s used in the same way as R ed forLake P, but yie lds bri l l i ant claret shades . On accoun t of i ts absol ute insolub i l i ty i n oi l i t i s espec ia l ly su itabl e for the manufactureof colors for l i thographi c printing inks . These cover wel l andstand varni sh ing .

I t can a lso be used for l ime colors and for wal l and surfacecoated paper p igments .The methods of preci pi ta t ion fol l ow

FOB PR INT IN G INKS .

pa rts Cal c ined G l aube r’s S a l tdi ssolved i n

parts Wate rpreci pi ta te wi th

pa rts Bar ium Chlor ided issol ved i n

pa rts Wate rwash twi ce, then add

pounds Claret Red for Lake Bmake into smooth pas te wi th

parts Wate r253

Notes on Proces ses , New Colors , etc .

pa rt Turkey R ed O i l 50 per cent. inpa rts Wate r

and prec ip i ta te a t 180° wi th2 pa rt s Cal ci um Chl ori de fused

dis so lved in20 par ts Water

wash well and dry .

pa rts Ba ryt esmade into a paste wi th

pa rts Waterthen mix with

20 pa rts Cla ret R ed for Lake Bmade into a sm ooth paste

2 pa rts Turkey Red Oil 50 per cen t. in20 pa rts Wa t-er

prec i p i tate wi thparts Cal ci um Chlor ideN

J

20 pa rts Wate rdry.

For yell ow shades 4 pa rt s Ba ri um Chlori de in pl a ce of the

Educational

THE PH ILADELPH IA TEXT I LE SCHOOL .

The Chemica l and Dyeing Department of the Ph i l adel ph iaText i l e School has exh ib ited cons iderabl e growth dur ing the pastyear . During the present school term ( 1906- 1907 ) there aretwenty day students i n th i s department who devote themselvesexclus i vely to stud ies i n chem ist ry

,dyeing, and printing . There

a re a l so forty -five students i n the even ing classes of th i s department . In add i ti on to these there are a l so over seventy s tudentsi n the other departments o f the Texti le School who receive cons iderable in struction i n the var ious branches of chemistry anddyeing .

The graduate s of th i s depa rtment appear to have but l ittl ed ifficul ty i n secur ing desi rabl e, l ucrati ve pos i t i ons , and the praet i ca l successes ach i eved by the students i s most grati fy ing . Therei s a good demand for tra ined men in Tex ti l e Chemi stry

,and th i s

School i s i ncrea s ing i ts efforts to give the most practi ca l andsati sfactory courses of study in th i s subj ect .The admin istra tion of the department has been in creased by

the add i ti on of another inst ru ctor to the stafi'

,whi ch includes

four teachers , a s fol l ows:J . Merr i tt Matthews , Ph .D .,Professor i n

cha rge of the Depa rtment ; Freder i ck Dannerth ,Ph.D . ,

Instructorin Chemistry ; Albert Behm , Ins tructor in Dyeing ; Laurence S tead .Assi stant in Chemi stry .

New mach inery i s soon to be insta l led i n the Labora tory o fText i l e Pr inting , and th i s fea ture of the work wi l l soon be pl acedon a h igh plane of efficiency .

17 257


A lar ge quan t ity of pra c tica l dyeing has been ca rri ed out asusual in th e dyehous e of the S chool:and thi s work i s done bv thest udents them selves under proper gui dance=so tha t i t forms animport an t and va luabl e ai d i n their instructi on in dyei ng .

A number of spec ial students sent by l arge in dus tr ia l est abli shments ha ve been gi ven in st ructi on in thi s departmen t. and theresul ts achi eved have been most sa ti sfa cto ry to those atte nding.

I t i s to be hop ed that during the next vear even a la rge r numberof establ i shm en ts wil l a va il themsel ves of the opportuni ty ofsen di ng the ir men to thi s Sch ool f or the pur pos e of special izedin st ruction on the subj ects whi ch can not be sati s facto rily workedout in the mi l l or factory.

LOWE LL TEXTILE SCHOOL .

Chemis try and Dye ing Departmen t.Ofii cers of Ins tructi on:Loui s A. O ln ey, A C ,

Profes sor of Chemi stry an d Dyeing ; G . Ca rl Spencer, S .B. ,

Ins tructo r in Quan ti ta ti veAn a lys i s an d Organi c Chemi stry ' John B . Reed, A .B .

, I nst ructorin Genera l Chemi stry and Quali ta t ive Anal ysi s ; R obert B. S l eeper .In s tructor in Industr ia l Chemi st ry and Dyei ng ; R us sell W. Hook .

I nstruc tor in Dyeing ; W . E . Hadl ey, L abo rato ry As sis ta ntIn Jun e of the cur ren t yea r ( 1907 ) the Ch mi st ry and Dyei ngDepa rtment of the Lowel l Text i l e Sch ool will have comp lete d thefir s t ten years of i t s developmen t ; a. per i od which has proved tobe one of phenomen a] grow th.The present cur ri cul um i s th e res ul t of ten year s’ study an d

observa t i on on the part of those in charge . with the constan t a imof givi ng the s tuden t a s compl ete and thorough a. trai ning in

general,anal yt ica l . and indust ria l chemist ry as can be ma ste red

thre e years' t ime.The ob j ect of the Ch emi st ry an d Dyeing D epar tment is to givei ts studen ts the fol l owi ng advantages:1. A thorough educa ti on in general chemi st ry , both theo reti cal

and descr ip ti ve, includi ng orga ni c as wel l as ino rgani c chemi stry .

258

E ducational

2 . A ca reful tra i n ing in the genera l princi ples o f ana lyt i ca lchemistry , both qua l i ta tive and quant ita t i ve , and thei r appl i ca ‘

ti on i n techn i ca l ana lysi s .3 . A study of the genera l pri nci ples of chem i ca l te chnology with

s pec ia l a ttent i on to those branches of i ndustri a l chemi stry a s area l l ied i n any way to the text i le and color i ndustr i es

,together with

a la rge amount of labora tory work rela t ing to the manufa ctureof the compounds us ed by the texti l e colori st and the treatmento f waste ma te ria l s .4 . An exhausti ve study of texti l e chemistry , dyeing and tex t i l epri nt ing. with the performance of an extended course of experimen ta l and practi ca l work in the laboratory and dyehouse , theschoo l furni sh ing excel l ent faci l it ies for the car ry ing out , uponthe commercia l sca l e , of the proces s stud ied in the classroom andlabora tory .

5 . An opportun ity to make a deta i led study or inves t iga tion ofs ome s pecia l subj ec t a s a thes i s previous to gradua t i on .

The cours e i n Chemistry and Dyeing i s es pec ia l ly recommendedto thos e who i ntend to en ter any branch of tex ti le coloring , blea ching or the manufa cture or sa l e of the var ious dve s tufl'

s or chemica ls us ed in the texti l e industry . The tra i n i ng 18 so genera l ,however , that i t serves as an excel lent founda t i on for everybranch of chem i ca l work .

S PEC I AL S CHOLARS H I P PRIZES .

Through the inte res t of a fr iend of the S chool . the fol l ow ings pecia l schol arsh i p pri ze s have been offered . They a re of such acha ra cter a s to prove of specia l interest to the student in theChemi st ry and Dyeing course .First — Ten dol la rs to the regula r s tudent i n ei ther the S econdor T hi rd Yea r cla s s who s ha l l w ri te the bes t a rt i cl e upon one offi ve s pecified subj ects to be sel ected by the Facul ty .

Second— Ten dol la rs to the s tudent tak ing auv regular cou rsei n the sch ool

,who sha l l be considered as ha v ing a tta ined the

h ighes t schol a rsh ip in Fi rs t Yea r Chemi stry .

259

Four th.—'Ten dollars to the regular student of the Chemistry

and Dy eing course who shall be cons ide red as hafing obtained theh igh es t scholars hi p during hi s Second Year .Fifth — Twa t? dolla rs to the regula r student in the Chemi s t ry

and Dyeing cours e who sha ll pres ent the bes t Th es is a t hi s

The above s ums to be i nves te d in books and the awards to bema de eaeh June hr such persons as th e facul ty of the schoo l shal ldesignate. In ca se no one is cons i dered as bei ng worthy of anypa rti cul ar sch olar shi p, the sa m e may be W i th held and added

Thaese awards m be fimt made in Jl OG,and to continue

Special atte nti on has been given to the subject of Indust ri a lChe nis t ry duri ng the pas t year , because i t is cons i dered extremelyim portant in the study of chemi stry in genera l . and of texti l echemi st ry in pa rti cular . D uring the second yea r con s i derab l etime is spent in the labora to ry in the actual man ufactur e. fromraw mater ial s , of the ch emi ca l compounds us ed in te xti l e work .

E ach student is requi red to make ca reful record of a ll of thecrude mate r ials used. as mtarting poin ts, and to carry the var iousprocemes through as carefully a s poss ibl e wi th the view of produci ng a s grea t and pur e a yi el d of each substa nce as poss ibl e.Industr i al Chem istn ’ ncd; ouir involves the app l i cat i on of thepr i n ci ples of both inorga nic and orga ni c chemis t ry , but of

mus t be te sted a fte r the ir manufacture .

I n addi ti on to th e general work in thi s subj ecg each student i srequi red to make a speci al stu dy of the manufactur e of somechemi ca l fiom raw ma teri al s in consi derabl e quanti ty ( 20 to 50

poun ds ) making a compl ete quanti ta tive analvsis of all the raw

260

E ducational

m a te ria ls used and of the fin i shed product , accounting for everyth ing throughout the process w i th the obj ect of producing as nea rthe theoreti ca l y ie ld a s poss ibl e . The s tudent i s charged w ith theamoun t of raw mater ia l s at market pri ces

,and the fin i shed

product i s bought back by the school .During the past yea r extens ive cons truction work and muchnew apparatus has been added to the industr ia l chemistry l aboratory

,and i t i s now bel ieved to be one of the °

most complete of

i ts k ind . The present equ ipment a l l ows of a comparat ively l argequanti ty of materi al s being handled at one time .Dur ing the whol e of the t h i rd year

,l ectures and reci tati on s a re

held i n Industr ia l Chemistry,the course in general fol l owing

Thorpe’s Outl ine of Industri a l Chemistry .

” Part i cul ar a ttent ion i s pa id to those subjects wh i ch are o f especi a l interest to thetexti l e chemist, as oi l s , soaps , gas , and coal ta r i ndustry , bui ld ingmater ia l s and the manufacture on a l arge sca le o f importantchemi ca l compounds

,such as the common a cids and alkal ies .

bl each ing powder, var ious mordants , etc . The course wi l l be i l l ustra ted a s fa r a s poss ibl e with spec imens , d iagrams and cha rts , andthe students wi l l be g iven an opportunity to v i s i t some of thei ndustr ia l establ i shments i n the v i cin i ty of Lowel l and Boston .

Specia l i nvestigat ions have been made during 1906 and 1907

upon the fol l owing subj ectsThe E ffect of Potass ium B ichromate on Mordant Acid Col ors asRegards the i r Fastness to Light .The Tender ing of Cotton Fibres Dyed wi th Sul phur Bla cks:I tsCaus e and Preventi on .

The E ffec t of the Permanent Hardness of \Vater Upon th e Appl i cation of the A rtifi cia l Dyes tufl

'

s .

The Study of Wool Wi th the Ul timate Obj ect of Determ in ingI ts Comparative Action Towards Sod ium and Potass ium Compounds .Comparat i ve Values of Ind igo

,Sul phur

,and Indanthrene Blues .

The Aldehyde Derivati ves o f the Hyd rosul ph i tes and thei r Usesas Di scharging and Stri pping Agents .

261


The Photo -Micrograph i c Study of the F ibres .Compar ison of the Var ious Ant imonv Compounds Used asF ix ing Agents for Tann i c Acids .Th e Mordanting of W'ool Wi th Potass ium Bichromate .The Chemi cal Retting of F lax .

N EW BED FORD TEXT ILE S CHOO L .

The Large addi t i on to the New Bedford Tex t i le School wh ichhad been in process of erect ion s ince the fal l of 1905

,wa s opened

to students with the beginn ing of th e fa l l term of 1906 . Thi sadd i t ion

,having a floor space of approx imately square .feet .

gave to the sch ool th ree rooms,each of wh i ch has a larger un

in terrupted floor space than that of any room in the bu i ld ingsprevi ously erected . In order to overcome t he crowded cond iti onsist ing i n the mach inery rooms of the card ing and weav ingdepartments and al so to make room for further addi ti ons ofmach i nery to these two departments

,the card ing and spinn ing

mach inery and the looms were moved during th e summer of 1906to th e new bui ld ing

,the, former occupy ing the fi rst floor and the

l atter the second floor . The p i ck ing mach inery was a l so a ssembledi n a room by i tsel f and th e warp preparation machinerv movedto the room formerly occupi ed by the looms .The basement of the new add i ti on has partly been given over toa complete new power plant , cons i sting of a 105 -H . P . Sti rl ingboi ler and a 70-H . l’. Sturtevant engine d i rect connected to a50-K. W . Westinghouse genera tor . The school i s now doing i tsown l igh t ing and d riving i ts mach inery el ectri ca l ly

,s ix G . E .

motors having been instal l ed for the l atter purpose . The oldpower pl ant has been reta ined and i s used by the students forexperimenta l purposes .

THE B RAD FO RD DURFE E TEXTILE S CHOO L .

The Bradford Durfee Texti l e School,l ocated at Fal l Ri ver

,

Mass ,i s cl os ing another prosperous year of i ts ex i stence .

E ducational

Throughout the s chool numerous improvements and add it i onshave been made in various departments during the past year . Anew cloth room has been added

,equ ipped with up

- to -date ma ~ch inery ; a number of new looms have been added , mak ing aboutforty i n a l l ; and a machine shop i s under way . The chemi ca llaborato ry and lecture room has been moved to permanent quarters in spac ious

,l ight

,and wel l venti l ated rooms on an upper

floor . Add it iona l tables,l ockers

,and hoods have been added to

furn i sh adequate conveni ence for a l arger number of students .The courses a re adapted to mee t the requi rements of severa lcla sses of students . These compri se the regula r day students , special students i n Chemistry and Dyeing and the even ing classes .Al l the regula r students work from six to e ight hours per week inthe Chemi stry and Dyeing laborator ies

,during the whole term

of the i r connection wi th the school . Specia l s tudents work betweenthi rty and

,thi rty

-five hours pe r week in th i s department acqui r ingan int imate

,theo reti ca l

,and pract ica l tra in ing in the duties of

the tex ti l e chemis t and dyer . The evening courses furn ish instruction to young men employed in the l oca l dye and pr int works ;drug houses

,pharmacies

,breweri es

,and mi s cel laneous industr i es .

Thes e students rece ive important help and a re enthus i as ti c andinteres ted i n the work .

Among the add i t ions to the equipment i s a sampl e pr inti ngmachi ne for testing col ors . Thi s wi l l mark the open ing of acourse of instruction i n th i s l ine o f work wh ich should be appreciated by the workers i n the two l arge pr int works loca ted here:The Ameri ca n Print ing Company and the A lgonquin Print Works .The work i n the practi ca l dyehouse has been of much value tothe students who have an add i tiona l interest i n thus working withl arger quanti ties of ma te ria l s . An add i tion of more room andmach inery to th i s depa rtment i s be ing contemplated

,whi ch wi l l

mate ri al ly increase the val ue of th i s course to the students .Our students a re enthus iast i c and hard workers

,a fine class of

young men wi th the proper amount of schoo l p ride .

263


CLEMSON AGRI CULTURAL COLLEGE .

Te xtile D ep artment.c . s . DOGG ET I omnc'm a

Through t h e cour t esy of the S outhern Rai lway and of theA t l an ti c Coa s t Line the ext en s i on work of the co ll ege has beencontin ued. During the y ear the In st i tute Trai n traversed the

ent i re state,holdi ng over six ty ins t i tutes in a s many p lacfi .

One car was used as the home of the in s tructors , a second wasus ed for carrying the sam p les and s pecimens used in connecti onwi th the work of the different depar tmen ts of the coll eges . By

thi s mean s ins t ructi on wa s gi ven in text il e subjects bot h i nthe mi ll and the fa rming sect i ons of the sta te .The number of s tuden t s ta king th e courses p lanned for mi lloperat i ves has doubled. There has been a falli ng off, however .in the num ber in the fu ll four veer cour se . The most noteworthy advan ce has bee n in the recogni ti on by the legis latur e ofthe importan ce of te xti l e educa ti on in the sta te . At i ts l as tses s ion forty -one s chola rshi ps ( one for ea ch county ) were cr eated. Thes e are open to st udent s taking the ful l course . Forsome time th e scholarshi p sy stem has bee n in ope ra ti on for thebenefit of t h e agr i cul tura l depa rtm en t , there be ing one hun dr edand twenty- four such schola rsh i ps . Thes e cover pract ical ly al lexpen ses here for the vea r . i n clud ingr hoa rd. tui ti on . clothing

,etc.

MIS SI S S IPP I TEXT ILE SCHOOL .

D ep artment of Ch emi stry and Dy ein g .

PROF. L . em s m om) .

The ever increasm cr importa nce of the co tton man ufacturingindu s try in the S tate of Mis si ss ipp i keeps the subject of ta ti l eeducation promin ent ly be fore t h e l arge body of young men a tte nding the Agri cul tu ra l and Me chani ca l Co ll ege of whi ch the Mississipp i Texti l e Schoo l i s an es sen t ia l pa rt Thi s di vis i on of the

264

E ducational

work of the co l lege was organ ized in 1900, and the support givento i t and the i nterest shown i n i t s ince that t ime have served toi nd i cate the importance of the work that i t i s doing.

Dur ing the past year each department of the school has hadaddi t ions to i ts equ ipment

,and each has been able to broaden

the scope of i ts teach ing,so that the work done may meet the

requ i rements imposed by new di s coveries and improved processes .The work of the Department of Chemi stry and Dyeing has beengrea tly faci l i tated by the purchase of add it iona l appara tus forthe chemi ca l labora tory and the new dyehouse

,whi ch l atter was

erected i n 1905 . Apart from the instruction now given i n theprincip les of apply ing the var iou s groups of dyes to cotton , thedepartment has arranged to give courses involving the m icroscopi ca l examination of var ious fibres , the test ing of dyes on the

fi nished fabr ics,the dete rmination of the k inds and amounts o f

mater ia l s used in fi l l ing, weighting, and otherw i se fini sh ing cotton

In order that the work ment ioned above may be ca rri ed on successfully, the department has been provided wi th a col l ection o fthe most important books on the subj ect of chemi stry and dyeing .

A number of the l ead ing Amer ican and foreign j ournal s rel at ingto the work of the department are regul ar ly received . The collection i s being added to constantly . These references may be consulted by those s tudents who are ca rry ing on work that i ncludesexper iments not defin itely scheduled in the text-books prescribedby the department. Wi th th i s arrangement a student who hascompl eted the work of the regula r course may

,i n an addi t i onal

year,or i n such time as he can devote to such study , take up those

subj ects wi th wh i ch the chemist of a text i l e establ i shment mustbe fami l i a r

,such as the analyses of water , soaps , oi l s , mordants ,

dyes,etc .


THE NORTH CAROLINA COLLEGE OF AGRI CUL

TURE AND MECHAN IC ARTS .

Textil e School—Dyeing Departm en t .PROF. J . n . sm om) I N CHAR GE .

The Tex t i l e Departmen t i s l o ca ted in a new bu i l ding erected inthe yea r 1902 . I t i s a two- sto ry bri ck bui l d ing x 75 fee t , wi tha ba semen t . Throughout i ts const ruction i s s im i lar to a moderncotton mi l l

,be ing an i l l ustrati on of s tandard construction in th i s

cla ss of bui l d ings . The in struct i on gi ven in thi s department i s inthe theory and pract i ce of cotton manufacturi ng . The bui l di ngi s ful ly equi pped wi th al l the necessary machinery for manufac

tur ing cot ton ya rns and fabr i cs from the bale to the fin i shedproduct . The student i s taught the theory and pract ice of cot tonsp inn ing

,weaving

,des ign ing

,and dyeing . Further

,he l ea rn s such

practi ca l deta i l s as enabl e him to adj us t and fix the machineryso as to be ab le to produce the best resu l ts . As a resul t of th i stra ini ng

,each student produces for hims el f , cot ton yarns of di f

ferent numbers,cotton

,fabri cs of d ifferent kinds from hi s own

des igns and choi ce of colors .In thi s depar tment four courses of instruction are offered:thefour yea r course l eading to the degree of Bachel or of E ngineering ,the two year cour se and the ten Weeks’winte r course in ca rdingand Sp inning , weavi ng, and des ign ing , and the four vear cour se i ndyeing leading to the degree of Bachel or of Sci ence .Being s i tua ted in a State hav ing near ly 300 text i l e mi l l s

,there

i s a constant demand from thi s and other Southern Sta tes foryoung men who have been tra ined in our Texti l e Sch ool . Tha tthe graduates are meet ing wi th success i n thi s industry is shownby the pos i tions held by them . Among th ese are presi dent

,secre

tary and treasur er , manager , super inte ndent , des igner , overseer ofweavi ng, mi l l arch i tect , mach inery sal esman , etc . In fact thegradua tes have gone i nto almost every branch of co tton manufac

tur ing and have met with success .The school h as had a very prosperous year , with a large num

266

E ducational

ber of students,and the add it ion of new mach inery and equi p

ment in a l l depa rtmen ts .The dyeing depa rtment is l oca ted i n the basemen t of the Text i l e bui ld ing and consi sts o f an experimen ta l laboratory w i thdesk room for s ixty students

,a lecture room , a stock room ,

an

office and a room 70 x 50 fee t, wh i ch i s fi tted up to give instruct ionin practi ca l dyehous e work . A specia l a ppropr iat ion has beenrecently made for th i s depa rtment

,and plans a re now being

made to make the equ ipmen t i n the laboratory and dyehouse thebes t of any Text i l e School south of Ph i ladel ph ia .

I n the course in dye ing the s tudent i s taught the d ifferentpract i ca l methods o f the dyehouse ; the chemistry of dyes tuff s .

some of each clas s o f wh i ch he actual ly makes ; the chem ica lchanges brough t about by mordants , ass i stan ts , etc . He a l sol ea rns col or match ing . dye test ing . and the method s for the

analys is of the d iffe rent chemica l s used i n the dyehouse . He ca rri eson the study of ca rd ing, spinn ing weaving

,designing

,cloth

ana lys i s . etc. , to the end of the s ophomore year w i th the othertexti l e students , and wi th them devotes - attent ion to s hop -work .

drawing engines , boi l ers , etc . , together w i th the genera l s tudi eso f E ngl i sh , h i story , mathemat i cs , phy s ics . and general chem is trvwhi ch i s requ i red of a l l four -yea r s tudents ; the j un ior and sen ioryea rs be ing devoted mostly to organ ic chemistry , ana lyti ca l chemistry, syntheti ca l chemis try , i ndust ria l chemistry and the chemis try of dyestuffs , dyeing and dye laboratory , etc . There is a l s o .in add i tion to the regula r four -yea r course i n dyeing

,a two yea r

cours e a rranged for the regula r four -yea r tex t i l e s tuden ts re

qui red to be taken in thei r j un ior and s en ior yea rs . T he worki s supplement ed by vi s it s to the m i l l s wh ich do dye ing in theci ty of Ra l eigh .

267

BOOKS OF THE YEAR .

9

D . V an Kostm nd Co , N ew Yo rk 1906.

By C F . Cro s s and E . J . Be van.

By W P . Dra pe r, F-LC F1 18

AL LEX‘

TS"

00m m OR GANIC AN ALYS IS . VOL. 11,PART

P Blah s ton’

s S on iii 0 0 " Phi lade lphia. Pa. . 1906 .

Br J . Grrcrssman. M A“ Ph D .

Se em. G ree nweod Son,London, 1906 .

2 63

D I E KUE N STL I CHE SE IDE IHR E HE RSTELLUN G ,E IGEN

SCHAP TE N UND VE RW'

EN'DUNG .

Von Ka rl S ueren ,z weite vermeh rte Aufiage .

Jul i us S p ringer,Berl i n

,1906 .

D I E ANILINFARBEN U-ND IHR E FABR IKATION’

.

Von Dr . K . Heumann,V ie rt er Tei l , ers te und z we ite Haelfte , y ou

Prof . Dr . Gustav S chulz .F . T iewig S ohn

,Brauns chweig

,1906 .

D I E BLE I CHERE I BAUBI WOLL ENE R

I I D I E BRE ITBLE I CHE .

Von Dr . F . Car l The '

Ls .

M . Kragen,Be rl i n

,

D I E VISKOSE ; IHRE HERSTELLI'NG E IGE ‘NSCHAFTE 'N

Von B . M . Ma rgorches .

Verlag der Zeits . fuer d ie ges amte Text i l e Industri e, Le i pzig, 1906 .

FABR ICATION DE LA FE C L’

L E ET DE L’AMI DON .

Par J . Fri ts ch ( Second Edit i on ) .

R ous set , Pa ri s , 1906 .

270

( B E ) C. van Bang, Elberfeld, Germany .

( B K ) Lei pziger Ani l ini abrik Beyer und R egal , Lei pm'

g, Ge r

many . ( Closed ) .

( B L ) Bosson dz Lane, 36 Cen tr al Wh arf , Boston, Mass .

( Br S ) Brooke, S im pson Sp ill er, L td .,Hackney Wick , Lon

don, Engand. Agen ts ( Bch ) .

( Bs ) C. Bi schofi Co.

,88 Park Place, N ew York

,229 N .

Fron t St ., Phi la delphia ; 124—126 Pur chase St .

, Bos ton ; 10 Weybos set St . , Provida ice ; 196 Michigan S t. , Chi cago ; 4 16 S t. Pau lS t . , Mont real . Agent s for ( D ) an d ( L ) .

(Bt ) F . Em Co.,194 Ful ton S t. , N ew York ; 12 S . Fr ont

S i. , Phfladelphia. Agent s for (K B ) .

Ew en,Schl eploh, L ey erkns en ,

Gm any ; Flers, France ; Moscow ,

128 Duan e St . , N ew York ; 32 India S t. , Bos ton ; 11 No. Wate rS t . , Philade lphia ; 80 80 . Water St .

, Providence ; 22 8 Ran do l phS t. , Chim ge ; Trust Bui l di ng, Cha rl o tte , N . C . ; 6 Lemoine S t. ,Montrml , Canada. Agen t s for (B . and By )

( C ) Im pold Cassella 8:C o. , Gt , Fran kfo rt-am -MainGem any. M i ri am Lyonn aise dc Matieres Col oran tes, Lyons ,

( C D C ) w in-n Dyestufi’an d Chem ical Co. , Plum Poin t Lane,

( C J ) Car l J‘

ager An ili ni arbeni abrik, Barmen , Germany( Cl Co ) The Clayton An iline Co.

, Ltd. , Clayton, Mancheste r ,

( C V ) Colne Vale Chemi cal C o. , Mi lnsbridge, Huddersfield,

( Ca ) John Casthela z, B ruere Co Bel beuf , Bouen . France.

£3

Dyestuffs , Makers , and Methods

( D H ) Farbwerke vormal s Durand , Huguen in Co. , Basel andH iin ingen ; Jersey City , N . J .

( D W ) L . Destree,A . Wiescher Co. , Haeren near Brussel s ,

Be lgium .

( E F W ) E l ton Fold Works , Bury , Lancash i re, E ngland . Agen t( Bch )( E H ) E . de Haen , Li st, near Hanover, Germany.( F ) Farbwerk Fr iedri chsfel d , Mannheim , Germany .

( F G B ) F . G . Brown, 112 N . Del aware Ave .

,Ph i ladel phi a .

( Fi ) Al fred F i schesser Co. ,Muhlhausen , E l sa ss , Germany .

( Closed ) .

( F T M ) Fabr iques de Produ its Ch imiques de Thann et deMulhouse , Al sace , Germany .

( G ) Ani l ine Col or and E xtract Works , formerly John R . Geigy ,Basl e and Grenzach , Swi tzerland ; R ouen , France ; Moscow , R uss ia .

Agent (Kel l ) .

( Gau ) Gauhe Co. , E i tdorf , Germany .

(Gb ) An il infarbenwerk, vormal s A . Gerber Co ., Basl e ,

Switze rland . Absorbed by ( I ) .

( Gei ) G ei senheimer Co. , 189 Front S t . , New York ; 19 PearlS t . , Boston ; 130° ( ‘

he s tnut S t . , Ph i ladel phi a ; 391 Pea chtree S t . ,

Atlanta , Ga . Agents for( GP ) George Pi cker ing , E lm i ra , New York .

( Gr ) Rob. G raesser Chemica l Works , Ruabon , North Wales .( Gr ie ) Farbwerke Griesheim ,

Germany . Agent ( Bch )( Gt ) G i l bert Ani l ine Co.

, Ph i ladel ph ia .

(H ) Read Hol l iday Sons , Ltd . , Huddersfiel d , Engl and ; 7

Platt S t., New York ; 125 Pearl S t .

,Boston ; 107 North Second

S t . , Ph i ladel ph ia .

(H M ) Hel le r Merz C o . , Newa rk . N . J .:22 C lifl’St New York .

(H R W ) Hudson R i ver An i l i n Color Works , Albany , N . Y .

Agen t ( By ) .

(H S ) The Hanna -S choe lkopf Co ., S choe lkopf, Hartford

Hanna Co. . successors .

275

Yea r-Book for Colori sts and Dyers

( I ) The Soci ety of Chemi ca l I ndus t ry, Bas l e, Swi tze rl and .

( I n ) Inni s ft Cc .

, Inni s , Sp i ed-eu 8:Cc .,successor s, 120 Will iam

S t. , N ew York ; 36 St rawberrv S t “ Ph i l adelphi a 161 Kinz i e S t. ,

( Jb ) J. B . Ibal s , Brus se l s, Be lgi um .

( J H ) J . Haufi'

,Stuttgar t , Germany.

( Jy ) 0 . S . Jann ey Co .,17 N. Water Phil adelphia ; 70

Kil by St ., Boston.( K ) Kall e d:Co .

, In c ,Biebri ch -an i -R h ein, Ge rma ny ; 530 Cana l

S t . N ew York ; 14 5 Pea r l St Bos ton ; 37 Leti t ia S t . Phi lad elphia( E ar ) Ph. H. Karcher Co, 14 Ceda r S t .

, New York. Close d.

J. Kel l er Co 69 Bar clay St. , New York ; 135 Pm ] S t. , Boston ;45 North Front S t. , Phila de l phia ; 18 Pri or S L . Atlanta , Ga ;

56 S . Wa ter S t. , Provi dence. Am ts for ( G ) .

(Kip ) A. Kli ps tei n 0 0 “ Pm ] New York ; 50—5

Ki nzi e St. , Chi cago ; 13 Ma th ews on S t. , Provi den ce . Age nts for( I ) and ( N ) .

( Lev ) Len n st ein. l i mi ted,

Man chest er . Bla ckl ey and Grum p

51 N. Front . S t. , Philadelphia .

( L P ) L. B . Fo rtner . 364 38 Strawbe rry S t. , Phi ladel phia.( L L ) John W. Le i t ch 8:Cc . , Miln sbridge , Engl and.

( L M ) Leeds Mfg. Co B rooklyn, N . Y .

( LO ) Char l es Lowe Cc . , Stockport , England.( L P ) Lucien Pi ca rd 6:Co . St. Fon s , Lyons , France . Ope rated

by (A ) .

-76

Pa ris . Agm t ( S S ) .

( P C ) Theodore Peter s . Chemni t z, German y .

( P K ) Kuttrofi, Pi ckh ardt Co.,successors to Wm . Pi ckhard t

it Kuttm ii,succes so rs Contin enta l Col or and Chemi cal Co. , 12 8

Duane St . , N ew York ; 32 In di a S t . , Boston ; 80 S . Water St . ,

Provi de nce ; 11 No . Water S t. , Philadelphi a ; 228 Ran dol ph StChi cago ; Trus t Bui l ding, Char l otte, N . C . ; 6 Lemoine St .Montreal, Canada. Agents for ( B ) ( By ) .

( P L ) Fifi , Lange Co.,Am ersfoort

,Holland . Closed. Chem

( P S ) Ferd, Pom Co Schweiaerhalle, Basle, M iami .

( Rim ) C. F . Him , 174 Summ er St ., Boston.

( R D ) M Dale & Co Manchester anfid Warr ington, W

( B E ) Bu oy, E rhar t Co., Weism thurm - am -Rhe in, Germany.

( B F ) Ea ch et Fills , Pantin, Franm .

( Rh ) Soeié té Chimi que dos Us ine s de'

Rh one ,France . Am t

( Bch ) . S ee (Mo ) .

( S ) Chemical Works formerly San dor, Bas l e, Switze rland .

( 8 B ) A. Savor Bm s son, Lyon s -Vai se, France .

(Ssh ) M oellkopf, Ha rtford Hanna Co.

, succes sors to the

ar

r Ani line Chemiw l Cc .

, Bnfialo, N . Y . ; 100 WilliamSt ., N ew York. Selling agen ts, Nati onal An il in e and Cnemia lCo. , N ew York,

100 W illiam S t. ; Phi ladelphi a ,109 N . Water S t . ;

Ham Gonn. 211Water St ; Cm nm fi, 232 E . P earl St j ; Chimgo, 110 Mi ehi gm St . ; Mi lwaukee , 175 Clin ton St . ; Kan sasCi ty, 413 W . 5i h S t . ; M inn eapolis , 114 Se con d St. , North .

( SS ) Wal ter F. Sykes Co ., 85 Wate r S i. , New York ; 396

Atlan ti c Ar ea, Bos ton ; Sykes fi ll,132 Chestnut S t .

, Phi law

phm Am i e for ( P ) .

( S t ) The Stam iord Mfg . Co .,133- 137 Front S t . ,

New York .

2 “


( Th ) E . M . Thayer Co., 4 11 Atl anti c Ave . , Boston, Mass .(U I ) Un i ted Indigo Chem i ca l Co 176 Federal S t . ,

Boston .

(V ) Verein Chem i s cher Fabr iken in Mannheim , Germany.

Agent, Roessl er Hasslacher Chemica l Co. , 100 Wi l l iam S t . , N ew

York .

(Va ) H . S . V i la, 115 S . Second St Ph i ladelph ia , Pa .

(W ) Wi l l iams Bros .,Hounslow

,Middlesex, E ngland .

(W C B ) W. C . Barnes Co. , Ltd . , Hackney Wi ck , London ,England . Agent (Mz ) .( Z ) Fr iedr ich Z immer , Mannheim , Germany .

DYE ING METHODS .

For economy of space,i n order that the information may be

more read i ly found,the dyeing methods are given by ce r ta i n sug

gest ive l etters i n accordance wi th the fol l owingWA indi cates wool i s dyed in aceti c ac id .WN means that wool i s dyed i n a neutra l bath .

WG i nd i ca tes that wool i s dyed in a bath conta in ing G l auber’ssa lt .WGS means that wool i s dyed with G l auber’s sal t and sul

phuric ac id i n the bath .

WGSCh i nd i ca te s tha t wool i s fi rst dyed wi th G l auber’s sa ltand sul phur i c ac id i n the bath and the color then developed wi thchrome.WACh means that woo l i s fi rst dyed wi th acet i c aci d andchrome added to develop the col or .WCh i nd ica tes that chromed wool i s used w ith the dye .SA means that s i l k i s dyed in a bath acid ified w ith aceti c “ acid .

SS means that s i lk i s dyed in a bath acid ified wi th sul phur i cacid .

CT indi ca te s that the dyestufl' i s used on cotton mordanted with

tann in .

CD means that cotton i s dyed d i rect i n one bath .

CD v ind i ca te s that the co lor i s devel oped on cotton by subse

quent treatment a fter d i rect dyeing.

279


CAI indi cates cotton dyed W i th al um and Glauber’s sal t.OWD—cotton and woo l m ixed goods dyed in one ba th .

SULPHUR denotes one of th e cla ss of sulphur dyes requi r ingspecial trea tment.Thes e extr emely br i ef di rect ions are used for the further rea son

tha t the dye manufa ctur er s themse lves p ref er that speci fi c informa ti on be ob tai ned from their ofiiws . In many p laces no dyeing suggest ions a re given on thi s accoun t.

LIST OF DYESTUFFS , MAKE RS AN D METHOD S .

Agen t orName o f Dy e. Maker. Dye Method.

PK

AcetOpurpurine SE

Ace ty lene B lue 6B , 3B , Bx, 3R E lp

Ace ty len e Pur e B lue KlpAci d Al izarine Black 3B. 3Bex Mz

Al iza rin e Bla ck B , AC, RH M2Aci d Al i zar ine Black SE , SET paste Mx

M2.

Mz

Mz

Mz

Aci d Alizari ne B lack SE , SET powder .

Ali zar in e B lack SN , SNT

Ali zarine B lue GR , SV .

Ali za ri ne B lue Black B ,

Ali za ri ne Brown B , BB ,Ali zar in e Dark Blue SN

Aci d Aliza ri ne Gray GAcid Al iza ri ne Green BAci d Al iza ri ne Green GAcid Al iza ri ne Grenade R

280


Name o f Dye .

Acid Cer i seAcid Ceri se 0 , i iA ci d Ch rome B l ack BG , WS , TCAcid Chrome Brown T

o o o o o

Acid Cr imsonAci dAci d E osine GAci d Fu chs ineAci d Fuchs ine S BAcid GreenAci dAcidAci dAci dAcidAcidAcidAci dAci dAcidAci dAcidAci dAcidAcidAcidAci dAci dAci dAcidAci dAci dAcid

GreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGr eenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreen

4B

blui sheonc.

con c. Dcone, Gcone. Mconc . i i

o o o o o o o o oextra cone. past e

5G WGSJ

WGS

M. , 5 fol d cone.

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Agent orMaker.M2 , S SM2

.By

By

Bs WGSBy WGSMz WGSM2 , Bs , Klp WGSPK WGSBy , Klp , O WGS , SS

WGSWGSWGSWGS

WGS , SS

s tiifl’s , Makers , and Methods

Name o f Dye.

Grenad ineGrenadine BIndigo B l ueMagen ta

Magen ta BC.Crysta l s

Magenta Crystal sMagen ta GC Crysta l sMagen ta OMar ine Blue AMaroon 0Methyl Violet S 7EMil l ing Sca r letNaphthol OrangeNavy BlueOrange GPhosphine JOPhosph ine GOPhosphine BROPon ceauRhodami ne R , 3R

Rubin ( se e M cbaine Ex. S )Rubin SB

Sky BlueViol et 2BViolet 3B extra BW

Violet BN , 2BN

Violet 4B ext raViolet 4BN Klp , PK

233

Agent orMa ker.Kel lKel lMz

,H

Dye Method .

WGSWGSWGS

Mz PK , SS , WGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWGS

WGS , SSWGSWGSWGSWGS

WGS , SS

Nam e of Dye

A,By, Kell ,

Vi olet

33 extra

Aci d

Dye Method .

lac-k

Black

Bla!

Black

Blac A B

Blue Blacx 3B , B

Am t or

WCh

WChMl

M1 , Ma th ,PK

PKPK

WGSC h

B lue 0. G , caa m a

236

Al izar ine


Name o f Dye.

B lue CSB lue DBB lue DBXB l ueB lue DETBlueB lue D NBlue D N WB lue D N XBlue DR , D2R, D4RBlue E

,A

Blue GB lue G B , P LB l ue G NBlue G SBlue G TBlue GW, JRB lue J GB lue NGG powderB lue N SB lue 0 D RB lue pa steB lue RBlue RRBlue S A P , SKYBlue S pasteB lue S powderBlue SB powder , pasteB lue SBW powderBlue SCABlue SR powder , pasteBlue S2R powder , pas teBlue soluble powder ABS

287

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O



Mz

HS

PK

By

At

WGS ,

WChWChWCh

WChWChWChWCh

WChWChWCh

PrintingWChWCh

Prin tingPr intingWCh

Year-Book for C olorist s and Dyers

Blue Black B , 3B

Bordm ux B in paste

Bordeaux B D in paste

By ,PK

near

Brown

BrownBrownBrownBrownBram O, F , NBrown R

R BS O WChY


Name o f D ye.

Al izar ine Maroon pasteAl izar ine Ol ive ODAl izar ine Orange A pasteAl izar ine Orange AO, AOPAl izar ine Orange DE ,

DG , DRAl izar ine Orange GAl izar ine Orange N, O

Al i zar ine Orange powderAl izar ine Orange PAl izar ineAl izar ine Red D 4EAl izar ine RedAl izar ine Red F paste 4F

, 5F

Al izar ine Red GGAl izar ine Red PSAl izar ine Red RGAl izar i ne RedAl izar ine RedAl izar ine Red S DGAl iza r ine RedAl izar ine RedAl izarine Red XAl izar ine Red D lB new,

D4NBAl izar ine Red No . 1 powderAl izar ine Red 2AAl izar ine Red 2ABL

,BL

Al izar ine Red 2 BWAl izar ine R ed 1 WAl izar ine Red 1 WSAl izar ine Red 2 A WAl izar ine Red 2WAl izar ine Red 2 WSAl izar ine Red 3 GW

290

Dye Method .

WChWCh

WChWCh


Agent orName o f Dye . Maker.

Al iza r ine Red 3W Mz

Al iza r ine Red 3 WS Mz

Al i za r ine Red 4 FW Mz

Al izarine Red 4 WS M] .

Al iza rine Red 5 WS Mz

Al izar ine S aphirol SF. ByAl iza r ine Saphirol B ByAl izar ine Scarl et DG ,

D2R Mz

Al iza r ine Sky Blue B ByAl izar ine Violet extra AtAl iza r ine Viol et G paste Mz

Al i za rine Viol et N StA l i za r ine Viol et B Bs

Al iza r i ne Viol et pas te Mz

Al i za ri ne Vi rid ine pas te FF ByAl izar ine Yel l ow A paste PKAl iza r ine Yel l ow C BS

Al i za r ine Yel l ow DG , DR , D3G , DOO . Mz

Al i za r ine Bs

Al i za r ine Yel l ow FS KlpAl iza r ine Yel l ow GG , GGW ,

N Mz

Al izar ine Yel l ow GG AAl i za ri ne Yel low GG LevAl i za r ine Yel l ow LW PKAl i za r ine Yel l ow 0 , pa ste , R , RW pow

der Mz WChAlkal i B lue A . Brs , 3 5 , By Sch , Kel l ,

Klp , Math . 0 . PK . SS .

A l ka l i B lue B , 2B, 3B, 4B , 5B, 6B , 7B

BBR , R , R conc. extraAlka l i B lue B , 2B , 3B, 4B, 5B , 6B ,

68 90 per cent. , 6B, 100 per cent. ,R , 2R , 3R Math .

291

Dye Method .

WChWCh

WChWChWChWGSWGS

. CDWGSWChWChWChWChWChWCh

WChWCh


Name o f Dye .

Alkal i B lue 2B , 3B , 4B ,SE ,

6B , H 6B

H5BOO, H 3BOO

Alkali'

Blue DAlkal i B lue 4BAlkal i B lue XGAl kal i BrownAlka l i Brown RAlkal i Fast Green B , G , SE

Alkal i Fast Red B , GAlkal i GreenAlkal i RedAlka l i Red B , RAlkal iAlkal i Viol et RAlkal i Yel l ow , RAl p ine B lueAl sace Brown B

,BB

, l\£R ,LL

,R

Al sa ce GrayAl sa ce Green

, J

Amaranth Mz,

Am aranth BAmaranth E , O Mz

Amaranth extra SS .

Amine B lack 4B, S4B ,6B ,

l OB AAmido Acid B lack B

,4B , 6B ,

BL,E LG . A

Am idoazol Cutch HAmidoazol Drab HAm idoazol Gray HAm idoazol Green B HAmido Fast B lack Mz

Am i do Fast Brown Mz

Amido Naphthol Bl a ck 4Bex , 6B ,S,R . Mz

292

Dye Met hod .

WGSCD

Math

Pr inting

Agen t orName of Dye. Dre l leth oi

Chr ome Blue BB,F .

C hrome Brown, D

Chrome Bed, A

Ci i rome V i oleg B B

Bys L KJP

WC]:An thracite Black BR

G G G G G G G G G G G G i Clh

WGS

n n n n n n n n n n


Name o f Dye .

Arn ica Yel lowA t lanta Ye l l ow 103

A t la s OrangeA tla s RedAt la s ScarletAu racine GAuramine GAuramine O . 1 I I , concAuran t iaAureol i neAureos ine

AurineAurona l BlackAurona l Brown C CAurophenine

Aurophosph ine ("

i

Aurot ine

Autogene Bla ckAutogene Brown BGAutogene GrayAza le ine

Azur in R , S LakesAzin Blue

,al cohol solubl e

Al i ndou Blue G . RAzin Green GO, BO, TO

Azin Scarlet G conc . GOAzo Acid B lack B , BL ,

G . GL , 3BL ,R ,

TL , extra cone. , TL ,No . 2 extra Mz

Azo Ac id Blue B , 3 B cone . , 3 BO Mz

Azo Acid Brown ByAzo Acid Carmine B Mz

Azo Acid Fuchs ine B , G Mz

Azo Acid Magen ta B , G , B cone . , G conc.Mz

295

Agent orMaker.Kel lHSBrS

BrS

By

ByG , Klp , PK WG , CTG . Klp , M2 , PK ,

WG , CTAKlp

Gr,Lo

,LP

,Mo , RD .

tM Sul phurt .\ I

Mz

AC lCo .

SSSSSS


Name o f Dye .

Aci d Red B , BA , 5B

Acid Ruby,2B

Acid Viol et ALAcid Vi ol et 4B R extraAci d Ye l l owAli zar ine B lackAl izari ne BordeauxAl i zar ine Yell ow CGArch i l RBenzol Fast Cr imsonB lack 0

Carmine G pas te,B

Carm ine GCardinal GChrome B lue T , TBChrom ine

Coccine 7B , or Cloth Red ACocci ne G , or Tropaeoline 0000Coccine 2R

Coch inea l

Cr imson L,S

Dark BlueD iphenyl B lueE os ine WGS

296

Age nt or

Nam e off line .

WGS

Benmfline Blue B


Agent orName o f Dye . Maker.

Chrome Black Blue , B ByChrome Brown B , BS ,

‘

5G , R ,3R . By

Copper Blue B , 2B ByCyan ine B , 3B , R By

Benzo Dark Brown ByDark Green B

,BB , GG By

Fast Bla ck 3B , G ByBenzo Fast Blue B

, Bn G , 5R ByFast Gray ByFast Orange S ByFa st Pink 2BL By

Benzo Fa st Red L, C L . FC , 9BL By

Fast Scarl et 4BS . 8BS , 5BS ByBenzo Fast Violet R , N By

Fast Yel low 5GL ByBenzo Flav ine O. No . 2 O

Gray ByGreen G , C By

Benzo Ind igo Blue ByBenzo in Yel l ow BBenzo Nitrol Brown G

,N

,2R By

Benzo Ni trol Bordeaux G ByBenzo Ol ive extra ByBenzo Orange R A

,By

Benzopurpurine B , 4B ,6B ,

10B Mz ,By A

Benzopurpur ine 4 Bex cone . Mz

Benzopurpur ine 4B double Mz

Benzo Red SG , loB , 12B ByBenzo Rhodamine 3B ByBenzo Rhoduline Red B , 3B ByBenzo Sky Blue Mz, By , ABenzo Violet RL extra ByBenzy l Acid Bla ck BB

Year-Book for Co loris ts and Dyers

Black B , 4B

Blue SBordea ux . BB lue SGreen G, BVi olet 4B , l OB . 5B

Vi olet 4B

Berlin Blue A

Be st Viol et,or Bri l li an t Indi a Dye

B iebr i ch Aci d Bla ck STB iebr i ch Acid B lue

,G, GG

B iebri ch Aci d Bed B , 4B,3G

Bieb ri ch A cid Viol et 2B, 6B

Biebr ich Al izar ine Bla ck 4BNBiebri ch Paten t B la ck AN

, 4AN , AO

4BN , R0 . 4B BBiebri ch Pa tent Jet Black. 3BO

Bieb ri ch w rlet

B i sma rck B rown

Bi sma r ck B rownBi smarck B rownBi smarck BrownBismarck Brown

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

B i sma r ck B rownB ismarck Brown R. Y R ex

B i smar ck BrownT

B i sma rck Brown YS 8049

Bla ck Black 0Black B lue 0

KA

,CR

,F, K , Ma th , NI ,

U s 0 . PK CTKl p CTMath CTMath C

'T

E lp CTCT

CTCTCT

CTWGS

,SS , CT

WGS , SS

Agen t or

Nam e of Dye.

Bordeaux G Bs , By

Bo rdeaux SBott l e Green

Brahm a Red B , BB 6B

Bright Blue 0

Bril li an t Aci d Green SEBri lli ant Ali zar ine RR , 5B

Br il l i an t Al iza rine Blue D . R,3R

powder ByBrilli an t Al i za rine Blue EM Mz

Br illi ant By

Ali zar ine Cyani ne G, 3G ByBr il l iant Bv

Br i ll i an tBril li ant Azu rine B . R A. Bv

Benzo Green BBla ck BBlack So luti on BE NE

, RE

BlueB lue 7BBlue HBBo rdeaux S

Brilli ant

o o o o o o o o o o

Bri l l iantBr i l l iantBri l l ian tBr i l l iantBr i l l iantBri l l iantBr i l l i antBr i l l iantBr i l l iantBri l l ian tBr i l l iantBri l l iantBr i l l iantBr i l l ian tBri l l ian tBri l l iantBri l l iantBr i l l ian tBr i l l iantB ri l l ian tBri l l iantBr i l l iantBri l l iantBri l l iantBri l l iantBr i l l iantBri l l iantBr i l l ian tBr i l l iant

Bri l l iant


Name o f Dye . Dye Method .

Chrome Red , pasteCloth Blue Bex , GCongo G , RCotton B lue B57Cotton Blue , green i shCresy l Blue 28Cr imson B , O, NCrocein blue

,and yel low

Croceine AZCrocein B , BBCroceine 3BCroceineCroceineCroceineCroceineCroceineCroce ineCroce ine RCroceine ROOCroceine Scarl et DCyan ine B lue RDiani l Red R , R Conc .Diaz ine Blue B , BDirect Navy Blue BDirect Red 24 9Fast Red PFi rn BlucGeranine B , 3B

Green

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

M , MOO

MOO

o oo o o o o o o o o o o

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


Green crys ta l s,B

,C303

WASCDCAI

. CT

. CT

Mz WGS , CTMz .WGS

,SS , CAl

Math WGSMz WGS

,SS

Mz, By , Math WGS , SS

Math WGSMz

, Math WGS , SSMath WGS

WGSWGSSS

Mz, Math WGS

Math WGSMz WGSBy WChMz CDK .

Bs CDSch CDBy PaperKlp CTBy CD

Mz, By , CJ , CR ,

F,K

,

Klp , Ma th , PK ,NI

, 0 ,

PS , RE , tM, Bt,

WN , SS , (71‘

.WN , C‘T


Br i l l i an tName of D ye .

Green crysta l s ex tra,extra N,

powder super ior , i a , No . 12Br i l l i antBr i l l i an tBr i l l i antBri l l i antBr i l l i antBr il l i an tBr i ll i an tBr i l l i antBr i l l i antBr i l l iantBri l l i antBr i l l i antBr i l l i antBr i l l i ant

Green 0 crysta l sIndigo Carmine subLake Red R Mz

Lake Scar let G , R 2 RMi l l ing B lue BMi l l ing Green BMil l ing Scar l et 2 BNaphthol B lue B

,R

Opal ineWGS

Orcel leine , patOrsei l l e CPonceau G , GG

Pon ceau 4R

Ponceau SRPurpur ine l OB

Br i l l iant Purpur ine RBr i l l i ant Purpur ine 4RBri l l i an t Purpur ine 5BBr i l l i an t RedBri l l iant Red DBr i l l i ant R ed Congo GBri l l i ant Rhoduline Violet RBr i l l i an t Rub ine OBri l l iant Safran in e GBr i l l i ant Scarl etBr i l l i ant Scarl et G

, GG , R RR , 3B , 4B ,

GR , TBr i l l iant S carletineBr i l l ian t Scar let N3R

304

Br i l l ian tBri l l i antBr i l l i an t

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

o o o o o o o o o o

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Year-Book for C olorists and Dy ers

Name o f Dye . Dy e Method .

Cachou de Laval SCachou D iamineCa l cutta B la ck 3B

,3G

Cal i co Yel low , GG , 3G ,4G

Campanul ine

CanarineCapr i Blue GNCapr i Green B

, G . G G

Carbazol Yell ow WCarb ide B lack, BO, R ,

RO E,ER R ex,

S , SE , SO

Carbon Bla ck B , E U . BW 4B

Carbon B l ack BWCardinalCarm inogen BBCarmoi sin e

Carmois ine cone.

Carnotine

Caroub ierCashmere B lack B , 6B TCashm ere Blue TGCashmere Brown VCashmere Green BCeres ine

Cerasine Orange GC erasine Red , ACerasine Yel low , G TCer i se

Cerotine Orange C , extraChestnut Brown

306

A , By, PK ,SS WGS

A,K

,SS WGS

C lCo CDKl p .

By

By

Bv

Br

Klp .

Math .

Math .

Math .

Math .

Mz, Bt , Kl p , Math , NI .PK . PS , SS ,

WG , SA , CTWGS

. CD


Agen t orName o f Dye . Maker.

Ch i cago Blue B , 4B , 6B , R ,2R , 4R , RW . A

Kel lCh i cago Orange, G , extra , 3G Kel lCh ina Blue Mz, A ,

Brs , By , PN ,

WGS , SS , CTChi na B lue R , No . 1, 2 Math .

China Blue 7 1115 KB .

Ch ina Green crysta l s Kel l .Ch i nol ine Blue PK .

Chinol ine Green A .

Ch i nol i ne Red A .

Chinol ine Yel l ow Mz , BrS , By , PK , WGSChl oramine Blue 6B SCh loram ine Brown C , G ByCh loramine Orange G ByChl oramine Red 8BS ByChloramine Viol et ByChloram ine Yel l ow GG , C . FF,

Wex . ByChloran is idine BChlorant ine Blue 2B KlpChlorant ine L i l ac Klp , PKCh lorantine Red 8B KlpChlorantine Violet B

,R Klp

Chl orazo l Blue 6G , R , 2R , 6B HCh lorazol Br i l l ian t Blue 88B . lOB . 12B

RChlora zo l Bri l l iant Green B

,G

Chlorazol Brown A , B , C , RCh lorazo l Green B

,Y

Ch lorazol Hel iotropeChlorazo l Yel low G ,

3G , YChlor ine Blue RChlor ine Blue T Spec ia l

307


Agent orName of Dye. Dye Method.

Chlorophenine G, O, R , Y C100

0100

Chroman il Black 'RF, BF, 2BF, 3BF A

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Chromazo Red RB

Chr ome Azuri n e SJy , SW

Chr ome Black, B, T Mx

Jy , By, Ma th WChChrome B lue B M2

Chr ome B lue 2B , 4B , BN , PE , R ,2B,

3B, No . 4 70

Chrome B rown G

Chrome Fast B lack BChrome Fa st B lack F

,P ,

PWWR

WGSCh

Chrome P ast B lue FR .

Ch rom e F ast B rown A,BC

,G

,R

Chrome Fast Red B , GRChrome Fast Yel l ow G,

2G , R308


Name o f Dye.

Chryso idi ne

Chryso i din e AG,FF

Chryso idine GCh ryso idin e R

Ch ryso idi ne Y,YY

Chryso i dine Brown

Chrysoline

Chrysoph eni ne RChrysophenin e conc . , ext . conc .Chrysopheni ne G

Cinnaba r Scar l et

WGS , CTC itronin e Mz , BrS , Pi , Kl p , 0 ,

SSC i troni ne ACi tronine AA , 2A, extra , AHI } NECi tronine G, GOO, GOOOCi tronine NE

C i tronine Dipheny l G(Htronin e Di phenyl GOOCl aret RedClaret Red B , 3B , G, GR ,

R , B extra0 , S

Cl aret R ed for Lake B

WGSClayt on Cloth R ed

310

Agen t orMaker. Dye MethodMz, A . By , K, PK,

Lh,WN , SA , CT

Math WN, SA , CT

Kel l,Klp , WN , SA, CT

M2 Kel l , Kl p , Math,WN , SA, C I ‘

Mz,Sch Ma th,

WN , SA , CT

Math .WN , SA, CTKl p ,

Mz . PK, as , tM

a

s

s

?

Clayton Fast Gray DClayt on Fast Black


Name of Dye.

Clayton Yel l ow , GC lematine

ClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothClothC lothClothClothClothClothCloth

Blue 0Blue SBrown reddi sh , yel lowi shOrange

o o o o o o

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Red , see S tanl ey Red

Red 3B ex traRed BO,

FRBO

Red GRed G extra , 3G extra

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Red GO , 3GO

Red 0Red OBRed RScar let G , RYel l ow G , R


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cocce in 3B

( h ecine 2BCocc inin , BCoch inea l Red ACoch inea l S ca rl et GCoch inea l Scarl et PSCoch inea l S ca rl et 2R , 4B

Coch inea l Subs ti tu teCoelest ine Blue B

311

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Agent orMaker.C lCo

C100

0100 .

C lCo

Kel l CTMz WGS , SS , CTL WGSMz

, By WChMz , By WChMz WChC lCo.

Mz , Bs , By , 0ABy

Coerullein e A, B, S BWB

Mx, By

Cold Bus ; BB

C olmnlhia Bus:B, BB, FB, B, FF

Black B lue G

Brown R. M

Colum bia

Red SB, 6B, 4B , 2B

Columbia

Mz WGS , SS , CAIMz , A, By W N

, CD

Congo Blue BK, B, 2R , 3B , 2BX

Conga GB CD

312


Name o f Dye.

Cotton PonceauCotton Red , 4B

Cotton Sca r letCotton S ca rlet 3BCotton S car let O

Agen t or

o o o o o o oCott on Sca r let, yel lowis h SA

, CT

Cott on Ye ll ow G, RCotton Yellow G

,GB

,R

Cresot ine Yel l ow G, R0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cr esy l B lue BB , 6B , BBSO, RRCresyl Fast Violet B , BB

Cresyl Viol et BBCri teri on B lue GCroceine AZ , XCrocein e B , 3B

Croce ine OrangeCroceine Scar let 3BCroce ine Sca r let 4EXCroceine Sca r let TECroce ine Sca r let SECroceine Scar let l OBCroce ine Sca r let 0 ext ra

WGS

WGS,SS

WGS. WGS

Sch ,By

,B CD

WGS

WGSc c c c c c c

Cross Dye B lack B , 4B ,6B . CD

Cross Dye B la ck RTCross Dye DrabCross Dye Yel l owCrow B lackCrumpsa ll Di rect Fas t Brown B , M O

Crumpsa ll Fast Yell ow YYFD


Name o f Dye .

C rysta l PonceauCrysta l Ponceau 6RCrysta l Scar l et 6RCrysta l Violet 5B , l OB

Crysta l Violet 5BOCrysta l Viol et OCrysta l Viol et PCuba B la ck RCumid ine PonceauCumidine RedCuprani l Brown B , R CCurcumeine extraCurcumineCurcumine S , S extraCurcumine Substi tuteCurophenine

Cutch Brown DCutch Brown DCutch Brown GCutch Brown GGCutch Brown 0 ,

R, VY

Cyananthrene B doubleCyananth rol EGA,

R , RA , RB , RBA ,

RGA B WGSCyan ine B WGS ,

SSCyanol extra , BB , FF , C WGSCyanol Fast Green G WGSCyanol Green B , CG , 6G WGSCyanos ine

Cyanos ine Al cohol Solubl eCyklamine

Cyprus B lue RCyprus Green B

315

CDWG, SA , CTCD , WGS

\VG , SA , CTCD

CD , WGSVa t


Name of Dye.

Da rk Brown

Deep Woo l B la ck 2B, 3B

Del phi ne B lue B , B cone.

Del ta P urpur ine 5BDel ta Purpuri ne TEDel ta P urp ur ine GDiam i ne Azo Bl ack B , BB pa tDi ami ne Azo B lue 54 ,

55

Di amine Azo Blue R , RR , pa t

Diamin e E l am B , EH . BO, HW ,R0

Di ami n e E lam G reen NDi amine Blue B , 2B , BB BG , BX, 04 8 .

6G , C4R , LG , C2R , LR, NC, RW,3B,

SRX, 50 , 52, 53, 55 , AB , AZDi amine B lue Black I I , 72592 , R, RLDi ami ne Bordeaux B , SDiami ne B ril l ian t B lue GDi am ine B rill i an t Bordea ux R

Di amine Bronze B , C, SFDiami ne Brown B , GG , 3G , M , 00 , QQ,V, 31, 32 , 33 , 34 , 35, 36, 37

Di amine Ca techine B , G, pa t . 3G

316

Dye Method .

.WGS

WG SA , CT

MathMathMathMathMathMath

WGS

Am t “

D iamine W0 Math

Diam ineral Blank B, 3B, GB

Ma th

Diam inogm e Blu e BB , G, RA, QRA, NA,

NB , SEN

Diam in og'en e Sky B lueBlack F, KG , GA. FB,

P’V,

PVB ,WGSCh

Diam on d B lue 43Blue Black G

, R, TDi amond Bordeaux B

Brown R, SR

Fast Aci d B lackDi am ond

.WChDiamond Green 3G

Diamond Green SS’

Diam ond Green B, GDiam ond

Diam ond Phosph in e D . ( 4G PG R

Dianil Bla ck CB , CB

Di anil Bla ck GDi ani l B l ack H“

318


Name o f Dye . Dye Metho d .

Dian i l Black PG,PR

Diani l B la ck RDian i l B lack RNDiani l B la ck TDian i l B lue B , BX ,

2BM,3BM

Dian i l B lue E,ET

,EG

Dian i l B lue GDiani l Blue HG

,HZG ,

HBG , HGG

Dian i l B lue R,2R , 3B , 4R ,

ZR S Mz

Dian i l B lue 2RM, 3RM Mz

Dian i l Bri l l ian t B la ck B , G , 2G ,R .

‘ZR . Mz

Dian i l Br i l l ian t Yel l ow S Mz

Dian i l Brown B , BD , BH Mz

Dian i l Brown D Mz

Dian i l Brown G , 2G ,3C C

,BG ] . 3GA . . Mz

Dian i l B rown M, N H Mz

Diani l Brown R , 3R Mz

Dian i l Brown X Mz

Dian i l Claret B , G Mz

Dian i l Crimson B , G Ml

Dian i l Dark Blue R , 3R Mz

Dian i l Dark Green B Mz

Dian i l Deep Bla ck , B cone . , FF cone . ,TV cone . , BR extra conc .

Dian i l D i rec t Yel l ow SDian i l Fast Red FDian i l Fast Sca rl et 8BSDian i l Green G . BDian i l Ind igo ODian i l Japon ine GDiani l Orange F

,G

, O,BM

Dian i l Pink BD

D ian i l Red 4B ,6B


Name on e.

Diamol Black Br own

Dimmi V iolet EB , B

mafia ens

Diazo Black an, BM . 33 . G , a

D iam Bmm R fl m ,V

DLazD D eeP Blri e BB - 3B

320

D ipha id reen G, GB, 3G,KCG

B ‘

a

Blue B .

Di rectD irectD i rectD irectD i rectD irectD irectDi rectDirectDi rectDi rectDi rectDi rectDi rectD i rectD i rectD i rect

D irectDi rectDi rectextra , RW ex tra

Di rectD irectD i rectDi rectDi rect


Name o f Dye.

Brown GXBrownBrownBrownBrownBrown RD , 35

BrownBrownBrownBrownBrown TS , TSEBrownBrown 130, 131

Brown 5002Buffa l o Brown RCatechu BrownCross Dye Black RH, RS , NM





o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o



o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o





0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

SulphurSul phurCD

Cross Dye Blue B , RDark GreenDeep B l a ck E

, R , RW,T

, E

Deep Red PFast Brown B , GG

Fast Yel l ow B, BN

Garnet AGolden Yel low

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Di rect GrayDi rect

Di rectD irectD irect

Gray B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


Gray NGray RGray reddi sh

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

323

Name of Dye. Dye Method.Gray 4BGreen, CP

Green BX, SDi re ct

Navy Blue C,SB

DirectOli ve Y

Orange OR , B

Aga t a:Name of Dre.

Blatk IK . . .WGS

Dem ing?)

. . WGS

Domingo

WGS

WGS

C1 C0 CD

Eboli Gre en B G


Name o f Dye .

E cl ipse BronzeE cl ipse Brown 3G , VE cl i pse Cor in th GE cl i pse Dark BrownE cl i pse Green GPE cl i pse Ol iveE cl ipse Phosphine GG ,

RE cl ipse Yel l ow G, 3G

Elgene Base BA

Emeral d Green Crys ta l s PK , Bt, ByWG, SA , CT

WGSEmpi re B l a ck B , G WAChEmpi re Orange GE ngl i sh Yel l owEosamine BE os ine AE os ine A cone . , 2A,

AG, AGG

E osine BE os ine BBE os ine 3BEos ine lOB , BFE os ine BNE osine DH

,DHV

E os ine extra , extra yel l ow,extra cone. ,

ex tra BB , AG,A3G

,ASG ,

DE os ine B lui sh, extra yel l ow ,

yel l owi sh . Kel lE os i ne G MathE osine GGB, GGF , GGG MathE os ine J PK

327


Name o f Dye.

E os ine YE os ine 2110, 5765E osi ne S ca r l et B

0 0 0 0 0

E r i e B lacksE r i e Gree n 235, DB , BT

Er i e Blue BXE rika B , BN , BexE ri ka G

,G ex

Bl ue BB , G, R ,RR

Carmine RChr ome B lack A

,B

,BB M

Chrome B lue RChr ome Bordeaux BChrome Brown B , GChrome Ol ive GChrome Viol et BChrome Yel low 6G

Chr ome Yel l ow G, 3G

E r ioglaucineE ri o Rub ine G,

2B.

E rio Vir i dine BE rythr ine

PK_

Eryt hros ine Br S , Kl p , PK

E ryt h rosi ne, B lu i sh Yel lowi sh

328

Y ear -Book for Colorists and Dy ers

Ag ent orName o f D ye.

.WGS , S S

Aci d Viol et B , BE

Aci d Viol et l OBAci d Wolet R RBE . RGE

Azo Garnet Bas e

Bl ack B , BSBlack DBlueB lue B for woolBlue for Cotton , B , SE SR

Blue for Cotton , B ,2B . SE , 4B 5B ,

Blue for Cott on , B , B2 , BR2 ABlue for Cotton R, 2B , 3B , RB Mx

Blue for Co tton , TA] . TAI IB lue 2B for Cotton

B lue B,BA , 3B ,

6B , for woolB lue 6B for woolB lue BN MathBlue BBHBlue Black pas teB lue Black M pasteB lue CBlue D WGSBlue EL

Blue extra gr eeni sh Ma

Blue FS M1

Fast Bd, Bt

Fast B lue G extraFast B lue greeni sh


Name o f Dye .

Fast B lueFast BlueFast B lue NG , NRFast B lue 0 , OO

Fast B lue 000Fast B lue BRG for cottonFast B lue 3B for cotton crysta l sFas t B lue RFast B lue R , RA for woolFast Blue 2R , 3B , SR ,

No . 60Fast Blue , RD , RRD

Fast B lue I II RFast Bordeaux 0Fast B rownFast Brown 3B ,

GFast B rown NFas t Brown ONT yel l owishFast Brown RFast Brown 25

Fast Chrome B l ack L,M

Fast ClaretFast C l aret Red 0 Ma

Fast Cotton Blue B , 3B,R

,RR , 3R . Mz

Fas t Cotton Brown R Kel lFast Cotton Orange 6R extra Bs

Fast Cotton Yel l ow l oG Mz

Fast Dark Blue B Mz

Fast D iamine Ye l l ow ARR Bs

Fast Di rect B lue MbyFas t D i rect B lue G Bt

Fast Direct Brown BB , G Bs

Fast Ful l ing Blue RR Bs

Fast Gray B , R Kip

331

Dye Method .

WGSWGSWGSWGSWGSCT

Mz CTMz

,A

,Math

,PK WGS

A WGSMz WGSMath WGS

Mz

Mz

APKMz

Mz, Pk


Name o f Dye.

Fast GreenFast Green No . 12 pasteFas t Green No . 16Fast Green Crysta l s 0Fast Green extra , extra b lu i shFast Green B , CRFast Green BFast Green CRFast Green M, SSFast Indigo B lue RFast L ight GreenFast Light Orange GFast L ight Yel low

,G, 2G , 3G

Fast Mi l l ing Red GFast Mordant B lue B , RFast Mordant Yel low GFast Navy B lue A , GFast Navy Blue GMFast Navy Blue MFast Navy B lue RAFast Navy Blue RMFast Navy Blue RNFast Neutra l Viol et BFast New Blue for Cotton CTFast Orange 0 LakesFast Pink B WGSFast Pink for S i l k CDFast Ponceau B , 2BFast RedFast Red AFast Red B

Fast Red BTFast Red C

O

K0

MathMz

AtK l pKlp .

Dye Method.

CTWChWChWChWGSWGSWGSWAChWGS

Pr intingWGSWGSWGSWCh

WCh, WGSChWGSCTCTWGS

Mz, CDC , A, Klp . .WGS

A, By, K, 0 ,

PK WGSN I , PK

By, KlpPK

WGSWGSWGS

Name o f Dye. Dye Method.

Fine V iol etFi rn Blue WGS , SS , CTFlay anthrene G, R

Flavazol

Flavindulin e

Fl avophosphin e , G cone. , new , 2G cone. ,

new , 4G cone.

, n ew ,R conc new Mz

Flam phos phin e, GO new,2GO new, 4GO

n ew , BPO new, GOO new Ml

Fl ori da R ed, B , G, RFl uor esce ine Ml , Klp , Math, PKFluores ceine G

,R

, 6836 Ma th WGS , SSKlp , SS .

Formyl B lue B Math WGS

Formyl Viol et 4B , 6B, SE , 10B , 843

WGSWGS

Fuchs ine Mz , P , By, Kl p ,Ma th,

0 ,PK

,NI ,

PS WG , SS, CT

Fu chs in e Crysta ls 685Fuchs in e FCOOB WG ,

SSFuchs ine S WGS , SS , CTFull Blue 0Full ing B lackFalling B luePull ing Blue G , RFul li ng Blue JBPulling Brown JB ,

JR

Pulling Green JB, JG334


Agent orName o f Dye. Maker.

Ful l ing Green Mz, AtFu l l ing Red B MathFul l ing Red B , FGG , FR , G Bs .

Fu l l ing Red JB -MZ

Ful l ing Red R . Bs

Ful l ing Yel l ow .Mz

Ful l ing Yel l ow JG, JR .Mz

Ful l ing Yel l ow 0 MathFul l ing Yel low 00 By , Kel lFuscanthrene B paste PkGal lamine B l ue Kel lGallanil Green KlpGallanil Indigo P , PS KlpGallanil Viol et KlpGallazin A DHGal l e in A paste , R paste , W powder Mz, By , PKGal l e i n pasteGal l ocyan ine BS , DHGal locyan ine pas teGal locyan ine paste DGambineGambine B , G, R , Y, YDS , Yel lowGarnetGarnet 7 1031Geneva B lue, C, RRGeneva BrownGent ian B lue 6RGentian in WGS

,CT

Geran i um GN WN ,CT

Geran ine BB , G CDGermani a Red CTG iroflé

Glacier B lue WGS, 88 , CT

335

CDv

WChCDv

WGSWGSWChVatWCh

WChWChWChWChWChWChWCh


Name o f Dye .

Glaucol G

Glycine B lue, Cor inth , RedGol den BrownGolden Yel l owGold OrangeGol d Orange for Cotton

Go ld Yel l owGo l d 83Gray B , RG reen r esinate A

Grenadi ne B , BB , GGrenat SGuerns ey B lueGuinea Bordeaux' BGuin ea Carmine BGuin ea Fast Green B

, O

Guin ea Fast Viol et lOBGu in ea Green B , G, B ext raGu inea Red 4R AGuinea Viol et 4BHalf Wool B lack B

,T 0

Hal f Wool Bl ack BN,2BN , 4BN ,

2BNI . BHal f Woo l B lack LSHal f Woo l Bl ack SHal f Wool B lue BHal f W00 1 Blue G CWDHa lf Wool B lack S

,2B , 3B

Hal f Wool Bl ack WHat Bl ack FC , MC Math WGSHavanna RF VB

336


Name o f Dye . Dye Method.

I mmedi al B la ck ( continued )NB E , NN cone .

, NNR , NNG , NLN

eonc

I mm edi al BlueImmedi al B lue CImm edi al Bordeaux G cone. Sul phurI mmedi al Bri lli ant Black B ,

5BV cone. ,6B conc .

Imm edi al Bronze SImmedi al Brown B , 2R , BRImmed i al Cate chu

, BG ,

.

BGG Sul phurImmedi al Dark Brown A

,D cone.

I mm edi a l Dark Green B , GI mmedi al D ir ect B lue B , 0D , JB

Immedi al Green BB ex , GG exImm edi a l I ndone R, RB cone. , RG cone. ,BN cone. , RR cone . , BF cone . , 2BFcone .

I mm edi al I ndogene GGL conc .Immedi al Maroon B cone.Immedi a l New B lue G conc . Sul phurImm edial Ol i ve BImmedial Orange CImmedi al Sky B lueImmedial Yel l ow D

, GG

Imper i al B l a ckIm peri al Green C rys talsImper i al Scarl etImper i a l Viol et CrystalsI ndali zarine

Indami ne B lue N, NB ,N extra R

Indami ne 3R ,6R , TD

338


Name o f Dye .

I ndathrene, C, S , X , CDIndaz ine

,M , MT, P Math

I ndazurine B , BB , GM, SGM, RM , TS B C F.

Indian Yel low ByIndian Yel low G, R , FFInd igen Blue BB , RInd igene D , FIndigo Blue NIndigo B lue BNKInd igoIndigo Blue RBIndigo E xtract, Syn thet i c MLBInd igoInd igoIndigo MLBRRIndigo Powders 1006Indigo Sal t TIndigo Substi tute B , BS , patInd igo Syn theti cInd igo Syntheti c ML E , 20% paste,

100% powderInd igotine A , BInd igotine extra L , No . 150Indigotine extra L , and No . 1Ind igotine 0 , Syntheti c MLEInd igo Va t MLBI , 2 , 3

Indocyan ine B , BF, 2RIndoin B lue BBIndo Blue 2B , 2B By CTIndophenol Wh i te pa ste Klp .

I ndophor PK .

Indul ine Mz , Bs , By , Math , PKIndul ine B K .

339

Agent orName of Dye.

Indul i ne 6BIn duli ne B , R powderI ndul in e N , JS

WGS, S SInduline R

I so Di phenyl B lack B , BB, R0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

I tal ian Green

Janus Blue B , RJanus Bordeaux BJanus Brown B R

Janus Gray B,BB

Kl ond ike Red

Ag en t or

Kryogene Black B , BA, G

BBCL , 3BCL , 9991

SB , so 6B

Laundry Blue B , 1,

h auling B lu e

Sulphur

WGS

WChWGS , SS, CT

Ma, B9 , E l p

SS , tM.


Name or Dye .

Luzon'

Black

Lyons B lackLyons B lue 0 , R, RRMadi son B lue VMadras B lue BMadras B lue GMadra s B lue RRMagdala RedMagenta

Magenta E xtra Large Crystal s , extrayel l ow

,Large Crys ta l s , Smal l Crys

ta l s , Doubl e RefinedMagen ta Large Crysta l s BMagen ta IMagenta Crysta l s 80408Malach ite Green

Malach i te Green BMal ach i te Green BB , 4BMalachi te Green Crystal sMalach i te Green GMalach i te Green IaMalach i te Green Super iorMal ach ite Green No . 12Malach i te Green PowderMal ta BlueMalta Gray, JMal ta Yel l ow ALManches ter Brown , EE , PSManches ter Yel l ow

343


O O O O O O O O O O O

wo, SA, CT

WG , SA, c'

r

WG,SA, CT

CT

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

0 0 0 0 0 0


Agent orMaker.AtFGB

Mz.

AtAt , FTM.

SSAtMz

, KlpH

,Math , Sch ,

WG , SA , CT

Mz

MathKlpRHA , K ,

Klp , MathWN , SA , CT

Mz, P, K WN , SA , CT

Mz WN , SA , CTMz WN , SA, CTP K WN , SA , CTMz WN , SA , CTMz WN , SA , CTMz WN , SA , CTMz WN , SA , CTSS CTSS CTSS CTMath CTLev , RD WGSA C .

Sch


Nam e of Dye . Dy e Met hodManda rine G extr a, GR

Marine B lue B I, 2EX , RIMari ne B lue E H .WGS

Maroon S WGS , 88Mars Bed GMartial B l ack B

MauveMa zarine B lue B , BG, R

NS

Mekon Yell ow G, RMelanogen G, T

O O O O O O O O O O O O

o o o o o o o o oMelanthrene B paste

Mel i ta Blue 6G

M eroc rine Sca r l et 5BMeroerine Wool R ed l OB , G , YMercerol Wool Yell ow R

Merin o Brown .

Merin o Yell ow .

Metac hr ome Bordeaux


Agent orName o f Dy e. Maker. Dye Method.

Methyl ene B lue 4BEESL SSO W N

, SS , CTMethyl ene Blue 3B, 5B , SR D3R . D SR Mz

KellMethyl ene B lue, Zi nc free, pur e Mz

Methy l en e Dark Blue 3BN , RBN , pa t . Mz

Methyl en e Gray B , BF, G, ND , NF, 0 ,

Methylen e GreenMethylene Green B CTMethyl en e Green G, GG , 0 , extra yell ow,yellow cone.

Mz

Mz.

Methyl en e Vi olet SSMethylen e Viol et BN ,

RRA, 3RAext . Mz

Methylene Yell ow H Mz

A,Klp SS, CT

A , By, K, Math, SS .

MoMethylindone B , R Math

Mx, A, By, Math, NI .0 , PK.

Methyl Viol et 2B, (1. p .,QBN Mz

V i olet 2BC SchVi ol et BO Math

Mz , Math , 0 .

Vi ol et 3BD Math WG ,SA

,CT

Methyl Vi olet 3BOMethy l Mx, Math , 0

WG, SA , CTMethyl Math WG, SA, CT



Methy l Violet 5E

Methy l Viol et 6B

Methy l V iol et 6BO

Methyl Violet 6B, chem . pureMethyl Viol et 6B,

crysta l s

Vi ol et BSCMethy l Violet extraMethyl Viol et OB , OBB, O3B, O4B, OSE

0 6B, O3R

Methyl Violet R , 2R

Viol et 3B , 4B

Violet 5RViol et R0 MathViol et RSJ MathV io l et Super ior Mz

V i ol et 72 O MathWater B lue PK

M ikado Brown B , 3GA, MG Mz , Bs

Mikado Gold Yel l ow,2G , 4G , 6G, 8G Mz

, Bs

Mi kado Orange G, R , 2R , 3B , 4R , 5R Mz, Bs

Mikado Yel low, 2G, 4G,6G Mz, Bs

Mi l l ing B lue 2 Rex Mz

Mill ing B lue 85 HSMi lling Green B NYE

Mil l ing Orange DMi l l i ng Red E SS

347

Agent orMaker.Mz , Math , 0

\vo, SA, oT

Mz,Math , 0

WG , SA , CTMz

,K

,Math, NI , 0 ,

SSMz

WG, SA , CTWG ,

SA,CT

Kel l,Klp , PK,

0

Mz,Math

Mz, Math

WG , SA, CT

WG , SA, or

we ,SA, or

we , SA, CT

sw, WG ,

SA, or

we , SA, or

we , SA, or

we , SA, CT

we , SA, or

wo, SA, or

we , SA, or

we , SA, or

on

on

on

on

on

WGS , WGSChWGSWGSWCh

WGS

Agen t orName of Dye.

Red FFG , FR, G, RRed 82Scar l et BScar let 4B cone. , 4 R0 Mz

Yel low H , O, OO

SSMilli ng Yell ow 84

Mimosa, YC

Montana Brown 3G, MMordan t Yell ow G, 3RMordant Yel l ow 0

,R WCh

MuscarineWGS

Nako B rown D , PN ako Red

“

0

Nako Yellow 0

Naph thal ene A cid Black SN aphthal ene B la ck 2B, DN aphthal ene Blue B , 5G

Naph thal ene Green "

conc., V WGS

Naphth aline Pink or Scarlet, see Magdala Red

Naphtha line Yel low Mz, Bs , MathNaph tham ine Blue 2B, 5B , BR, 2R , 3R . KNaph thamine B lue BE , GE

Naphthami ne Brown 2B,6B, R , N , BB,

KNaphtham ine Dark Blue RNaph thamin e Di rect B la ck FF KNaphthamine Fas t B lack BE

,GE , SE . . K

348

Agent or

ML

PKKlp wo

’

s

Mx, By, Kl p , Math, 0

O O O O O O O O O O O

N aphthylamine Blue Black B, 5BWGS

SZB, SBB, BBB, FB

New Blue BW, HNavy Blue Double cone ., DB

WGS, SS, CTNep t un e B lue BG,

B. .WGSWGS

Karol BlarA B , BB , 2G new, 4B , 2BG,

350



Nerogene D Devel oper

Neutra l B l ue R , 3R WN , WGSNeutra l Fast V i o l et B

Neutra l Scarl etNeutral Violet extraN eutra l Violet ONeutra l Wool B lack B , GNew Acid Green GX , 3EX

New Acr idine Orange GNew Blue B , BF, D, 110, extra F , G,FL , L , 0 1114A,

R,crysta l

,R pow

der, 72325

New B l ue 0New B l ue RNew Gocc ineNew Goccine ON ew Gocc ine RNew Cotton Sol id BlueNew CroceineNew Di rect B lue BNew E thyl Blue , B , R , BS , RS

Fast Belgi um Blue FNew Fast Bl a ckNew Fast Blue paste , F ,

HFast Blue 3R crysta l sFast GrayFa st Green 3B

Fast Yel l ow RNew Fu ch sine

351

MathMz

Bs , By , Math .

A,Klp .

Mz WGS,SS

A WGSKlp CTPK . CDA CDMz . CT

A C WChB L .

By .

CTC T

CTWGS

WGS , SS , CTWGS , CT



New Green WGS , 88 , CTNew Green 0 pas te, powderNew Indi go Klp CD

0

Mx W N wo,SA, or

New Metamine Blue M Mz CTNew Methyl ene B lue BB , F , GG , N , NE ,

NF, R, 3B , 70721 MathNew Methylene B lue N

,NH Mz

New Methyl en e B lue F , FR ByNew Methyl ene Gray B pas te G powder . Mz

Patent B la ck B , ENew Patent B lue B , 4B , GAN ew Patent S i lk B lue ByNew Phosphine G MathNew Red L KNew Sol i d Green BB , 3B KlpNew Toluyl ene B lue B , GG , M , R O

New Toluylene B rown B , BB , BBO, P O

New Tu rmerine T BrS

New Victor i a B l ack B By .

New Vi ctori a B la ck B lue By .

New Victori a B lue B By WGS , CTNew Victor ia B lue GG KlpNew Vi ctor i a Green By .

New Yel l ow PK WGS,CT

New Yel low L K .

Niagara B lue 6B SchN iagara Di rect B lack SchNiagara Union Bl ack Sch OWD’

Nichol son B lue Br , S , Klp .

Nichol son Blue B,2B ,

4B , R ,2R , SR . . Mz.

Nigh t Blue El p , PK WGS352

SSCT

WGS. .WGS, SS, CT

CDCDCD

Am t or

Nam e of Dare .

-WGSMz , E l p , Math,

WGS, SS

11 Mz, E lp , Mafia, S S ,wos , S S

Mx, Bs , Ken. mp , PK.

. WGS , SS“

G

WGS

x, Klp , PK

Mx, E lp , Math, PK,

W'GS

Orsei l l e Substi tute V


Name o f Dye .

Orch i l Subst itute G pat .Or iol Yel l owOregon BlackOregon Blue L, UOregon Pink , Red , Yel lowOrse i l l e Red AOrse i l l e Subst i tute GOrse i l l e Substi tute extra

Orse i l l e Substi tute 3VNOrsei l l ine BBOrsei l l i ne B , ROrtho Bla ck 3BOrtho Cer i se BOrtho Cyan ine B ,

6G , RBlack , BR , MB , MD ,

MTOxamine

Oxam ine Black EHOxam ine

Oxamine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxamine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine

Oxam ine


Blue B , BG , G , BB , BT

Blue 4B , RBlue 3R , RX , 4R

Blue Black BRBrown G , GRCopper Blue RRDa rk Blue BRDa rk Brown G . RFast BordeauxFast Red FG reen BMaroon


Pure Blue ARed , B , MT

Scarl et B O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Dye Method .

WGSC l)

. C D

WGS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



o o o o o o o o o o o o o

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

MathA

, SS

ss

By

M7.

A

A WGSA WGSPK CDPK . CD ;F, PK CDPK CDPK CD

PK CD

PK on

PK CD

PK CD

PK on

PK CD

PK CD

PK CD



Oxamine Violet , BBR , GR , GRF,MT

RR

Oxblood 8851Oxy Diamine Black A , AM , AT , _B , BG ,

BM , BZ, BZS , CBS , D , N, NF , NR ,

SOOOO, NR T , R, RR , SA , 8000, W ,

FFC ex tra , FFG , AFF, JE , JE I , JB

Oxy Diamine B lue 3R , G, 3G , 5G

Oxy Diamine Brown RM, RO

Oxy Diamine Orange G, ROxy Diamine Viol et B ,

G , ROxy Diamine Ye l low GG

Oxy Diaminogen ED ,EF,

EN , EM, FF

Oxydiani l Yel l ow 0Oxyphenine GoldOxypheni ne Gol d GPaeonine

Palatine B lack 4B MMPalatine Chrome Black SPalat ine Chrome Blue YYZE ,

2B

Palat ine Chrome BordeauxPalat ine Chrome BrownPalat ine Chrome ClaretPa lat ine Chrome Red R , BPalat ine Chrome VioletPa latine RedPa latine Scarl etPaper B lues .

Paper Orange 00Paper Scar l et blu i sh

356

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Year -Book for Colorists and D yers

Name of Dy e.

Phenamin e Blue B , G, RPhenedine Brown, Y,

2Y, 3 Y

Phenedin e Brown By, 2By, 3By

Phenocyanine, B ,D

Phenocyanin e TB , TV,VS

Phenol Black SSPhenol B lue B lack 3B WGSPhenol Fl avin ePhenylamine B la ck 4B , TPhenyl Blue Bla ck N

Phenylen e Brown B RPhenyl ene Red B . SA

Phenylene Violet B , R WGS

Phi l ad elphi a Yell ow G CTPhilochromin e B ,

G pa s te . Mz Pr int i ngPhloxin e Mz . Kel l , Kl p , Ma th

Phl oxi ne 5B ,BA ext ra , G 0 ,

Phloxin e PPhl oxine TAPhl oxi ne 74 9Phoeni x Red A

e

Phosph ine 1A , 11A , extr aPhos phi ne Base L3G ,

LO . LOB

Phosp h ine NPhosphi ne P

,LM

, ext ra358

.Mx

P KMo .

Math .

Ma th .

Mz , Br . S . Kel l , Math ,NI , PK , SS . TanninMath



Pigment BrownPigment Chlor ine GGPigment Chrome Yel l ow LPigment Fast Yel low G, RPigment Orange RPigment Purpurine APigment Red B , RPigment Scar let 3B, GPi nk B RPluto B la ck B , G , R , A , 3B, CR , L cone. ,

TG extra cone . , A extra , CF extra ,F extra

,BS extra , SS extra

Pluto Brown RPluto Orange GPolychrom ine B , APolyphenyl Black, B , GPolyphenyl Black GI , RI , T cone. , TGcone . , TM cone

Polyphenyl Orange R extraPonceau B extraPonceau BO extra BO,

BOG

Ponceau Bri l l iant 4RPonceau GPon ceauPonceau 4GBPonceau GR , GR2 , GRCL

Ponceau HP ByPonceau J , JJ MathPonceau R Mx

,A

,PK , SS

Ponceau 2R , 3R , 2RCL , 3RCL

Ponceau 2RSPonceau BRR

359


Name o f D ye .

Ponceau 4RPonceau 4RBPonceau SRPonceau GR , 6R crysta lPonceau GEB , lORB,

S extra,SS extra

o o o o o o o o o o

Prague Al izar ine Yel l ow G,R

PrimrosePr imrose , al cohol and water solublePr imula B , R Mz WG SA , CTPr imul ine Mz

,Brs , By , HS , K ,

Kel l,Math

,PK .

Pr int ing Bl ack for Wool PK PrintingPrint ing B lue A .

Printing B lue B,H paste powder R, Math .

Pr int ing B l own GRPrune

,powder

Prune purePure B luePure B lue B S JPure B lue 0 cone. double c‘onc .Pure B lue extra crysta l sPure B lue V C SSPure Fast Yel low Math .

Pure Soluble B lue Math .Purple B lue 0P urpuram ine DH DHPurpur ine paste BaCo

,By

,PK .

Pyram ine Orange, Y , 3G PKPyrogene Black BD , B , BN , G, GE ,

GN

FFPyrogene B lue 2R , BMI 2, R

360

Agent orMaker. D ye Method .

Mz, A , PK WGS , SSWGS

,SS

WGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWGS , SSWCh

Mz

Mz, Math

Mz, Klp , Math , PK .

Klp .WGS,SS

Mz WGS , S S , CT


Agent orName of Dye . Dye Method .

tM

Resinate Blue AMath

Resi nate Red A Math .

MathMath

R esofiav in e BResorcin e B lueResorci ne Brown

Rh odamine B , B extr a, 3B , G , G extr aRhodami ne 3G , 5G

Rhodamine 6G , 5G

Rhodam ine 5G 4G

Rhodinduline R ed BRhodindul ine Red G , S


Rhodine 2G , 3G , 12GF

Rhoduline Blue R , GG ex traRhodu l ine Orange N ,

NO

Rh odul ine Hel i otropeRhoduline Hel io trope 3BRhodul ine Pink 4B

WGSWGSCDCT

CDMz

, Klp ,PK WA , SA

Klp ,PK .WA , SA , CT

E lp ,PK WA , SA , CT

By WA , SA , CT

Klp WGS , SSKlp , PK WGS , SSBy WGS , SSBy WGS , SS

By

By

By

By

Ke l l , Kl p , Math , SS ,WGS , SS


Name o f Dye .

Rocelline NRock Scarlet YSRosanthrene A ,

B , CB , 0 , R . AW ,GW

RW

Rosanthrene BordeauxRosanthrene PinkRosanthrene Violet 5RRosazeine 0 extra B , B extra , 4G

Rosafond

Rosazurine, B , BB , GRose BengaleRose Bengal e ATRose Bengale, B , 3B cone . , GRose Benga l e NRoseineRosel ine B

,G, R

Ros e Pi nk,bluis ll

,yel l owis h

Rose RosanthreneRos indul ine 2B Blu i sh , G ,

2GB

Rosolane B , O,R , T pa ste

Rosolane

Ros0 phen ine

Rosophen ine R ,i nk

Rosophen ine 4B , 5B , 6B

Rosophen ine Geran ine

Roxamine

Rubidi neRubin , SRuby smal l crys ta l sRubram ine

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

O O O O O O O O O O O O O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CDv

CDv

CDv

CDv

WA , SA , CTSS WGSRH CDMz

, By CDKel l

,Math

,PK

,WA , SA

A,PK WA , SA

WA , SAWA , SA

CTCD V

WGSSA , CTWGS , SA

CD , WGS , SSCDCDCDWG S

Year-Book for Colorist s and Dy ers

Nam e of Dye.

Rufiigallol

Russ i a Red B , GRuss ian Lea ther RedRuss ian R ed B , BB , G , GP, NSabo l Brown

,or pa lmetto ext ract

S afr ani line

Safran ineSa franin eSafianine

Safran ineSafran ine B bes t Kel lSafr ani ne B cone. Mz

Safrani ne BS MathSa fran ine cone. Mz

Safran ine PKSafr an ine BySafran ine O.

Safran in e A,Math

Safran ine GG F, GGP MathSafran ine Mz

,Math

Safran ine O,

Safran ine PKSafr an ine MathSa fran ine Mz

,Math

Safranine MathSa fran ine Pur p l e PKSafran ine RS , R esmate

‘MathSafran ine superfine, blui sh . yel l owi sh Kel lSafr anine S 150 MathSafr anine Ma thSafrani ne Brs ,

Kl p .

Safros ine PKSal acine Black , D ,

P , PT K364

WGS , 88 , CT

Mz ,Kel l , Klp , Math .

K SA ,

SA ,

3

8

93

9.


Name o f Dy e . Dye MethodS i lk B lue extra green ish , J8C ,

I C , T ,5BNOO , T5E , T3E , TB TR , TRL O

S i lk Gray 0 M2

S ilk Indul in e B

MathSky Bl ueSmaragd GreenSolarn ine Blue B , R , FF ASola r Black ATSo li d B lue 0

So li d Blue BB , BD , BL, DD, RR ATSol id B lue BD , BRD ,

QED , 3RD , 6G . . MathSo l i d B lue BL At.S ol i d B lue R Ma th

B lue 3R MathSol i d Brown 0 yel lowi sh , L, NTSol id Green crysta ls , 0 ,

A l, 72780

So l i d Gray SSol idSol idSo l id WGS SS , CTSol i d Green 0 paste WCh

Sol id VioletSol id Yel l ow N WGSSolubl e Blue Mz

, Bs BrS Math . . SS

So lubl e B lue A I CT

Solubl e B lue BSo lub le Blue SE , lOB

Sol ub le B lue C1, C3So lubl e B lue , J , M , 00

So lubl e B lue RSo l ubl e B lue BV , 3B

Dyestuffs , Makers , and

Name o f Dye .

Solubl e B lue 3RSoluble Blue SVSolubl e Blue XG , XLSorbin Red , G , BBSoudan Red I , I I , I I I , G , RSoudan Black 1, 2 , 3, B ,

R ,2R

Soudan BrownSt . Den i s B la ck BSt . Den i s Red

Standard Blue , Brown , Cutch Shade,Fast B lue

,Fast Brown, Red , Tan ,

Yel l ow , Red , Yel l owS teros ine GraySt i l bene Orange 4R

Sti lbene Yel l ow G , 3G ,6G ,

8G , 4G .

Subs tant ive Pink CRSudan I , I I , I I ISudan GSudan BrownSul famine Brown A

,B

,D 93

Sulfan ilin Black B , GSulfan ilin Brown P

Sul pho Bla ck G , RSul pho Cyan ine G , 3R , 5R , GRSul pho Cyan ine B lack B

,2B

Sul pho GreenSul pho Yel l ow SSulphogene Blue MSulphon Acid Blue B ,

R , 3R ext G367

Methods

Dye Method .

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

CD , SS

CD , SS

o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Spec ia lSpecia lSpec ia lWCh

SulphurSul phurSul phur

PK C l)

H Sul phurBy WGSBy WGS , WChBy WGSS WGSK .

AtBy


Name of Dye.

Sulphon Azur ine DSulphon Orange GSulphon Yel low G, 5G , RSulphon Yel low 5G , RSulphur B lack T

,T extra , A

Sulphur B lack AW ext ra , 2B ex , TBex

,4B

Sul phur B l a ck L , N , STSulphur B lue L, extraSulphur BronzeSul phur Brown G , 2G

Sulphur Brown TEG ,TEM

Sul phur Cor inth BSulphur Cutch G, RSulphur Green G extraSul phur Indigo BSul phur Ye l l ow R extSul tan Viol et

Superfine VioletSuper i or Viol etSuper iorNew Green Crysta l sSwi ss B lack B , BG , B

‘ZG , C , DG , DTabora Black R extraTann in Brown BTannin Hel i otropeTann in Ind igoTann in Orange R paste, powderTartrazineTennyson RedTerra CottaTerra Cotta F , NF , NFG , XTerra Cotta RTetran il Brown R conc .

368

Dye Method .

WA, CD

WGSWGS

.WGS

A,By, Kel l , Klp . CD

KB. KB

SWMz AMathMathKlp .

MathMz

, Klp , PKH.

BLKel lKel lNYB

Name cr Dye.

Thiogene Brown R , G, GG, G0, G3 ,

Sulphur

Thi ogene Nar r B lue 13

Thi on Black BE , TG

Thi on Green B . 2G


Name o f Dye .

Thional Bronze GTh ional Dark Brown MTh iona l Green Gt ;Thional Yel l ow G

,3G

Th ionol Bla ck GTXAS , BCThionol Bri l l iant Green G extraTh ionol Brown 2RThionol Green B , 2B ,

2G

Th ion ine Blue G0Th i on ine Blue 0

,00, 000

Th io Orange GTh iophenol B la ck T extra , 2 B ex , 2 Rex . G ex , BF ex Sul phur

Th io Ph lox ineTh io Phosph ine J

Th io Vesuvi neTh io Yel l ow G , RM , RThomas’ Fast B lack Nos . 4 4

,

Thomas’ Fast Egyptian Sta inThomas’ Fast Yel l ow 24Ti tan Black ED

Ti tan Blue B , BBB , STi ta n Brown 0 , RTi tan Como G , R , STi tan Gold

,Gray , Navy Blue , Navy R ,

Orange N , P ink , Red , Red 6B , Scarl et C , Scarlet CB , Sca r l et D , Scarl etS . Sky B lue , Yel l ow H , Yel l ow R ,

Tobacco Brown G , RTol an Red I , I I , BTolamine Green , Violet

37 1

WGS

CDS N

CDCDCDCDCDCD

Year-Book for Colorists and Dy ers

Name of Dye. Dye Method.Toledo B lue 0

Toluylen e B la ck GToluylene Blue B, BToluylene Bordeaux B

Toluyl ene Da rk Blue B,B, GK

Toluyl ene Orange RToluyl ene Orange G , R , RB

Toluyl ene Red or Neutral Red

Tom l ins B, a logwood prepa ra ti on.Tr iami ne B lack B , BT , MJ E l pTr iam in e. Blue BNW

,MJ MX‘V . D

'

W .Kl pTrianisolin e

Trazol B lack B

Triazol Blue BB,3B

, 4R

Tr iazo l Bordeaux BTriazol Brown E . N . A . B . G . 6 0 0

Triazol Da rk B lue B . SR . GW

Triazo l Red 6B , l OB

Triazo-l Viole t R , B new RR

Tris'

nlphon BluesTrisulphon Brown sTrona Red 3B , TE , 2G

Tropaeoline D , GTropaeol ine R , Y , RN . BNF

Tum er ine 914

Turquo ise Blue BB, G372

Yea r-Book for Colorists and Dyers

Name o f Dye. Dye Method.

Victor ia. Scar l et G, R ,2R , 3R , 4R , 5B,

6B

Vi ctor i a Viol et B , pa steVi ctor ia Violet 4BSV i ctor ia Violet 8BS , 4BSLVictor ia Yell ow, A, OVictor ia Yel l ow

, cone.

Vidal B l a ck S , DV idaline Blue, BB , 5B, R, RR

V idaline Brown B , GGV idaline GreenVigoureux B la ck I

V i goureux Brown B , N, SW, V

Vigoureux Gray IVigoureux Green BVigoureux Red A Prin ti ng

V ilal B l a ckV iolamine B , 3B , G, R, A2R, BE , RGE ,

RBE

V iolan threne B , BS , CD pasteViol et APFViolet 5B, 6B

Viol et R, R

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Vi ol et 5B WGS , SS , CTViolet B lue AP WGS , SS, CTViolet C

374

WGS , SSWChWGS

WGS , SS

WGSWGS


Name or Dye . Dye Method .

Violet 4RN WGS,SS

,CT

Violet 3SON WGS , SS , CT

Violet 118 WGSV iridanthrene Vat

Sul phurWalnut Brown A , B ( 71

‘

Wa ter B lue

Water B lue BWater B lue 3BA, 2BM, BNWWater B lue 6 B ex traWater B lue BS, R, RB MathWater B lue R

,RC

, 2R ,ADR ,

4RW

Water Blue LWate r B lue 00Wate r Rose BWater Soluble Eos ine

B l a ck0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

B l a ck 4BFB l a ck 6BB l a ck GEWB lack DG , DN

Black GRBlack WCBlue AFBlue B , 2B, R, 6BBlue FSBlue K

375

Agent orMaker.KlpSSMath .

HS. B

KlpMathMz

,By , Kel l , Klp ,Math , 0 ,

PK, Sch .Math SS , CTA SS , CAL

CDSS, CT

SS, WGS , CAL

SS, WGS , CAL

SS, CTWGS , SAWGS , SSWGSWGSWGSWGS

Kame e i mrye.WoolWool Blue S

Wool Gu y, B, B double G, R

3756

WGS

WGS

WGS

WGS

WGS

WGS

WGS


about and that the va lue of chemica l exports w i l lprobably establ i sh a record . And yet th i s industrv i s s ca rcelyth i rty years old . In fact

,a German manufacturer state d that

“ th i rty years ago E ngland was mistress of the market for sa l tand alkal ies as wel l as for col oring mat ter extracted from coa ltar ; to -day Germany i s at the head of a l l the manufactur ingnations of the wor ld , not only for dyes but for chemi ca l andpharmaceut i ca l products .” —Commercia l I n telligence , L ondon .

ILLUSTRATION S OF FAB R ICS IN CO LO RS .

Al l ca l i co- pr inters should note an admi rab le suggest ion of theText ile Mer cury,” especia l ly i n v iew of the fact that the threecolor process now approaches perfect ion

,and has been very appre

ciably cheapened .

Compar ing them with the i r fel l ows in other trades , says ourcontemporary , i t woul d seem that texti le manufacturers are notvery valuabl e fr iends to printers ; certa i nly i t cannot be sa id ofthem , as a whole , that they have used the art to the ful l remunerative degree , ei ther to save labor or to extend bus i ness . In matters of styl e

,al so, the d ispos it ion i s to sh i rk compar ison , i f only

the work be done sufficiently cheap . Remonstrati on with thosewho do not see how fa r good pr int ing goes i n the creati on of agood genera l impress ion i s probably useless , and need not herebe indulged i n . Fortunately there are always a few with whomthe preservation of appearances and the di sp l ay of a n i ce ta ste arematters of acknowl edged importance . To them , and to those whoare prepared to admit that improvements in pr inting may lendthemselves to the conven i ence of text i le manufacturers , a newdevel opment may be ment ioned . I n the May number of a Londonmagaz ine there appear p i ctures of cl oths represent ing pattern si n the col orings of the orig inal s . Although col ored representat ions of fabr i cs are only now mak ing the i r de’bu t i n the publ i cpress

,they have appeared before el sewhere . For ins tance ,

Hydea travel l ing rugs have been adverti sed by a Stroud fi rmupon circulars pr inted by the fami l i ar threecolor proce ss— a

382

Miscellaneou s N otes

combination of three impress i ons that produces many colors . We

have been fam i l iar ized w i th repria of pi ctures . facs im i les ofch ina , of b i scu its , and of m iscel laneous other commod i ties reproduced by the same means . An atmosphere of nove l ty st i l l surrounds its employment in showing ofl

‘ texti les , and i t i s qu iteposs ibl e to bel ieve that a cons ide rably extended use of modernengraving and pr inting processes might be made by manufac

turers as wel l a s by d i str ibutors,to the advantage of both pa rties

— not to speak of the harmless , necessa ry pr inte r .That being so . i t i s perm issibl e to gi ve a very br ief a ccount ofhow these p i ctures a re prepa red . Common obj ects a s they havebecome

,i gnorance i s r i fe a s to thei r produ ct ion , t hei r capa ci ty ,

and the i r l imitations . The pa ttern for i l lustra tion is photogra phed by a camera having one ruled screen for the purpose ofbreak ing the p icture into the dots , and having color fi l ters o fred

,blue

,and yel l ow

,th rough whi ch success ive photographs are

taken . From the negatives th ree “ ha l f - tone ” bl ock s are madeby etch ings i n ac id

,and these pla tes are each capable of reprO

o

ducing one o third of the col or -effects of the origina l. They are

printed from with ye l low,blue

,and red inks , and each printing

i s super - imposed wi th the utmost exact i tude upon the coloringbelow . I n the resul t a fa i r representa tion of the des ign andcolor of the obj ect ought to be obta i ned . Were practi ce a s perfectas the theory

,an absolutely fa i th ful reproducti on of the form

and color o f the or iginal wou ld be found . Due to the defectivetransparency of the p igments

,and the d iffi cul ty of mainta in ing

mathemati ca l ly exact regi s te r ” for the success ive impress ions .something rather l ess perfect resul ts ; but ski l fu l hand l ing corrects some of the errors a ri s ing from the defects of ma te ria l , and

a grat i fy ing and handsome i l lustra tion can thus be secured .

Ingenuity fa i l s to produce a perfect black by three printingsi n col or ; and or igina ls i n wh i ch the elemen t of yel low i s verv

s trong gi ve l ess sa t i s fa ct ion than compos it i ons of fu l ler shades .With due caut ion exe rci sed lu~fm

°

e ha nd, d i sa ppointmen t can beprovided aga ins t

,and tex t i le manufacturers a re thus enabled to

383

Year-Book for Colorists and Dy ers

pu t before thei r cus tomers truth ful repres enta ti ons of arti cles ofwhi ch i t may be impra ct i cab le to send a pat te rn . Of course, thes eprints can never super sede patterns , but on occa s ion t hey may

make an effi cien t subs ti tute . I n the adverti sing of fabr ics to thepubl i c thev shoul d event ua l ly ta ke an important place, and ass i stmakers mate ri ally in helping to sha pe the inconstan t femini n emi nd. We do not know tha t the tr i chroma t i c proces s of p ri nti nghas been ut i li zed wi delv in the text il e servi ce of any countryas yet hen ce i t ca nn ot be comp lai ned tha t Bri ti s h manufa ctur ersare cons p i cuously behi ndhand in tha t respect When th ey ar e

r ea dy they wi l l find Br it i sh p rinters equa ll y so for nowhere hasthe proce ss been ca rr ied to more su cces s ful i ssues than here. Itis true tha t in Amer ica thi s kind of printing has been put to ause tha t our manu fa cturers have not y et dis covered

,for texti l e

peopl e there have employ ed the process in prin t ing p i ct ures ofthei r mi l l premi ses and there is no rea s on to doubt that simi l arente rpr i se woul d be sui ta bly rewarded in thi s coun t ry .

— Dyer and

Cal ico P r in ter.

MIXED PAINTS FOR GENE RA L USE .

It i s a us uall y a ccepted Opi nion that pure whi te l ead and pureli nsee d oi l makes the b at pa int for a l l purposes, but the following opin ion from a wel l known paint exp ert controverts th is .

Of all the shades of mi xed pa in ts made . the whi te paints are thewea kest an d peri sh the most qui ckly ,

and the bla ck pain ts,par

t icul arly those high i n ca rbon and the ferr i c oxi des , are thosewhi ch la s t the l ongest. It i s, for in stance, impos s ibl e to sta tewhi ch of the whi te paints i s the bes t

,and indi vidua l op ini ons

or s'

a le insta nces are not pe rmi ss ib l e for compari son. A tes tof wh ite lead at the se ashore wi ll show tha t wh ite lea d i s notas good as other whi te p igment s . and a t th e same t ime, i n ates t in the interior of the cmt or where cl imati c changes a renot genera llv marked whi te lead wi ll show up wonderfully wel l .As an ins tan ce of thi s

,i t may be cited tha t the Uni ted S ta tes

Light Hou se Depa rtment ordered their white mi xed pai n t to be384


The ferri c oxi de paints s trike a happy medi um,for they cover

from four to s ix t housand squa re feet to the gal lon,

but theirco lor is l imi ted to thr ee shades . red brown and black . Asprim ing and second coa ts they are, however , i dea l, and as fini shi ng coats where these shades a re admiss ibl e t hey serve thei rpurp ose exceedi ngly wel l .No s ingle p igment i s a s good as a mi xture of pigmen ts ,

and the intel l igent comb ina t ion of the raw ma ter ial s a lways produces the bes t resul ts . —C hem is try and Techno logy of Mixed

P ai n ts by M. Toch .

THE CULT IV AT ION OF RAM IE .

In 1900 a syndi ca te in Benga l made contract s wi th l oca lplanters control li ng an a rea of acres .At fi rst i t was di fficul t to obta in the requi s ite plants for maki ngplantat ions ; indeed, i t became nece s sa ry to ma ke a nur se ry oneach fa rm to mul t i ply the rh izomes . The plantat i ons sufferedmuch fr om term i tes whi ch rap idly des troy the y oung roots

,

es pec ia l ly the cutt i ngs . Planti ng the lat ter during the ra inysea son i s however

,a part i a l rem edv . but t h e bes t method o f

mul t i p l i cat i on is by div i s ion of t he sta lks . Port i ons of rh izomescan be taken fr om t he p lants one or two y ea rs old wi thout de t r iment to the plantat ions . On lv l igh t pe rmeable so i l s gi ve goodresul ts , neither n it rous so i l nor a lka l i ne land be ing su i table forthe growing of ramie . l n wel l - cu lt iva ted p lace s . where weedswere ca re ful ly removed . each plan t annual ly produced from 15 to30 sta lks:W hereas i n a fiel d where . by wav of expe riment . theweeds were al l owed to grow

,there were on lv 3 to 5 sta lks per

pl ant ; a weeded pa rt of the same fiel d ga ve 10 to 15 sta lks . I ti s absolutely neces sary to keep rami e fiel ds free from weeds .

Ram ie being a very exhausti ng crop,t he ques t i on of fert i l ize rs

dese rves ve ry ca reful study ,for wi thout t hem crops are poor .

Ramie requi res p lenty of water to devel op i t properly , bu t thewa ter must not rema in too long in the so i l ot h erw i se decay ofthe roots woul d be the resu l t . Its cul t iva tion has to be aba ndoned

386

Miscellaneous N otes

i n two pla ces . where t he ra infa l l d id not exceed 35 i nche s annua l ly .

Severa l s ampl es o f ramie fibre were sent by t he synd ica te tova rious s pinn ing mi l l s in E urope

, where t hey were regarded asbe ing equa l i n qua l ity to ( ‘h ina gra s s . I t is the intention of t hesynd ica te to degum th ei r fibre th emse l ves

,to avo id the cos t of

t ransport of the 3 per cent . of gummy substances in it .

— P re noh

Journa l ofTrop ica l A{fr ieul l 'ure

CO TTON WARP AN D PAPER FILLING .

The cotton trade has aways been readv to tes t new proce ssesand adopt improvements . The la test th ing 15 pa per fi l l ing . I t i sfound to work very wel l i n fine counts and i f the goods a rea cceptable on the ma rket i t may mark a great advance in texti l etrade .

G oods for the g re y trade l ook fa i rly wel l , espe cia l ly the ducks ,wh i ch a re made wi th heavy fi l l ing . There wa s difiicn lty i n gett ingthe s elvage e ven on a ccoun t of i ts being a l i tt le s t ifi

'

, but th i swa s ove rcome by moi s tening the fi l l ing be fore weaving and thecoa rs e fi l l i ng works very wel l in t ha t cond i t i on . The fine fi l l i ngdoes not. need mois tening . The pa per fi l l ing is used on such greygoods a s ducks , dr i l ls , trunk l inings and bagging .

The fi l l ing is imported and costs from 5 to 10 cents a pound.

for the coa rs e a nd fine fi l l i ng respectively . I t comes packed inca s es i n the form of cops . but they have to be run OH andrewound to the s i ze requi red for t he l ooms . The labor of rew inding th e cops a nd drying the h eavy goods en ta i l s a cons iderableexpense that i s not necessa ry for a ll cotton cl oth in t he grey .

The goods stand the b l ea ch ing tes t wel l . but do not blea ch cl ea r .They have a ve ry y el l ow tinge a nd a re marked by sta i ns thatcanno t be removed . Thev have bee n gi ven extra work in t h ebl ea ch on a ccount of t he pa per fi l l i ng . The ex tra cost o f blea ch ingthese goods offsets to a la rge ex ten t that ga ined from us ing thepape r stock . The cotton fi l l i ng i s somewhat s tronger than thepa pe r .The new fa b ri c i s s t i l l in the expe rimenta l s tage . and wh i l e i t

387


may be unsu ited for a l l the requ i rements tha t a re now met by ourall cotton goods

,i t i s poss ibl e that uses may be found for paper

fi l led goods and a demand thus ar i se for the new fabr ic .— Tewti le

Wor ld R ecord.

S INGEING .

The process of s ingeing by means of a gas flame i s of com

parat ively recent origin , having as yet not reached i ts centurymark . The p late s inger i s ev idently a very l i tt l e older

,the fi rst

ment ion of such a mach ine known to the wr iter being in a Bri t i shpatent of 1800. Th is patent outl ines a process i n wh ich thefabri c i s passed over an i ron cyl inder i nto wh ich fi re has beenplaced . In 1820 we find ment ion of a flame s ingeing mach ine .The characte r of the flame i s not given

,but ev idently i t was

obta ined f rom spi r i ts or al cohol , and we noti ce that the s ingeingwas appl i cab le only to a l acey or netted fabr i c . We are s inge inglace goods by a machine i denti ca l i n pr inci p l e to that patented in1820. We find from 1820 to 1848 severa l mod ifi cat ions of flameand p late s ingers and var i ous comb inations of the two . Almostthe fi rs t appl i cati on to the mechan i cal arts of the burner inventedby Bunsen was seen in the s inge ing mach ine . Thi s s ingle change ,i n 1852, increased the capacity of the s ingeing flame from four tos ix fol d

,and was the means of awaken ing a new interest i n gas

s ingeing . Numerous modifications of th i s pr i nci pl e were madebetween 1852 and 1862 , and of these , the two most important werethose of Tulp in i n 1682 and Blanche in 1860— 1863. In fact

,to

day nearly every s ingeing machine bu i l t has embodied i n i t for i tsflame appl i cati on one of these two des igns — Texti le Ameri can .

THE MUSLINS OF DACCA.

The musl ins of Dacca have atta ined a cel ebrity which,with the

excep ti on perhaps of the Damas cus b lade, i s unr iva l led among theindustr ies of the E ast . The fame of the industry goes back toremote ant iquity

,and i t has been suggested that Dacca musl ins

were wel l known even dur ing Babylon ian and Assyrian t iines .

388


sepa ra tel y and th en wea ve them toget h er . The di fficul ty i s overcome by tak ing advan tage of the wel l -known fact that the affin i tyof cotton for dy es i s increased by mercer iza t i on , and may therebyact ua l ly become more recept i ve of dve than a rt ificia l si l k . Th eya rn having bee n merce ri ze d

,i s woven wi th the arti ficia l si lk, and

t h e resul t ing fabri c can then be dyed a. un iform single shade i fthe merce riza t i on has been properly done . It. is evi dent that theessence of the m ethod

'

i s to i ncrea se the afini ty of the cotton fordy es j us t so much and no more . Thi s i s done by merce ri zi ngunder va ri ous tens ions or wi t h out any tens ion . accordi ng to thena tu re of the cotton , and tha t of t h e dve whi ch it i s proposed touse . Rega rd mus t al so be had to t h e degree of tens ion under whicht h e a rt ific ia l s i lk was dri ed . for its for dy es va ri es a cco rdinglv .

— Dyer and C a l ico

390

Index

L akes, C laret l ied B for 2 0 2 D iazo Dye , 82

Preparat ion of. 24 6 G reen AnthraceneLowe l l Text i le S choo l , 2623Metr ic Compar ison , 11Equ iva lents , 9System . 9

M i sce l laneous Measures , 14N otes, 37 9

M i ss i ss i p p i Text i le S choo l , 264M ixed Pa ints, 384Mus i ins o f Da cca , 389Nako Co lors . 24 4New Bed ford Text i l e S choo l , 2 62N i tr ic Ac id

, S pec i fic G rav ity . 2 8

N otes , M i scel laneous , 37 9on Processes . N ew Co lors ,etc

,221

North Caro l ina Co l lege o f Agr icu l ture and Mechan ic Arts , 2 66

l 'a int s , M ixed . 384

Pa per in Cotton Goods . 387l -‘atent , the F irst Coa l T ar Co lor ,

62

63-2 1 4

D YE s '

rt'

FFs AN D COL OR I N G\ 'I AT T E R S . 65

A nth racene D ye , 65 , 67 .

68 . 7 6 . 7 8 . 85 . 88 .

94 , 98

Anth raqu inone D ye . 69 ,

7 0 . 7 2 . 103

Azo D ye . 65 , 7 1 , 92 . 100 ,

102 . 105

B lack Mordant Dye ,102

B lack Polyazo D ye . 9 0

B lue Azo D ye ,105

B lue D ye , 7 4

sine Red Dye . 92

B lue Su l phur D ye , 80

Bordeaux Red Su l phurD ye. 8 7

C o lor ing Matter. L ake.9 1

394

Dye ,

P \T E NT S

T rox.

G reen Anthraqu inoneDye , 7 0 , 103

G reen B lue Su l phur D ye ,7 9

H a logenated D ye ,9 7

Mona zo Dye , 9 3 . 10 4

Orange Ye l low Su l phurD ye . 7 2

Ortho -oxy Azo D ye , 83 ,

8 4

O rtho-oxy Mouaze Dye ,

83. 8 4 . 86

Red Azo Dye , 65 , 7 1 . 9 6 ,

100

Red D isazo D ye . 99

Red Su l phur Dye , 7 7

Red V a t Dye , 89

Red V io let D ye ,9 5

R hodam ine D ye . 8 0

Su l phur D ye . 7 2 . 7 4 7 7 .

7 9 . 87

Tr i pheny lmethane D ye,

V at D ye . 8 1

V io l et D ye , 66

Ye l low Anthracene D ye ,65 . 94

Ye l low Anthraqu inoneD ye , 69

Ye l low Azo D ye. 102

Ye l low Dye . 7 5

PRO C E S S E S or AP P L I CA106

Co l d D ye ,119

Dye ing Leather. 109 . 123

Dye ing Woo l B lack . 115Degumm ing F i brousP lants , 116

E xtract ion of G rea sef rom Woo l . 1 14

PAT E NT S .

l°Ha |nents from) \Hscose ,

109

Mak ing Su l ph ite WoodPu l p

, 117

Bi aking'

Textne bdbres

121

Mercer iz ing , 112

Mu l t ico lored D ye E f

fects in ivoolens , 10 7

l 'add iug Bur lap . 124Prepar ing F i bre froml ’ian ts . 106

l 'roducing A rt i fic ia l S i l kfroni Casent 122

l hwuhu dng I auurous C OL

ors for I h i n t ing , 107

Produc ing L ustrous:11ne ads , 1 19 , 125 . 126

’Fann ing lfides . 12 7 .

12 8 . 129'

Fap es try a ai induring .

1 10

1We at ing l’abrus . 123

T reat ing F i brous S ta l k s ,1 11

T reat ing F lax . l lemp ,

e lm. 113

Treat ing Leather w ithCoa l T a r. 1 18

Trea t ing Su l ph i te L iquors 117

Ungumm ing '

and Dye inglunv S flk. i 20

BLu ‘

n lxns . 163

( Wrcuhn lng I UW» I Jquo rs

Ap p awn us flux 17 6

l h wdng hi achhua C ou thp

nous Ro l l e r. 17 2

Dye ing A ppa ratus . 103 .

16 4 . 10 7 . 17 4 . 1 7 3 .

17 6

D y e ing Mach i ne . 16 9 ,

1 7 4

395

Par axr s .

131

t'

nm n cu . PRO C E S S E S ,

i lye Va t , 16 6

E xt ract iont i rease .

for. 17 3

Me rcer i z ing Apparatus ,168

P r i nt ing Mechan i sm fo r

Wa rps , 16 9

P roduct ion of Art i tic ia l

Threads. A pparatusfo r. 17 1. 17 4

S team ing Appa ratus . 165S cour ing Ma ch ine , 17 2

T reat i ng Text i le F abr ics .

A pparatus for. 166

i lngumm ing S i l k Fa

hr ics . Appa ratus for,

17 3

Woo l S cour i ng Mach ine . 17 0

Woo l Was h ing Mach ine .

17 7

O

Acety lene Ch loride . 14 0

A ce ty lene C om pound s,

136

A l iza r ine Su l pho Ac id ,

A l ka l i Meta l O x ide , 15 4

A l ka l i ne l l ica rhona te s .

A lu tn iua te of S oda . 14 2

Ammon ium N itrate , 16 2

An th raflav lne D is ulp ho

Ac id .

l in l‘lt ' 13 2 .

i lo rll co l . i 4 11

t‘

a lc lna t lon o r Hyd ratedA lum ina . 13 4

(‘

am p hene .

C aus t ic A lka l le s . 14 2

PATE N T S .

Index

Cel lu lo id - l i k est ances ,

Cellu lose A ceta te. 150

Concentrating N i tr icAci d , 14 3

De tann'

m g Mineral

Tann ed Leather , 158

E xtract ing A l bumen.135

E xtra ct ing Potass iumCh lor ide, 1 4 8

Form ates , 14 4 , 1 4 5

H ardening O i l s, 15 2

H ydrosu l ph i te Prepa rati on. 1 61

H y dr tmu lp h i te S o lut ions . 153L ithopone. 1 60

Oxi d izin g Wood O i l . 15 6Prec i p i tat ing Casein . 138

Refin ing Turpent ine.134

R es in S oap Emu l s ion ,

S o lub l e S ta rch . Preparation . 136

S tann ic C hlor ide. 132

S tannous Chlori de. 133

Sul phur ic Aci d . 139

S ul phuri c Anhydr i de .

131 . 1 4 6

Treat ing W o od - pu l p . 14 1Turpen tine from Wood .

Z inc Forma l dehyde H y

drosulph ite ( S i . 137

Z inc Sul ph i de. 1 4 7

M I S CEL L ANE OC SAl ky l -Oxyace tyl -Gyamam ide. 18 1

Anth ra qu inone Al dehyde

396

Apparatus for B isu l phi te .

L i quors , 18 7

Barytes . Washi ng Apparatus for, 216

Base for Pa in ts , 212B leaching Com pos ition,185

Carbonaceous P igm ents ,180

Ce l lu lo i d Manu facture.205

Ce l lu lose Acetate, 1 7 7

Ce l lu lose Com pound , 17 8 ,197

Ce l lu lose De r ivat ive, 2 15Ce l lu lose So lution , 17 9

Co lor ing or Paint ing .

Com pos it ion for, 183Detergent for Woo lS cout ing , 185

D iastati c Subs tance. 198

F orma l dehyde H ydrosulp h i t e . 1 7 9

G lue and G e latine, 20 7 ,

209

Lea ther So ftener andB leacher, 1 87Luster E fiec ts , Product ion o f. 209Magnes ium Compound .

N i tric Ac id Apparatus ,208

O il Dress ing for Leather,189

O il Extract ion Appara tus . 216

Pa int . 195 , 199 ,200 ,

204 . 205,206

Pa int. Ant i fou l ing , 190Pa int Cementi ng. 194

Pa int R emover. 183 . 184 ,

190

COLOR STS Sf DYERS - Forgotten Books

Documents

Transcript of COLOR STS Sf DYERS - Forgotten Books